PTX5000 - Network Equipment Juniper - Free user manual and instructions

Product Type	Packet Transport Router
Brand	Juniper Networks
Model	PTX5000
Chassis Height	62.5 in (158.8 cm)
Chassis Depth	33.2 in (84.3 cm)
Chassis Width	17.43 in (44.3 cm)
Weight (Empty Chassis)	Approximately 111 kg (245 lb)
Power Options	AC (three-phase delta/wye) or DC (60A, 120A, high capacity)
Supported Interfaces	10-Gigabit Ethernet, 40-Gigabit Ethernet, 100-Gigabit Ethernet
Maximum FPC Slots	8
Switch Fabric	9 Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) with full redundancy
Host Subsystem	Dual redundant Routing Engines and Control Boards
Cooling	Redundant fan trays (horizontal and vertical) with air filters
Operating System	Junos OS
Redundancy	Redundant power, cooling, host subsystem, switch fabric, clock generators
Cable Management	Integrated cable management system for front and rear
Field-Replaceable Units (FRUs)	FPCs, PICs, SIBs, power supplies, fan trays, air filters, craft interface, routing engines, control boards
Safety Compliance	UL 60950-1, EN 60825-1, NEBS Level 3, EMC Class A
Environmental Range	Operating temperature: 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C), humidity: 5% to 90% non-condensing
Installation	19-inch rack mountable (four-post or open-frame), requires mechanical lift

Frequently Asked Questions - PTX5000 Juniper

What are the power requirements for the PTX5000?

The PTX5000 supports AC (three-phase delta/wye) or DC (60A, 120A, or high capacity) power systems. For full redundancy, two PDUs and eight PSMs are recommended. Power consumption depends on configuration; refer to the hardware guide for detailed calculations.

How do I install the PTX5000 in a rack?

The PTX5000 requires a mechanical lift due to its weight (approx. 111 kg empty). It can be installed in a four-post or open-frame rack using the included mounting hardware. Follow the step-by-step instructions in Chapter 16 of the hardware guide.

What is the maximum forwarding capacity of the PTX5000?

With FPCs that have four Packet Forwarding Engines, the PTX5000 can achieve up to 4800 Mpps. With FPCs featuring eight Packet Forwarding Engines, capacity increases to 9600 Mpps.

Are the power supplies and fans hot-swappable?

Yes, all power supply modules (PSMs), fan trays, and most other FRUs are hot-swappable, allowing replacement without powering down the system.

What types of line cards (FPCs) are supported?

The PTX5000 supports various FPCs, including P1-PTX-24-10GE-SFPP, P1-PTX-2-40GE-CFP, P1-PTX-2-100GE-CFP, and P2-100GE-CFP2, among others. Refer to Table 39 in the hardware guide for the full list.

How can I troubleshoot hardware alarms?

Use the show chassis alarms CLI command to view active alarms. The craft interface LCD and LEDs provide visual indications. Detailed troubleshooting tables for each component are in Chapter 33 of the hardware guide.

What is the purpose of the centralized clock generator (CCG)?

The CCG provides clock synchronization for the system. Two CCGs can be installed for redundancy; if one fails, the other takes over automatically without affecting routing functions.

Can I upgrade the FPCs without powering off the router?

Yes, the PTX5000 supports online FPC upgrades (in-service). However, you must first upgrade the Junos OS and replace SIBs if required, as described in Chapter 27.

How do I connect the PTX5000 to a management network?

Use the RJ-45 Ethernet port on the Control Board (labeled HOST/ETHERNET) to connect to a management network. The default IP is 192.168.1.2/24. Also, a console port is available for CLI access.

What safety precautions should I take when handling the PTX5000?

Always wear an ESD wrist strap connected to the chassis ESD point. Disconnect all power sources before servicing. The chassis must be properly grounded. Follow laser safety warnings for fiber-optic connections.

USER MANUAL PTX5000 Juniper

PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Hardware Guide

Published: 2014-12-19

Juniper Networks, Inc.

1194 North Mathilda Avenue

Sunnyvale, California 94089

USA

408-745-2000

www.juniper.net

Copyright © 2014, Juniper Networks, Inc. All rights reserved.

Juniper Networks, Junos, Steel-Belted Radius, NetScreen, and ScreenOS are registered trademarks of Juniper Networks, Inc. in the United States and other countries. The Juniper Networks Logo, the Junos logo, and JunosE are trademarks of Juniper Networks, Inc. All other trademarks, service marks, registered trademarks, or registered service marks are the property of their respective owners.

Juniper Networks assumes no responsibility for any inaccuracies in this document. Juniper Networks reserves the right to change, modify, transfer, or otherwise revise this publication without notice.

PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Hardware Guide

Copyright © 2014, Juniper Networks, Inc.

All rights reserved.

The information in this document is current as of the date on the title page.

YEAR 2000 NOTICE

Juniper Networks hardware and software products are Year 2000 compliant. Junos OS has no known time-related limitations through the year 2038. However, the NTP application is known to have some difficulty in the year 2036.

END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT

The Juniper Networks product that is the subject of this technical documentation consists of (or is intended for use with) Juniper Networks software. Use of such software is subject to the terms and conditions of the End User License Agreement ("EULA") posted at http://www.juniper.net/support/eula.html. By downloading, installing or using such software, you agree to the terms and conditions of that EULA.

Table of Contents

About the Documentation

Documentation and Release Notes

Supported Platforms

Documentation Conventions

Documentation Feedback

Requesting Technical Support

Self-Help Online Tools and Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Opening a Case with JTAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Part 1 Overview

Chapter 1 System Overview and Architecture .....

PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PTX5000 Hardware Component Overview

PTX5000 Component Redundancy

PTX5000 System Architecture Description

PTX5000 Packet Forwarding Engine Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 2 Chassis Components and Descriptions .....

PTX5000 Chassis Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PTX5000 Midplane Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PTX5000 Cable Management System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PTX5000 Craft Interface Description ....

Craft Interface Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Craft Interface LCD

Idle Mode

Alarm Mode

LCD Navigation Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PTX5000 Craft Interface LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Craft Interface Alarm LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Craft Interface SIB LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Craft Interface Host Subsystem LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CCG LEDs

Fan Trays LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Power Distribution Unit LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Power Supply Modules LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generator Description 22

CCG Slots

CCG Function

CCG Components

PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generator LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 3 Cooling System Components and Descriptions ..... 25

PTX5000 Cooling System Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fan Trays
Airflow 27
Air Filters 27
Power Supply Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 4 Host Subsystem Components and Description .....

PTX5000 Host Subsystem Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PTX5000 Routing Engine Description ...... Routing Engine Slots ...... Routing Engine Functions ...... Routing Engine Components ...... Routing Engine Boot Sequence ....

PTX5000 Routing Engine LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Routing Engine Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Supported Routing Engines by Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

M7i Supported Routing Engines

M10i Supported Routing Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

M40e Supported Routing Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

M120 Supported Routing Engines

M320 Supported Routing Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

MX104 Supported Routing Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

MX240 Supported Routing Engines

MX480 Supported Routing Engines

MX960 Supported Routing Engines

MX2010 Supported Routing Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

MX2020 Supported Routing Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PTX3000 Supported Routing Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PTX5000 Supported Routing Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

T320 Supported Routing Engines

T640 Supported Routing Engines

T1600 Supported Routing Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

T4000 Supported Routing Engines

TX Matrix Supported Routing Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TX Matrix Plus Supported Routing Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TX Matrix Plus (with 3D SIBs) Supported Routing Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

PTX5000 Control Board Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Control Board Slots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Control Board Function

Control Board Components ....

PTX5000 Control Board LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 5 Line Card Components and Descriptions .....

PTX5000 FPC Description
FPC Slots
FPC Function
FPC Components
Identifying the FPCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

FPC Terminology

PTX5000 FPCs Supported

PTX5000 FPC LEDs

PTX5000 PIC Description

PTX5000 PIC Slots

PTX5000 PIC Function

PTX5000 PICs Supported

PTX5000 PIC Components

PTX Series PICs Supported

PTX Series PIC/FPC Compatibility

PTX3000 PIC/FPC Compatibility

PTX5000 PIC/FPC Compatibility

Chapter 6 Power System Components and Descriptions ..... 6

PTX5000 Power System Description

Power Distribution Units (PDUs)

Power Supply Modules (PSMs)

PSM Slots

PSM Function

PTX5000 Power Zones and PSM Fault Tolerance 61

PTX5000 DC Power System Description

PTX5000 DC Power Distribution Unit

DC PDUs Supported

60-A DC PDU Components

120-A DC PDU Components

High Capacity DC PDU Description

High Capacity DC PDU Components

PTX5000 DC Power Supply Module

PSMs Supported

60-A DC PSM and 120-A DC PSM Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

High Capacity DC PSM

PTX5000 AC Power System Description

PTX5000 AC Power Distribution Unit

PTX5000 AC PDUs Supported

Three-Phase Delta AC PDU Components

Three-Phase Wye AC PDU Components

High Capacity Delta AC PDU Components

High Capacity Wye AC PDU Components

PTX5000 AC Power Supply Module

PTX5000 AC PSMs Supported

PTX5000 AC PSM Components

PTX5000 Power Distribution Unit LEDs

60-A DC PDU LEDs

120-A DC PDU LEDs

High Capacity DC PDU LEDs

Three-Phase Delta AC PDU LEDs

Three-Phase Wye AC PDU LEDs

High Capacity Wye AC PDU and High Capacity Delta AC PDU LEDs ..... 94

PTX5000 Power Supply Module LEDs

AC Power Supply Module LEDs

High Capacity AC Power Supply Module LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

60-A and 120-A DC Power Supply Module LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

High Capacity DC Power Supply Module LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 7 Switch Fabric Components and Descriptions ..... 10:

PTX5000 Switch Interface Board Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SIB Slots

SIB Function

Supported SIBs

SIB Components

PTX5000 Switch Interface Board LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Part 2 Site Planning, Preparation, and Specifications

Chapter 8 Preparation Overview....109

Overview of Preparing the Site for the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router . . . . 109

PTX5000 Physical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rack Requirements for the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Rack Size and Strength

Spacing of Mounting Bracket and Flange Holes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Connection to Building Structure

PTX5000 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance . . . . 115

PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Environmental Specifications ..... 116

PTX5000 Chassis Grounding Cable and Lug Specifications ..... 11

Chapter 9 AC Power Specifications and Requirements

PTX5000 AC Power System Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Unit Specifications ..... 120

PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Unit Specifications ..... 120

PTX5000 AC Power Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PTX5000 AC Power Cord Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 10 DC Power Specifications and Requirements

PTX5000 DC Power System Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PTX5000 DC Power Distribution Unit Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PTX5000 DC Power Requirements

PTX5000 DC Power Requirement Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PTX5000 DC Power Cable and Lugs Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

DC Power Cables

DC Power Lugs

PTX5000 DC Power Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 11 Network Cable and Transceiver Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Understanding Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss, Attenuation, and Dispersion ..... 137 Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable ..... 137 Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable ..... 137 Calculating Power Budget and Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables ..... 138 Calculating Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable ..... 138 Calculating Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable ..... 138

Chapter 12 Management Cable Specifications and Pinouts ..... 141

PTX5000 Alarm Relay Contact Wire Specifications ......... PTX5000 Management Interface Cable Specifications ......... 14 RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for the PTX5000 Auxiliary and Console Ports ......... 142 RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for the PTX5000 Management HOST/ETHERNET Port ......... 143

Part 3 Initial Installation and Configuration

Chapter 13 Installation Overview ....147 Overview of Installing the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router ....14

Chapter 14 Unpacking the PTX5000 ......... Overview of Unpacking the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router ............ 149 Tools and Parts Required to Unpack the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router ... 149 Unpacking the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router ......... Verifying the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Parts Received ............ 151

Chapter 15 Installing the Mounting Hardware ..... Installing the PTX5000 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet . . 155 Installing Cage Nuts, If Needed ..... Installing the Four-Post Mounting Shelf and Rear Support Bracket .... 157 Removing the Center-Mounting Brackets ..... Installing the PTX5000 Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack .... 159 Installing Cage Nuts, If Needed ..... Installing the Open-Frame Rack Mounting Shelf ....

Chapter 16 Installing the PTX5000 into a Rack ..... Overview of Installing a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Using a Mechanical Lift ....163 Tools Required to Install the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Using a Mechanical Lift ..... Installing the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Using a Mechanical Lift ....164

Chapter 17 Installing the Front Door on a PTX5000 ..... Installing the Front Door on a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router in a Four-Post Rack....171 Installing the Front Door on a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router in an Open-Frame Rack....173

Chapter 18 Connecting the PTX5000 to Ground .... 177 Tools and Parts Required to Ground the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router . . . 177 Connecting the PTX5000 Grounding Cable ....

Chapter 19 Connecting the PTX5000 to External Devices ..... 17

Tools and Parts Required to Connect the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to External Devices ....

Connecting the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device

Connecting the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to a Management Ethernet Device 181

Connecting the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device ....

Connecting PIC Cables to the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router . . . . . . . . . . 183

Connecting the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to an External Clocking Device

Chapter 20 Providing Power to the PTX5000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tools and Parts Required to Provide Power to the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router....187

Tools and Parts Required to Provide AC Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tools and Parts Required to Provide DC Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Connecting Power to the PTX5000 60-A DC Input Power Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Powering On the DC Powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with 60-A DC PDUs and 60-A DC PSMs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Connecting Power to the PTX5000 120-A DC Input Power Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Powering On the DC Powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with 120-A DC PDUs and 120-A DC PSMs

Connecting Power to the PTX5000 High Capacity DC PDU ..... 19

Powering On the DC-Powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with High Capacity DC PDUs and High Capacity DC PSMs . . . . . . . . .

Installing the PTX5000 Cable Management System for High Capacity DC PDU 203

Identifying the Parts of the Cable Management System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Installing the Cable Management Comb Assembly with Extension . . . . . . 204

Widening the Cable Management Comb Assembly Extension . . . . . . . . . 206

Installing the Cable Management Comb Assembly without Extension . . . . 207

Connecting Power to the PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC PDUs . . . . . . . . . . 208

Connecting Power to the PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC PDUs ..... 21:

Powering On the AC Powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router . . . . . . . . . . 218

Powering Off the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router

Chapter 21 Configuring the Junos OS Software .....

Performing the Initial Software Configuration for the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router 223

Preparing to Configure the Packet Transport Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Entering Configuration Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Configuring User Accounts and Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Configuring System Attributes

Committing the Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Part 4 Installing and Replacing Components

Chapter 22 Overview of Installing and Replacing Components ..... 229

PTX5000 Field-Replaceable Units

Tools and Parts Required for Replacing PTX5000 Hardware Components . . . . 230

Chapter 23 Replacing Chassis Components

Replacing a PTX5000 Craft Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removing a PTX5000 Craft Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installing a PTX5000 Craft Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Replacing a Centralized Clock Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removing a Centralized Clock Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installing a Centralized Clock Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Replacing a Cable Between a PTX5000 CCG and an External Clocking

Device

Removing a Cable for an External Clocking Device From a PTX5000

CCG

Installing a Cable Between an External Clocking Device and a PTX5000

CCG

Chapter 24 Replacing Cooling System Components

Replacing a PTX5000 Horizontal Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removing a PTX5000 Horizontal Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installing a PTX5000 Horizontal Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Replacing a PTX5000 Vertical Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removing a PTX5000 Vertical Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installing a PTX5000 Vertical Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Replacing a PTX5000 Power Supply Module Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removing a PTX5000 Power Supply Module Air Filter 24

Installing a PTX5000 Power Supply Module Air Filter 24

Replacing a PTX5000 Horizontal Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removing a PTX5000 Horizontal Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installing a PTX5000 Horizontal Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Replacing a PTX5000 Vertical Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removing a PTX5000 Vertical Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installing a PTX5000 Vertical Fan Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 25 Replacing Host Subsystem Components

Understanding the Effect of Taking the PTX5000 Host Subsystem Offline . . . 253

Taking a Nonredundant Host Subsystem Offline 2

Taking a Backup Host Subsystem Offline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Taking a Master Host Subsystem Offline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Replacing a PTX5000 C2600 Routing Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Taking the PTX5000 Host Subsystem Offline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Removing a PTX5000 Routing Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Installing a PTX5000 Routing Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Replacing a CompactFlash Card in a PTX5000 Routing Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

Removing a CompactFlash Card from a PTX5000 Routing Engine ..... 259

Installing a CompactFlash Card in a PTX5000 Routing Engine ..... 260

Copying the Junos OS to the CompactFlash Card in a PTX5000 Routing Engine

Replacing a Solid-State Disk in a PTX5000 Routing Engine 2

Removing a Solid-State Disk From a PTX5000 Routing Engine ..... 262

Installing a Solid-State Disk in a PTX5000 Routing Engine 263

Copying the Junos OS to the Solid-State Disk in a PTX5000 Routing Engine

Replacing a PTX5000 Control Board

Taking the PTX5000 Host Subsystem Offline

Removing a PTX5000 Control Board

Installing a PTX5000 Control Board

Replacing a PTX5000 Management Console or Auxiliary Port Cable ..... 269

Removing a Management Console or Auxiliary Port Cable 269

Installing a Management Console or Auxiliary Port Cable 269

Replacing a PTX5000 Management Ethernet Cable

Removing a PTX5000 Management Ethernet Cable 270

Installing a PTX5000 Management Ethernet Cable 27

Chapter 26 Replacing Line Card Components

Replacing a PTX5000 FPC

Removing a PTX5000 FPC

Installing a PTX5000 FPC

Replacing a PTX5000 PIC

Removing a PTX5000 PIC

Installing a PTX5000 PIC

Replacing a PTX5000 PIC Cable

Removing a PTX5000 PIC Cable

Installing a PTX5000 PIC Cable

Replacing a PTX5000 PIC CFP Transceiver

Removing a PTX5000 PIC CFP Transceiver

Installing a PTX5000 PIC CFP Transceiver

Replacing a PTX5000 PIC SFP+ Transceiver

Removing a PTX5000 PIC SFP+ Transceiver

Installing a PTX5000 PIC SFP+ Transceiver

Chapter 27 Upgrading FPCs 289

Preparing to Upgrade the FPCs in a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router . . . . . 289

PTX5000 FPC Upgrade Kit

Upgrading the FPCs in an Operational PTX5000 Packet Transport Router . . . . 291

Upgrading Junos OS on an Operational PTX5000 Packet Transport

Router

Removing and Replacing SIBs in an Operational PTX5000 Packet Transport

Router

Upgrading the FPCs in an Operational PTX5000

Upgrading the FPCs in an Offline PTX5000 Packet Transport Router . . . . . . . 299
Upgrading Junos OS on an Offline PTX5000
Powering Off the PTX5000
Removing and Replacing SIBs in a PTX5000
Powering On the PTX5000
Verifying the Replaced SIBs
Upgrading the FPCs

Chapter 28 Replacing Power System Components

Replacing a PTX5000 60-A DC PDU
Removing a PTX5000 60-A DC PDU
Installing a PTX5000 60-A DC PDU
Replacing a PTX5000 60-A DC PDU Power Cable
Removing a PTX5000 60-A DC PDU Power Cable
Installing a PTX5000 60-A DC PDU Power Cable
Replacing a PTX5000 120-A DC PDU
Removing a PTX5000 120-A DC PDU
Installing a PTX5000 120-A DC PDU
Replacing a PTX5000 120-A DC PDU Power Cable
Removing a PTX5000 120-A DC PDU DC Power Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Installing a PTX5000 120-A DC PDU Power Cable
Replacing a PTX5000 High Capacity DC PDU
Removing a PTX5000 High Capacity DC PDU
Installing a PTX5000 60-A DC PDU
Replacing a PTX5000 60-A or 120-A DC PSM
Removing a PTX5000 60-A or 120-A DC PSM
Installing a PTX5000 60-A or 120-A DC PSM
Installing the High Capacity DC PSM Sleeves
Replacing a PTX5000 High Capacity DC PSM
Removing a PTX5000 High Capacity DC PSM
Installing a PTX5000 High Capacity DC PSM
Replacing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC PDU
Removing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC PDU 3
Installing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC PDU 3
Replacing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC PDU Power Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Removing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC PDU Power Cord . . . . . . . . 339
Installing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC PDU Power Cord . . . . . . . . . 341
Replacing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC PDU
Removing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC PDU 3
Installing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC PDU
Replacing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC PDU Power Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Removing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC PDU Power Cord . . . . . . . . . 353
Installing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC PDU Power Cord . . . . . . . . . . 355
Replacing a PTX5000 AC PSM
Removing a PTX5000 AC PSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing a PTX5000 AC PSM
Upgrading to High Capacity DC Power System

Chapter 29 Upgrading to the High Capacity DC Power System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Chapter 30 Replacing Switch Fabric Components .....

Replacing a PTX5000 Switch Interface Board ...... Removing a PTX5000 Switch Interface Board ...... Installing a PTX5000 Switch Interface Board ....

Part 5 Maintaining the Chassis and Components

Chapter 31 Routine Maintenance Procedures .....

Routine Maintenance Procedures for the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router . . 371

Chapter 32 Maintaining Components .....

Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Components

Maintaining the PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generators 374

Maintaining the PTX5000 Air Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintaining the PTX5000 Fan Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintaining the PTX5000 Host Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintaining the PTX5000 Routing Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintaining the PTX5000 Control Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintaining the PTX5000 FPCs

Maintaining the PTX5000 PICs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintaining the PTX5000 PIC Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintaining the PTX5000 Power System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Maintaining the PTX5000 Switch Interface Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Part 6 Troubleshooting Hardware

Chapter 33 Troubleshooting Components .....

PTX5000 Troubleshooting Resources Overview

PTX5000 LED Overview

Craft Interface LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Component LEDs

PTX5000 Alarm Messages Overview

Chassis Alarm Messages ...... Interface Alarm Messages ...... ....

Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generators 389

Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Fan Trays ..... Troubleshooting Temperature Alarms ....

Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Host Subsystem

Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Routing Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Control Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Troubleshooting the PTX5000 FPCs

Troubleshooting PTX5000 PICs and PIC Cables ...... Troubleshooting PTX5000 PICs ...... Troubleshooting PTX5000 PIC Transceivers ....

Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Power System .... 415 Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Power Distribution Units .... 421 Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Power Supply Modules .... 421

Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Switch Fabric

Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Switch Interface Boards 4:

Part 7 Contacting Customer Support and Returning the Chassis or Components

Chapter 34 Contacting Customer Support ....

Contacting Customer Support

Chapter 35 Locating Component Serial Numbers .....

Displaying PTX5000 Component Serial Numbers 4

PTX5000 Component Serial Number Locations .....

Horizontal Air Filter Serial Number Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chassis Serial Number Label

CCG Serial Number Label

Control Board Serial Number Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Craft Interface Serial Number Label

Horizontal Fan Tray Serial Number Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Vertical Fan Tray Serial Number Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

FPC Serial Number Label

PIC Serial Number Label

PDU Serial Number Label

PSM Serial Number Label

Routing Engine Serial Number Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SIB Serial Number Label

Chapter 36 Packing and Returning Components .....

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. 449

Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from a PTX5000 Packet

Transport Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Packing the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router for Shipment ..... 450

Packing PTX5000 Components for Shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Part 8 Safety and Compliance Information

Chapter 37 General Safety Guidelines and Warnings ....

Definition of Safety Warning Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices 4

General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Qualified Personnel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Restricted Access Area Warning

Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to a PTX5000 Packet Transport

Router

Chapter 38 Fire Safety Requirements....463

Fire Safety Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices 4

General Fire Safety Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fire Suppression

Fire Suppression Equipment

Chapter 39 Installation Safety Guidelines and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

PTX5000 Installation Safety Guidelines ..... General Installation Safety Guidelines ..... Chassis Lifting Guidelines ....

Installation Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices 46 Intra-Building Ports Warning Installation Instructions Warning Rack-Mounting Requirements and Warnings 4 Ramp Warning

Chapter 40 Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings ..... 4

PTX5000 General Laser Safety Guidelines ..... Laser Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices ..... Class 1 Laser Product Warning ..... Class 1 LED Product Warning ..... Laser Beam Warning ..... Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning ....

Chapter 41 Maintenance and Operational Safety Warnings ..... 47

Maintenance and Operational Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices . . 477 Battery Handling Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jewelry Removal Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lightning Activity Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating Temperature Warning . . . . . . . . . . Product Disposal Warning . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 42 Electrical Guidelines and Warnings ....

PTX5000 General Electrical Safety Guidelines ..... In Case of Electrical Accident ..... General Electrical Safety Guidelines ..... General Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices .... 484 Grounded Equipment Warning ..... Grounding Requirements and Warning ..... Midplane Energy Hazard Warning ..... Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning .... 48 Power Disconnection Warning ....

PTX5000 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines ...... PTX5000 AC Power Electrical Safety Warnings ...... AC Power Warning ...... .....

PTX5000 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines .... 490 DC Power Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices .... 490 DC Power Copper Conductors Warning .... 490 DC Power Disconnection Warning .... 490 DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning .... 490

Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices 493 Distance Limitations for Signaling Radio Frequency Interference Electromagnetic Compatibility

Chapter 43 Agency Approvals and Compliance Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495

PTX5000 Agency Approvals ....

Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (Canada) 496

PTX5000 Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements (European Community)

Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (Israel) 497

Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (Japan)

Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (United States)

Compliance Statements for Environmental Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices

PTX5000 Compliance Statements for NEBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PTX5000 Compliance Statements for Acoustic Noise 4

Part 9 Index

Index 503

List of Figures

Part 1 Overview

Chapter 1 System Overview and Architecture .....

Figure 1: Front View of the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2: Rear View of the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 2 Chassis Components and Descriptions .....

Figure 3: Front View of the PTX5000 Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 4: Rear View of the PTX5000 Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 5: Craft Interface 15

Figure 6: LCD in Idle Mode .....

Figure 7: LCD in Alarm Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 8: Craft Interface LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 9: CCG 23

Chapter 3 Cooling System Components and Descriptions ..... 25

Figure 10: Vertical Fan Tray

Figure 11: Horizontal Fan Tray

Figure 12: Airflow Through the Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 13: Vertical Fan Tray Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 14: Horizontal Fan Tray Air Filter

Figure 15: PSM Door Air Filter

Chapter 4 Host Subsystem Components and Description .....

Figure 16: C2600 Routing Engine

Figure 17: Routing Engine LEDs.

Figure 18: Control Board

Figure 19: Control Board LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 5 Line Card Components and Descriptions .....

Figure 20: FPC Supported by the Packet Transport Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 21: FPC Edges 57

Figure 22: PIC 60

Chapter 6 Power System Components and Descriptions ..... 6

Figure 23: 60-A DC PDU

Figure 24: 60-A DC Input Terminals .....

Figure 25: 120-A DC PDU

Figure 26: High Capacity DC PDU

Figure 27: High Capacity DC Input Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 28: 60-A DC PSM and 120-A DC PSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 29: High Capacity DC PSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 30: Three-Phase Delta AC PDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 31: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord

Figure 32: Three-Phase Wye AC PDU

Figure 33: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 34: High Capacity Delta AC PDU

Figure 35: High Capacity Delta AC Power Cord

Figure 36: High Capacity Wye AC PDU

Figure 37: High Capacity Wye AC Power Cord

Figure 38: AC PSM

Figure 39: High Capacity AC PSM

Figure 40: 60-A DC PDU

Figure 41: 120-A DC PDU LEDs

Figure 42: High Capacity DC PDU LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 43: Three-Phase Delta AC PDU LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 44: Three-Phase Wye AC PDU LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 45: High Capacity Wye AC PDU and High Capacity Delta AC PDU LEDs . . 95

Figure 46: AC PSM LEDs

Figure 47: DC PSM LEDs

Figure 48: High Capacity DC PSM LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 7 Switch Fabric Components and Descriptions ..... 10:

Figure 49: SIB-I-PTX5008 SIB

Figure 50: SIB2-I-PTX5K SIB

Figure 51: SIB LEDs 104

Part 2 Site Planning, Preparation, and Specifications

Chapter 8 Preparation Overview....109

Figure 52: Typical Open-Frame Rack

Figure 53: Chassis Dimensions and Clearance Requirements ..... 115

Figure 54: O-AWG Grounding Cable Lug

Figure 55: 4-AWG Grounding Cable Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 9 AC Power Specifications and Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 56: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord (North America) ..... 12

Figure 57: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord (Europe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 10 DC Power Specifications and Requirements ..... 1

Figure 58: O-AWG DC Power Cable Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 59: 4-AWG DC Power Cable Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 60: Typical DC Source Cabling to the Packet Transport Router . . . . . . . 134

Part 3 Initial Installation and Configuration

Chapter 14 Unpacking the PTX5000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 61: Contents of the Shipping Crate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 15 Installing the Mounting Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 62: Installing the Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack ..... 158

Figure 63: Center-Mounting Bracket Removal

Figure 64: Installing the Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack . . . . . . . . 161

Chapter 16 Installing the PTX5000 into a Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 65: Loading the PTX5000 onto the Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 66: Installing the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router in an Open-Frame Rack ....167

Figure 67: Installing the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router in a Four-Post Rack....168

Chapter 17 Installing the Front Door on a PTX5000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 68: Installing the Front Door on a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router in a Four-Post Rack.

Figure 69: Installing Brackets on the Front-Mounting Flanges ..... 175

Figure 70: Installing the Front Door on a PTX5000 Router in an Open-Frame Rack ....176

Chapter 18 Connecting the PTX5000 to Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 71: Connecting the Grounding Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 19 Connecting the PTX5000 to External Devices ..... 17

Figure 72: Connecting to the Console or Auxiliary Port on the Control Board . . . 180

Figure 73: Routing Engine Ethernet Cable Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 74: Connecting to the Host/Ethernet Port on the Control Board ..... 182

Figure 75: Connecting PIC Cables .....

Chapter 20 Providing Power to the PTX5000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 76: Removing the 60-A DC Input Power Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 77: 60-A DC Input Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 78: Connecting the DC Source Power Cable Lugs to an Input Power Tray ....191

Figure 79: Installing a 60-A DC Input Power Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 80: Removing the 120-A DC Input Power Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 81: Connecting the DC Source Power Cable Lugs to an Input Power Tray 196

Figure 82: Installing an 120-A DC Input Power Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 83: High Capacity DC Input Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 84: Connecting the DC Source Power Cable Lugs to an Input Power Terminal

Figure 85: Cable Manager for a PTX5000 with High Capacity Power System . . 204

Figure 86: Installing the Cable Manager on the Four-post Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Figure 87: Routing Power Cables Through the Comb Assembly ..... 206

Figure 88: Installing Comb Assembly Without Extension ..... 20

Figure 89: Removing the Metal Retaining Bracket from a Three-Phase Delta AC PDU....209

Figure 90: Retaining Nut on a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Figure 91: Removing the Retaining Nut from a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord ....210

Figure 92: Connecting the Metal Retaining Bracket to Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord

Figure 93: Connecting Power to a Three-Phase Delta AC PDU . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 94: Connecting Ground and Power to a Three-Phase Delta AC PDU ..... 211

Figure 95: Three-Phase Delta AC PDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 96: Removing the Metal Retaining Bracket from a Three-Phase Wye AC PDU 213

Figure 97: Retaining Nut on a Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord ..... 2

Figure 98: Removing the Retaining Nut from a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord 214

Figure 99: Connecting the Metal Retaining Bracket to the Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord

Figure 100: Connecting Power to a Three-Phase Wye AC PDU

Figure 101: Connecting Power to the Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply ..... 216

Figure 102: Three-Phase Wye AC PDU

Part 4 Installing and Replacing Components

Chapter 23 Replacing Chassis Components

Figure 103: Removing the Craft Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 104: Installing a Replacement Craft Interface

Figure 105: Removing a CCG

Figure 106: Installing a CCG

Chapter 24 Replacing Cooling System Components

Figure 107: Removing a Horizontal Air Filter Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 108: Removing a Horizontal Air Filter

Figure 109: Inserting a Horizontal Fan Tray Air Filter

Figure 110: Installing the Horizontal Air Filter

Figure 111: Removing a Vertical Air Filter Tray

Figure 112: Removing a Vertical Air Filter

Figure 113: Inserting a Vertical Air Filter

Figure 114: Installing a Vertical Air Filter Tray

Figure 115: Removing a PSM Door Air Filter

Figure 116: Installing a PSM Door Air Filter

Figure 117: Removing an Upper Horizontal Fan Tray

Figure 118: Removing a Lower Horizontal Fan Tray

Figure 119: Installing an Upper Horizontal Fan Tray

Figure 120: Installing a Lower Horizontal Fan Tray

Figure 121: Removing the Vertical Fan Tray

Figure 122: Installing a Vertical Fan Tray

Chapter 25 Replacing Host Subsystem Components

Figure 123: Removing a Routing Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 124: Installing a Routing Engine

Figure 125: Removing a Routing Engine CompactFlash Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Figure 126: Installing a Routing Engine CompactFlash Card ..... 2

Figure 127: Removng a Routing Engine SSD

Figure 128: Installing a Routing Engine SSD

Figure 129: Removing a Routing Engine from a Control Board ..... 2

Figure 130: Removing a Control Board

Figure 131: Installing a Control Board

Figure 132: Installing a Routing Engine into a Control Board ..... 2

Figure 133: Installing the Console or Auxiliary Port Cable

Figure 134: Management Ethernet Cable Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 135: Host/Ethernet Port on the Control Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 26 Replacing Line Card Components .....

Figure 136: Removing an FPC
Figure 137: Installing an FPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 138: Connecting Fiber-Optic Cable to a PIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 139: Connecting Fiber-Optic Cable to a PIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 140: Small Form-Factor Pluggable (SFP)

Chapter 27 Upgrading FPCs 289

Figure 141: Removing a SIB
Figure 142: Installing a SIB
Figure 143: Removing an FPC from PTX5000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 144: Installing an FPC into PTX5000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 145: Removing a SIB
Figure 146: Installing a SIB

Chapter 28 Replacing Power System Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 147: Removing the 60-A Input Power Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 148: Removing a 60-A DC PDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 149: Installing a 60-A DC PDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 150: Installing a 60-A Input Power Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 151: Removing the Input Power Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 152: Disconnecting the 60-ADC Source Power Cable Lugs from an Input Power Tray
Figure 153: Installing a 60-A Input Power Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 154: 60-A DC Input Power Terminals .....
Figure 155: Connecting the 60-A DC Source Power Cable Lugs to an Input Power Tray....315
Figure 156: Removing a 120-A Input Power Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 157: Removing a 120-A DC PDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 158: Installing a 120-A DC PDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 159: Installing a 120-A Input Power Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 160: Removing the Input Power Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 161: Disconnecting the DC Source Power Cable Lugs to an Input Power Tray ....320
Figure 162: Connecting the DC Source Power Cable Lugs to a 120-A Input Power Tray ....322
Figure 163: Installing a 120-A Input Power Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 164: Removing a High Capacity DC PDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 165: Installing a High Capacity DC PDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 166: Removing a PSM
Figure 167: Inserting High Capacity PSM Sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 168: Fixing PSM Sleeve Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 169: Applying New PSM Overlay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 170: Removing a High Capacity DC PSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 171: Installing a High Capacity DC PSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 172: Removing the AC Power Supply Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 173: Disconnecting AC Power Wires from a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply

Figure 174: Removing the Metal Retaining Bracket and AC Power Cord ..... 332

Figure 175: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply

Figure 176: Removing a Three-Phase Delta AC PDU

Figure 177: Connecting the Metal Retaining Bracket and AC Power Cord to the Three-Phase Delta PDU

Figure 178: Connecting Grounding and AC Power Wires to a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply

Figure 179: Installing a Three-Phase Delta AC PDU

Figure 180: Disconnecting AC Power Wires from a Three-Phase Delta AC PDU....340

Figure 181: Removing the Metal Retaining Bracket and AC Power Cord ..... 341

Figure 182: Removing the Metal Retaining Bracket from the AC Power Cord . . . . 341

Figure 183: Attaching the Metal Retaining Bracket to the Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord

Figure 184: Connecting the Metal Retaining Bracket and AC Power Cord to the Three-Phase Delta PDU

Figure 185: Connecting Grounding and AC Power Wires to a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply

Figure 186: Removing the AC Power Supply Modules

Figure 187: Disconnecting AC Power Wires from a Three-Phase Wye AC PDU . . 346

Figure 188: Removing the Metal Retaining Bracket and AC Power Cord ..... 347

Figure 189: Three-Phase Wye AC PDU

Figure 190: Removing a Three-Phase Wye AC PDU

Figure 191: Removing the Metal Retaining Bracket from the Three-Phase Wye PDU....350

Figure 192: Connecting the Metal Retaining Bracket and AC Power Cord to the Three-Phase Wye PDU

Figure 193: Connecting Grounding and AC Power Wires to a Three-Phase Wye AC PDU

Figure 194: Installing a Three-Phase Wye AC PDU

Figure 195: Disconnecting AC Power Wires from a Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply

Figure 196: Removing the Metal Retaining Bracket and AC Power Cord ..... 355

Figure 197: Attaching the Metal Retaining Bracket to the AC Power Cord ..... 355

Figure 198: Connecting the Metal Retaining Bracket and AC Power Cord to the Three-Phase Wye PDU

Figure 199: Connecting Grounding and AC Power Wires to a Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply

Figure 200: Removing a PSM

Figure 201: Installing a PSM

Chapter 30 Replacing Switch Fabric Components

Figure 202: Removing a SIB

Figure 203: Installing a SIB

Part 7 Contacting Customer Support and Returning the Chassis or Components

Chapter 35 Locating Component Serial Numbers

Figure 204: Serial Number ID Label

Figure 205: Horizontal Air Filter Serial Number Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 206: Chassis Serial Number Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 207: CCG Serial Number Label

Figure 208: Control Board Serial Number Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 209: Craft Interface Serial Number Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 210: Horizontal Fan Tray Serial Number Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 211: Vertical Fan Tray Serial Number Label

Figure 212: FPC Serial Number Label

Figure 213: FPC2 Serial Number Label

Figure 214: 10-Gigabit Ethernet PIC Serial Number Label ..... 4

Figure 215: 40-Gigabit Ethernet PIC Serial Number Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Figure 216: 100-Gigabit Ethernet PIC Serial Number Label ..... 42

Figure 217: 100-Gigabit Ethernet CFP2 PIC Serial Number Label ..... 444

Figure 218: DC PDU Serial Number Label .....

Figure 219: AC PDU Serial Number Label

Figure 220: DC PSM Serial Number Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 221: AC PSM Serial Number Label

Figure 222: Routing Engine Serial Number Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 223: SIB Serial Number Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 224: SIB2 Serial Number Label

Part 8 Safety and Compliance Information

Chapter 37 General Safety Guidelines and Warnings

Figure 225: ESD Points on the Packet Transport Router . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 226: Placing a Component into an Electrostatic Bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

List of Tables

About the Documentation ....

Table 1: Notice Icons ....xxx

Table 2: Text and Syntax Conventions

Part 1 Overview

Chapter 1 System Overview and Architecture .....

Table 3: PTX5000 Hardware Components .....

Chapter 2 Chassis Components and Descriptions .....

Table 4: Alarm LEDs on the PTX5000 Craft Interface
Table 5: SIB LEDs on the PTX5000 Craft Interface
Table 6: PTX5000 Host Subsystem LEDs
Table 7: PTX5000 CCG LEDs
Table 8: Fan Tray LEDs on the Craft Interface
Table 9: Power Distribution Unit LEDs
Table 10: PSM-LED Mapping
Table 11: Power Supply Module LEDs on the Craft Interface
Table 12: CCG LEDs 23
Table 13: CCG Port LEDs

Chapter 4 Host Subsystem Components and Description .....

Table 14: Routing Engine LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 15: Routing Engine Specifications
Table 16: End-of-Life Routing Engine Specifications
Table 17: M7i Supported Routing Engines
Table 18: M10I Supported Routing Engines
Table 19: M40e Supported Routing Engines
Table 20: M120 Supported Routing Engines
Table 21: M320 Supported Routing Engines
Table 22: MX104 Supported Routing Engines
Table 23: MX240 Supported Routing Engines
Table 24: MX480 Supported Routing Engines
Table 25: MX960 Supported Routing Engines
Table 26: MX2010 Supported Routing Engines
Table 27: MX2020 Supported Routing Engines
Table 28: PTX3000 Supported Routing Engines
Table 29: PTX5000 Supported Routing Engines
Table 30: T320 Supported Routing Engines
Table 31: T640 Supported Routing Engines
Table 32: T1600 Supported Routing Engines

Table 33: T4000 Supported Routing Engines

Table 34: TX Matrix Supported Routing Engines .....

Table 35: TX Matrix Plus Supported Routing Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 36: Routing Engines Supported on TX Matrix Plus with 3D SIBs ..... 49

Table 37: Control Board LEDs .....

Table 38: Control Board Port LEDs .....

Chapter 5 Line Card Components and Descriptions .....

Table 39: FPCs Supported by the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router ..... 58

Table 40: PTX5000 FPC LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 41: PICs Supported in the PTX Series .....

Table 42: PTX3000 PIC/FPC Compatibility .....

Table 43: PTX5000 PIC/FPC Compatibility .....

Chapter 6 Power System Components and Descriptions ..... 6

Table 44: Components Powered by Each Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 45: Power Zone 0 Fault Tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 46: Power Zone 1 Fault Tolerance .....

Table 47: Power Zone 2 Fault Tolerance .....

Table 48: Supported Power Distribution Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 49: Supported Power Supply Modules .....

Table 50: Supported AC Power Distribution Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 51: Supported AC Power Supply Modules .....

Table 52: 60-A DC PDU LEDs .....

Table 53: 120-A DC PDU LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 54: High Capacity DC PDU LEDs

Table 55: Three-Phase Delta AC PDU LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 56: Three-Phase Wye AC PDU LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 57: High Capacity Wye AC PDU LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 58: High Capacity Delta AC PDU LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 59: AC Power Supply Module LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 60: High Capacity AC Power Supply Module LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 61: DC Power Supply Module LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 62: High Capacity DC Power Supply Module LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 7 Switch Fabric Components and Descriptions ..... 10:

Table 63: SIB LEDs

Part 2 Site Planning, Preparation, and Specifications

Chapter 8 Preparation Overview....109

Table 64: Physical Specifications .....

Table 65: Packet Transport Router Environmental Specifications ..... 116

Table 66: Grounding Cable Specifications .....

Chapter 9 AC Power Specifications and Requirements

Table 67: AC Power System Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 68: Three-Phase Delta AC PDU Electrical Specifications ..... 120

Table 69: Three-Phase Wye AC PDU Electrical Specifications ..... 12

Table 70: AC Power Requirements for Components .....

Table 71: AC Power Cord Specifications for the Three-Phase AC Power Cords . . 123

Chapter 10 DC Power Specifications and Requirements ..... 1

Table 72: Power System Electrical Specifications

Table 73: 60-A DC PDU Electrical Specifications

Table 74: 120 A PDU Electrical Specifications

Table 75: High Capacity PDU Electrical Specifications

Table 76: DC Power Requirements for Components

Table 77: DC Power Requirements for Components

Table 78: Power Cable Specifications

Table 79: DC Power Cable Specifications

Chapter 11 Network Cable and Transceiver Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 80: Estimated Values for Factors Causing Link Loss

Chapter 12 Management Cable Specifications and Pinouts ..... 141

Table 81: Cable Specifications for Routing Engine Management ..... 141

Table 82: RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for the PTX5000 Auxiliary and Console Ports....142

Table 83: RJ-45 Connector Pinouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Part 3 Initial Installation and Configuration

Chapter 14 Unpacking the PTX5000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 84: Packet Transport Router Parts List

Table 85: Accessory Box Parts List

Chapter 15 Installing the Mounting Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 86: Mounting Hole Locations for Installing the Four-Post Mounting Shelf and Rear Support Bracket.

Table 87: Mounting Hole Locations for Installing a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Chassis in a Four-Post Rack ....

Table 88: Mounting Hole Locations for Installing a PTX5000 Open-Frame Rack Shelf ....160

Table 89: Mounting Hole Locations for Installing a Chassis in an Open-Frame Rack....160

Chapter 16 Installing the PTX5000 into a Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 90: Mounting Hole Locations for Installing a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Chassis in a Four-Post Rack ....

Part 4 Installing and Replacing Components

Chapter 22 Overview of Installing and Replacing Components ..... 229

Table 91: Field-Replaceable Units

Table 92: Tools and Parts Required for Component Replacement ..... 230

Part 6 Troubleshooting Hardware

Chapter 33 Troubleshooting Components 385

Table 93: Troubleshooting Chassis Alarm Messages for the CCGs . . . . . . . . . . . . 390

Table 94: Troubleshooting CCG LEDs 390

Table 95: Troubleshooting CCG Port LEDs

Table 96: Troubleshooting Fan Tray Alarms .....
Table 97: Troubleshooting Fan Tray LEDs on the Craft Interface ..... 39
Table 98: Troubleshooting Temperature Alarms
Table 99: Troubleshooting Host Subsystem Alarm Messages ..... 403
Table 100: Troubleshooting Host Subsystem LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 101: Troubleshooting Routing Engine LEDs .....
Table 102: Troubleshooting Control Board Alarms
Table 103: Troubleshooting Control Board LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 104: Troubleshooting FPC Alarms
Table 105: Troubleshooting FPC LEDs .....
Table 106: Troubleshooting Power Distribution Unit Alarms ..... 419
Table 107: Troubleshooting PDU LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 108: Troubleshooting PSM Chassis Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 109: Troubleshooting SIB Alarms
Table 110: Troubleshooting SIB LEDs .....

About the Documentation

• Documentation and Release Notes on page xxix
• Supported Platforms on page xxix
• Documentation Conventions on page xxix
• Documentation Feedback on page xxxi
- Requesting Technical Support on page xxxii

Documentation and Release Notes

To obtain the most current version of all Juniper Networksal documentation, see the product documentation page on the Juniper Networks website at http://www.juniper.net/techpubs/.

If the information in the latest release notes differs from the information in the documentation, follow the product Release Notes.

Juniper Networks Books publishes books by Juniper Networks engineers and subject matter experts. These books go beyond the technical documentation to explore the nuances of network architecture, deployment, and administration. The current list can be viewed at http://www.juniper.net/books.

Supported Platforms

For the features described in this document, the following platforms are supported:

- PTX5000

Documentation Conventions

Table 1 on page xxx defines notice icons used in this guide.

Table 1: Notice Icons

		DescriptionMeaningIcon
		Indicates important features or instructions.Informational note
		Indicates a situation that might result in loss of data or hardware damage.Caution
		Alerts you to the risk of personal injury or death.Warning
		Alerts you to the risk of personal injury from a laser.Laser warning
		Indicates helpful information.Tip
		Alerts you to a recommended use or implementation.Best practice

Table 2 on page xxx defines the text and syntax conventions used in this guide.

Table 2: Text and Syntax Conventions

		ExamplesDescriptionConvention
Bold text like this	Represents text that you type.	To enter configuration mode, type theconfigurecommand:user@host>configure
Fixed-width text like this	Represents output that appears on theuser@host>show chassis alarms terminal screen.No alarms currently active
Italic text like this	Introduces or emphasizes important new terms.Identifies guide names.Identifies RFC and Internet draft titles.	A policy termis a named structure that defines match conditions and actions.Junos OS CLI User GuideRFC 1997, BGP Communities Attribute
Italic text like this	Represents variables (options for whichConfigure the machine's domain name: you substitute a value) in commands or configuration statements.[edit]root@# set system domain-name domain-name

Table 2: Text and Syntax Conventions (continued)

		ExamplesDescriptionConvention
Text like this	Represents names of configuration statements, commands, files, and directories; configuration hierarchy levels; or labels on routing platform components.	To configure a stub area, include the stub statement at the [edit protocols ospf area area-id] hierarchy level.The console port is labeled CONSOLE.
< > (angle brackets)	Encloses optional keywords or variables.	stub;
| (pipe symbol)	Indicates a choice between the mutual exclusive keywords or variables on either side of the symbol. The set of choices (string1 | string2 | string3) often enclosed in parentheses for clarity.
# (pound sign)	same line as the configuration statement to which it applies.	rsvp { # Required for dynamic MPLS only indicates a c
[ ] (square brackets)	Encloses a variable for which you can substitute one or more values.	community name members [ community-ids ]
Indention and braces ( { } )	Identifies a level in the configuration hierarchy.	[edit]routing-options {static {route default {nexthop address;retain;}}}
; (semicolon)	Identifies a leaf statement at a configuration hierarchy level.
GUI Conventions
Bold text like this	Represents graphical user interface (GUI) In the Logical Interfaces box, select items you click or select.	All Interfaces.To cancel the configuration, click Cancel.
> (bold right angle bracket)	Separates levels in a hierarchy of men to the configuration editor hierarchy, selections.	select Protocols>Ospf.

Documentation Feedback

We encourage you to provide feedback, comments, and suggestions so that we can improve the documentation. You can provide feedback by using either of the following methods:

- Online feedback rating system—On any page at the Juniper Networks Technical Documentation site at http://www.juniper.net/techpubs/Index.html, simply click the stars to rate the content, and use the pop-up form to provide us with information about your experience. Alternately, you can use the online feedback form at https://www.juniper.net/cgi-bin/docbugreport/.

- E-mail—Send your comments to [e-mail]. Include the document or topic name, URL or page number, and software version (if applicable).

Requesting Technical Support

Technical product support is available through the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC). If you are a customer with an active J-Care or JNASC support contract, or are covered under warranty, and need post-sales technical support, you can access our tools and resources online or open a case with JTAC.

• JTAC policies—For a complete understanding of our JTAC procedures and policies, review the JTAC User Guide located at http://www.juniper.net/us/en/local/pdf/resource-guides/7100059-en.pdf.
• Product warranties—For product warranty information, visit http://www.juniper.net/support/warranty/.
• JTAC hours of operation—The JTAC centers have resources available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year.

Self-Help Online Tools and Resources

For quick and easy problem resolution, Juniper Networks has designed an online self-service portal called the Customer Support Center (CSC) that provides you with the following features:

• Find CSC offerings: http://www.juniper.net/customers/support/
• Search for known bugs: http://www2.juniper.net/kb/
• Find product documentation: http://www.juniper.net/techpubs/
• Find solutions and answer questions using our Knowledge Base: http://kb.juniper.net/
- Download the latest versions of software and review release notes: http://www.juniper.net/customers/csc/software/
- Search technical bulletins for relevant hardware and software notifications: http://kb.juniper.net/InfoCenter/
- Join and participate in the Juniper Networks Community Forum: http://www.juniper.net/company/communities/
- Open a case online in the CSC Case Management tool: http://www.juniper.net/cm/

To verify service entitlement by product serial number, use our Serial Number Entitlement (SNE) Tool: https://tools.juniper.net/SerialNumberEntitlementSearch/

Opening a Case with JTAC

You can open a case with JTAC on the Web or by telephone.

• Use the Case Management tool in the CSC at http://www.juniper.net/cm/.
• Call 1-888-314-JTAC (1-888-314-5822 toll-free in the USA, Canada, and Mexico).

For international or direct-dial options in countries without toll-free numbers, see http://www.juniper.net/support/requesting-support.html.

PART 1

Overview

• System Overview and Architecture on page 3
- Chassis Components and Descriptions on page 11
• Cooling System Components and Descriptions on page 25
- Host Subsystem Components and Description on page 31
• Line Card Components and Descriptions on page 55
• Power System Components and Descriptions on page 65
- Switch Fabric Components and Descriptions on page 103

CHAPTER 1

System Overview and Architecture

• PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Description on page 3
• PTX5000 Hardware Component Overview on page 5
  • PTX5000 Component Redundancy on page 8
  • PTX5000 System Architecture Description on page 9
• PTX5000 Packet Forwarding Engine Architecture on page 9

PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Description

The PTX5000 Packet Transport Router provides 10-Gigabit Ethernet, 40-Gigabit Ethernet, and 100-Gigabit Ethernet interfaces for large networks and network applications, such as those supported by ISPs. The packet transport router accommodates up to eight Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs), each of which can be configured with a variety of network media types.

The system architecture cleanly separates control operations from packet forwarding operations. This design eliminates processing and traffic bottlenecks, permitting the packet transport router to achieve high performance.

• Control operations are performed by the host subsystem, which runs the Junos operating system (Junos OS) to handle routing protocols, traffic engineering, policy, policing, monitoring, and configuration management.
• Forwarding operations are performed by the Packet Forwarding Engines, which consist of hardware, including ASICs, designed by Juniper Networks. The application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs) are a definitive part of the hardware design and enable the packet transport router to achieve data forwarding rates that match current fiber-optic capacity. The PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with FPCs that have four Packet Forwarding Engines provides up to a total of 4800 million packets per second (Mpps) of forwarding. In a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with FPCs that have eight Packet Forwarding Engines, the forwarding capacity increases to 9600 Mpps.

Figure 1 on page 4 and Figure 2 on page 5 illustrate the front and rear of a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router.

Figure 1: Front View of the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router

	6-1- FPCs and PICsFront-mounting flange
	7-2- ESD pointCraft interface
	8-3- Lower horizontal fan trayUpper horizontal fan tray
	9-4- Horizontal air filterCable management system
Vertical fan tray and vertical air filter	10-5- Power supply module door and power supply modules air filter

Figure 2: Rear View of the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router

Center-mounting bracket	6—Control board CBI and Routing Engine REI
	7—2— ESD pointAir exhaust
3—Centralized Clock Generators (CCGs)	8—Power distribution units (PDUs)
	9—4— Chassis grounding pointsSwitch interface boards (SIBs
5—Control board CBO and Routing Engine	REO

Related Documentation

PTX5000 System Architecture Description on page 9.

-PTX5000 Chassis Description on page 11

•Overview of Installing the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 147

PTX5000 Hardware Component Overview

The PTX5000 Packet Transport Router supports the components in Table 3 on page 6 listed in alphabetic order.

Table 3: PTX5000 Hardware Components

				DescriptionCLI Output
system			N/AN/AN/ACable management00 Cable Management System" on page 14
Generator (CCG)			Clock Generator CCGCCG-PTX Centralized Clock Clock Generator Description" on page 22
			N/AN/ACCG-BLANK-PTX
			PTX5000N/AN/AChassis"PTX5000 Chassis Description" on page 11
Cooling system including fan trays and air filters				"PTX5000 Cooling System Description" on page 25
Vertical fan tray	FAN-PTX-V	FANTRAY PTX VERTICAL	Vertical Fan Tray
	FAN-PTX-HHorizontal	FANTRAY PTX HORIZONTAL	Horizontal Fan Tray
the horizontal air filter, vertical air filter, and PSM air filterNOTE: The air filter kit is available for replacements required for maintenance. See "Maintaining the PTX5000 Air Filters" on page 374		Air filter kit including/AFLTR-PTX-KIT
Control board	CB-PTX	CB-PTX	Control Board	"PTX5000 Control Board Description" on page 49
Craft interface	CRAFT-PTX5000	JUNIPER NETWORKS PTX5000	Front Panel Display	"PTX5000 Craft Interface Description" on page 15
FPC	FPC-PTX-P1-A	FPC-PTX-P1-A	FPC	"PTX5000 FPC Description" on page 55
	FPC2-PTX-P1A	FPC2-PTX-P1A	FPC E
			N/AN/AFPC-BLANK
Host subsystem including control board and Routing Engine	CB-PTX	CB-PTX	Control Board	"PTX5000 Host Subsystem Description" on page 31
		N/ARE-DUO-C2600-16GRE-DUO-2600

Table 3: PTX5000 Hardware Components (continued)

				DescriptionCLI Output
			Midplane-8SN/AN/AMidplane5000 Midplane Description" on page 13
			Midplane-8Se
			24x 10GE (LAN) SFP+P1-PTX-24-10GE-SFPPP1-PTX-24-10GE-SFPP Description" on page 59
			24x 10GE(LWO) SFP+P1-PTX-24-10G-W-SFPPP1-PTX-24-10G-W-SFPP PTX Series Interface Module Reference
	P2-10G-40G-QSFPP	P2-10G-40G-QSFPP	48x10G/2x40G(LWO)QSF+
			P1-PTX-2-40GE-CFP1-PTX-2-40GE-CFP
	P1-PTX-2-100GE-CFP	P1-PTX 2-100GE-CFP	2x100GE CFP
	P1-PTX-2-100G-WDM	P1-PTX-2-100G-WDM	2x100G DWDM OTN
	P2-100GE-CFP2	P2-100GE-CFP2	4x100GE CFP2
	P2-100GE-OTN	P2-100GE-OTN	4x100GE OTN CFP2
			N/AN/APIC-BLANK-PTX
Power system including the power distribution units (PDUs) and power supply modules (PSMS)5000 Power System Description" on page 65
Three-phase AC delta PDU	PDU-PTX-AC-D	N/A	AC Delta Pwr Dist Unit	"PTX5000 AC Power System Description" on page 76
Three-phase AC wye PDU	PDU-PTX-AC-W	N/A	AC Wye Pwr Dist Unit
Three-phase AC PSM	PSM-PTX-AC	N/A	AC 12V Power Supply
120-A DC PDU	PDU-PTX-DC-120	N/A	DC Power Dist Unit	"PTX5000 DC Power System Description" on page 68
60-A DC PDU	PDU-PTX-DC-60	N/A	DC PDU 2x60A
High Capacity DC PDU	PDU2-PTX-DC	N/A	Gen2 DC PDU
120-A DC PSM	PSM-PTX-DC-120	N/A	DC 12V Power Supply
60-A DC PSM	PSM-PTX-DC-60	N/A	DC 12V PSM 2x60A
High Capacity DC PSM	PSM2-PTX-DC	N/A	Gen2 DC PSM
			PSM blank	N/AN/APSM-BLANK-PTX/N/A

N/AN/AN/APTX5K-PSM2TRAYMetal sleeve

overlay kit for the chassis to upgrade PSM to High Capacity PSMs

			RE-DUO-2600N/ARE-DUO-CZ600916GRouting Engine Engine Description" on page 32
			N/AN/ARE-BLANK
Switch interface board (SIB)	SIB-I-PTX5008	SIB-I-PTX5008	SIB-I-8S	"PTX5000 Switch Interface Board Description" on page 103
	SIB2-I-PTX5K	SIB2-I-PTX5K	SIB2-I-PTX5K

Front Door N/AN/AN/APTX5000-DOOR-S

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Description on page 3

• PTX5000 Component Redundancy on page 8

PTX5000 Component Redundancy

The PTX5000 Packet Transport Router is designed so that no single point of failure can cause the entire system to fail. The following major hardware components are redundant:

- Switch Interface Boards (SIBs)—The PTX5000 Packet Transport Router has nine SIBs. All nine SIBs are active and can sustain full throughput rate. The fabric plane can tolerate one SIB failure without any loss of performance. See “PTX5000 Switch Interface Board Description” on page 103.

- Host subsystem—The host subsystem consists of a Routing Engine functioning together with a control board. To operate, each host subsystem requires a Routing Engine installed in a slot in the control board. The packet transport router can have one or two host subsystems. If two host subsystems are installed, one functions as the master and the other functions as the backup. If the master host subsystem (or either of its components) fails, the backup can take over as the master. See “PTX5000 Host Subsystem Description” on page 31.

If the Routing Engines are configured for nonstop active routing, the backup Routing Engine automatically synchronizes its configuration and state with the master Routing Engine. Any update to the master Routing Engine state is replicated on the backup Routing Engine. If the backup Routing Engine assumes mastership, packet forwarding continues through the packet transport router without interruption. For more information about nonstop active routing, see Nonstop Active Routing Concepts and Nonstop Active Routing System Requirements.

- Centralized Clock Generators (CCGs)—The packet transport router has a standard configuration of one CCG. If two CCGs are installed, the second CCG functions as

backup. If one CCG fails, the other becomes the master CCG. Mastership of the CCG is independent of the host subsystem, so routing functions are not affected. See "PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generator Description" on page 22.

• Power system—The packet transport router has up to two power distribution units (PDUs), which share the load evenly. If one PDU fails in a fully redundant power system that includes two PDUs and eight power supply modules (PSMs), the other PDU can provide full power to the packet transport router indefinitely. PSM redundancy varies depending on the number of PSMs and number of FPCs. See the “PTX5000 Power System Description” on page 65 for more information about power system redundancy.
• Cooling system—The cooling system has redundant components, which are controlled by the host subsystem. If one of the fans fails, the host subsystem increases the speed of the remaining fans to provide sufficient cooling for the packet transport router indefinitely. See “PTX5000 Cooling System Description” on page 25.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Description on page 3.

- PTX5000 Hardware Component Overview on page 5

PTX5000 System Architecture Description

The PTX Series Packet Transport Routers have two main architectural components:

• Routing Engine—One or more Routing Engines provide Layer 3 routing services and network management.
• Packet Forwarding Engines—These high-performance, ASIC-based components provide packet forwarding, route lookups, and Layer 2 and Layer 3 packet switching.

The Routing Engines and the Packet Forwarding Engines perform their primary tasks independently, but communicate through multiple links. This arrangement streamlines forwarding and routing control and runs Internet-scale backbone networks at high speeds.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Description on page 3.

- PTX5000 Packet Forwarding Engine Architecture on page 9

PTX5000 Packet Forwarding Engine Architecture

The Packet Forwarding Engines provide Layer 2 and Layer 3 packet switching, forwarding, and route lookup functions.

The Packet Forwarding Engines are implemented in ASICs that are physically located on the FPCs. Each Packet Forwarding Engine consists of the following components:

- Lookup ASICs (TL), which provide the route lookup function, control functions, Layer 2 and Layer 3 encapsulation and de-encapsulation, and manage the division and reassembly of packets within the packet transport router.

- Queuing and Memory Interface ASICs (TQ), which manage the buffering of data cells in memory and the queueing of notifications.

The fabric ASICs (TF), located on the switch interface boards, extract the route lookup key and manage the flow of data cells across the switch fabric.

Related Documentation

- PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Description on page 3

- PTX5000 System Architecture Description on page 9

CHAPTER 2

Chassis Components and Descriptions

• PTX5000 Chassis Description on page 11
  • PTX5000 Midplane Description on page 13
• PTX5000 Cable Management System on page 14
  • PTX5000 Craft Interface Description on page 15
• PTX5000 Craft Interface LEDs on page 17
• PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generator Description on page 22
• PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generator LEDs on page 23

PTX5000 Chassis Description

The PTX5000 Packet Transport Router chassis is a rigid sheet metal structure that houses all the other hardware components (see Figure 3 on page 12 and Figure 4 on page 13). The chassis measures 62.5 in. (158.8 cm) high, 33.2 in. (84.3 cm) deep, and 17.43 in. (44.3 cm) wide. The chassis can be installed into many types of racks or cabinets.

The chassis includes the following features (see Figure 3 on page 12 and Figure 4 on page 13):

• Front-mounting flanges for mounting in a four-post rack or cabinet.
• Center-mounting metal brackets for center-mounting in an open-frame rack.
• Handles on each side to facilitate positioning the packet transport router in the rack. Do not use the handles to lift the packet transport router.
• Two electrostatic discharge (ESD) points (banana plug receptacles), one front and one rear.

CAUTION: Before removing or installing components, attach an ESD strap to an ESD point, and place the other end of the strap around your bare wrist. Failure to use an ESD strap could result in damage to the hardware components.

WARNING: Thepacket transport router must be connected to earth ground during normal operation.

Figure 3: Front View of the PTX5000 Chassis

	6-1- FPCs and PICsFront-mounting flange
	7-2- ESD pointCraft interface
	8-3- Lower horizontal fan trayUpper horizontal fan tray
	9-4- Horizontal air filterCable management system
Vertical fan tray and vertical air filter	10-5- Power supply module door and power supply modules air filter

Figure 4: Rear View of the PTX5000 Chassis

Center-mounting bracket	6—Control board CBI and Routing Engine REI
	7—2— ESD pointsAir exhaust
3—Centralized Clock Generators (CCGs)	8—Power distribution units (PDUs)
	9—4— Chassis grounding pointsSwitch interface boards (SIBs
5—Control board CBO and Routing Engine	REO

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Hardware Component Overview on page 5.

-PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Description on page 3
-PTX5000 Physical Specifications on page 111
•Rack Requirements for the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 113
-PTX5000 Chassis Grounding Cable and Lug Specifications on page 116

PTX5000 Midplane Description

The midplane is located in the center of the chassis and forms the rear of the Flexible PIC Concentrator (FPC) card cage. The FPCs install into the midplane from the front of

the chassis; and the Switch Interface Boards (SIBs), Routing Engines, control boards, Centralized Clock Generators (CCGs), and power distribution units (PDUs) install into the midplane from the rear of the chassis. The cooling system components also connect to the midplane.

The midplane performs the following major functions:

• Data path—Data packets are transferred across the midplane from the Packet Forwarding Engine on the originating FPC to the SIBs, and from the SIBs across the midplane to the Packet Forwarding Engine on the destination FPC.
• Power distribution—The power distribution units are connected to the midplane, which distributes power to all the packet transport router components.
• Signal path—The midplane provides the signal path to the FPCs, SIBs, Routing Engines, control boards, and other system components for monitoring and control of the system.

NOTE: ThePTX5000PacketTransportRouter supportstwomidplanes.First supported in Junos 14.1, the PTX5000BASE2 model is a chassis with an enhanced midplane that requires high-capacity 60-A DC PDUs and PSMs. The enhanced midplane is identified as Midplane-8Se in the output from the show chassis hardware operational-mode CLI command.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Description on page 3.

- PTX5000 Chassis Description on page 11

- PTX5000 Component Redundancy on page 8

PTX5000 Cable Management System

The cable management system for the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router consists of channels above the FPCs. The cable management system organizes, supports, and provides strain relief for the PIC cables. The PIC cables are routed toward the top into the cable management system, keeping the cables organized and securely in place. All the cables from one FPC are routed to one channel. The cables are routed from the cable management system to the left side of the packet transport router. The cable management system adds 3.8 in. (9.7 cm) to the depth of the chassis.

You have to use a different cable management system with the High Capacity DC power supply. See "Installing the PTX5000 Cable Management System for High Capacity DC PDU" on page 203 for details.

NOTE: We recommend that you use the cable management system to maintain the cable bend radius.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 FPC Description on page 55.

- PTX5000 PIC Description on page 59

•Maintaining the PTX5000 PIC Cables on page 378

•Installing the PTX5000 Cable Management System for High Capacity DC PDU on page 203

PTX5000 Craft Interface Description

The craft interface allows you to view status and troubleshooting information at a glance and to perform many system control functions. It is hot-insertable and hot-removable. The craft interface is located at the upper front of the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router.

• Craft Interface Front Panel on page 15
• Craft Interface LCD on page 16
• LCD Navigation Buttons on page 17

Craft Interface Front Panel

Figure 5 on page 15 shows the craft interface.
Figure 5: Craft Interface

Alarm relay contacts	6-1- Alarm LEDs and ACO/LT button
2-SIB LEDs	7-M/S CHASSIS NUM configuration switches
3-Host Subsystem LEDs	8-Power system LEDs
4-CCG LEDs	9-LCD
5-Fan tray LEDs	10-LCD navigation buttons

The front panel of the craft interface contains:

• A four-line LCD display, along with six navigation buttons. The LCD display operates in Idle mode or alarm mode.
• Alarm relay contacts.
• Two configuration switches:
• The M/S configuration switch must be set to S.

- The CHASSIS ID configuration switch must always be set to 0.

NOTE: The CHASSIS ID configuration switch is set to 0 by default.

• LEDs

• Yellow Minor Alarm LED, Red Major Critical Alarm LED, and alarm cutoff/lamp test ACO/LT button
  • Host Subsystem Master, OK, and FAIL LEDs
  • SIB OK and ACT LEDs
• Fan tray LEDs
• PDU LEDs
• PSM LEDs

Craft Interface LCD

A four-line LCD is located in the craft interface, along with six navigation buttons. The LCD operates in two modes:

• LCD idle mode
• LCD alarm mode

Idle Mode

During normal operation, the LCD operates in idle mode and reports current status information, as shown in Figure 6 on page 16.

Figure 6: LCD in Idle Mode

The lines in the display report the following information:

• First line—Packet transport router name.
• Second line—Length of time the packet transport router has been running, reported in the following form:
  Up days + hours:minutes
• Third and fourth lines—Status messages, which rotate at 2-second intervals. Some conditions, such as removal or insertion of a system component, can interrupt the messages.

To add a message that alternates every 2 seconds with the default status messages, use the set chassis display message command.

Alarm Mode

When a red or yellow alarm occurs, the LCD switches to alarm mode and reports the alarm condition, as shown in Figure 7 on page 17.

Figure 7: LCD in Alarm Mode

The lines in the display report the following information:

• First line—Packet transport router name.
  • Second line—Number of active alarms.
• Third and fourth lines—Individual alarm messages, with the most severe condition shown first. The prefix on each line indicates whether the alarm is a red (R) or yellow (Y) alarm.

LCD Navigation Buttons

The LCD display has the following navigation buttons:

• Menu button
• Enter button
• Four arrow buttons for scrolling up or down, and left or right

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Hardware Component Overview on page 5.

- PTX5000 Craft Interface LEDs on page 17

PTX5000 Craft Interface LEDs

Figure 8 on page 18 shows the craft interface LEDs.

Figure 8: Craft Interface LEDs

	4-1- Fan tray LEDsSIB LEDs
	5-2- Power distribution unit LEDsHost subsystem LEDs
	6-3- Power supply module LEDsCCG LEDs

• Craft Interface Alarm LEDs on page 18
• Craft Interface SIB LEDs on page 19
• Craft Interface Host Subsystem LEDs on page 19
• CCG LEDs on page 20
• Fan Trays LEDs on page 20
• Power Distribution Unit LEDs on page 21
• Power Supply Modules LEDs on page 21

Craft Interface Alarm LEDs

Two large alarm LEDs are located on the craft interface. Both LEDs can be lit simultaneously.

• The circular red LED lights to indicate a critical condition that can result in a system shutdown.
• The triangular yellow LED lights to indicate a less severe condition that requires monitoring or maintenance.

The LCD display on the craft interface reports the cause of the alarm. A condition that causes an alarm LED to light also activates the corresponding alarm relay contact on the craft interface.

Table 4 on page 19 describes the alarm LEDs.

Table 4: Alarm LEDs on the PTX5000 Craft Interface

		DescriptionStateColorShape
	On steadilyReCritical alarm LED—Indicates a critical condition that can cause the packet transport router to stop functioning. Possible causes include component removal, failure, or overheating.
	On steadilyYeWarning alarm LED—Indicates a serious but nonfatal error condition, such as a maintenance alert or a significant increase in component temperature.

Craft Interface SIB LEDs

The left side of the craft interface has two LEDs for each SIB, which indicate the status of that SIB. The corresponding SIB slots are labeled 0 through 8. Table 5 on page 19 describes the functions of the SIB LEDs.

Table 5: SIB LEDs on the PTX5000 Craft Interface

			DescriptionStateColorLabel
			SIB is functioning normally.On steadilyGreenOK
		On steadilySIB has failed.
	-	Off	SIB is offline or absent.
ACT	Green	On steadily	SIB is in active mode and actively passing traffic.
	-	Off	SIB is either offline or not actively passing traffic.

Craft Interface Host Subsystem LEDs

Each host subsystem has three LEDs—labeled MASTER, OK, and FAIL—located to the right of the SIB LEDs on the craft interface, that indicate the status of the host subsystem. The LEDs listed under HOST0 show the status of the Routing Engine in slot RE0 and the CB in slot CB0. The LEDs listed under HOST1 show the status of the Routing Engine in slot RE1 and the CB in slot CB1. Table 6 on page 19 describes the functions of the host subsystem LEDs.

Table 6: PTX5000 Host Subsystem LEDs

			DescriptionStateColorLabel
MASTER	Green	On steadily	Host subsystem is functioning as the master.
	-	Off	Host subsystem is offline or functioning as the backup.
OK	Green	On steadily	Host subsystem is online and is functioning normally.
			Host subsystem is offline or absent.Off-
			Host subsystem has failed.On steadilyRedFAIL
		Off-	No failure has been detected.

CCG LEDs

Each Centralized Clock Generator (CCG) has three LEDs—labeled MASTER, OK, and FAIL—located to the right of the host subsystem LEDs on the craft interface that indicate the status of the CCGs. The LEDs labeled CCG0 show the status of the CCG in slot CCG0. The LEDs labeled CCG1 show the status of the CCG in slot CCG1. Table 7 on page 20 describes the functions of the CCG LEDs.

Table 7: PTX5000 CCG LEDs

			DescriptionStateColorLabel
MASTER	Green	On steadily	CCG is functioning as the master.
	-	Off	CCG is offline or functioning as the backup.
OK	Green	On steadily	CCG is online and is functioning normally.
		Off-	CCG is offline or absent.
		On steadily	REDEAtlas failed.
		Off-	No failure has been detected.

Fan Trays LEDs

One status LED for each fan tray is located to the right of the host subsystem LEDs on the craft interface. The three fan tray status LEDs are labeled 0 through 2.

Table 8: Fan Tray LEDs on the Craft Interface

		DescriptionStateColor
Green	On steadily	The fan tray is functioning normally.
Red	On steadily	The fan tray has failed.
-	Off	The fan tray is offline or absent.

Power Distribution Unit LEDs

One OK LED for each power distribution unit is located on the craft interface below the host subsystem LEDs. The two LEDs are labeled 0 and 1.

Table 9: Power Distribution Unit LEDs

		DescriptionStateColour
		PDU is functioning normally.On steadilyGreen
		PDU has failed.On steadilyRed
Off	—	PDU might be starting up or not receiving any input voltage. The circuit breakers might be off.

Power Supply Modules LEDs

A status LED for each power supply module is located on the craft interface below the PDU LEDs. The four PSM status LEDs are labeled 0 through 3.

NOTE: The existing PDUs support four PSMs whereas high capacity PDUs support eight PSMs.

Table 10: PSM-LED Mapping

	No of PSMs per PDUPDU Type	Mapping of the PSM LEDs on the Craft Interface and the PSMs
					PSM 3 PSM/PSML
		Existing PDUBSM 04		PSM 1	PSM 3PSM 2
PDU-PTX-DC-120
PDU-PTX-DC-60
PDU-PTX-AC-W
PDU-PTX-AC-D
High Capacity PDU:	8	PSMs 0 and 4	PSMs 1 and 5	PSMs 2 and 6	PSMs 3 and 7
PDU2-PTX-DC

Table 11: Power Supply Module LEDs on the Craft Interface

Color	State	Description for normal capacity PDU/PSMs	Description for high capacity PDU/PSMs
Green	On steadily	The PSM is functioning normally.	All the PSMs are working.Description for high capacity PDU/PSMsDes
		The PSM has failed.On steadilyRed	At least one PSM is not working. Additional status is available on the LCD, CLI, and PSM LEDs on the PSM
			The PSMs are offline or absent.The PSM is offline or a

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Hardware Component Overview on page 5. •PTX5000 Craft Interface Description on page 15

PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generator Description

• CCG Slots on page 22
  • CCG Function on page 22
  • CCG Components on page 22

CCG Slots

The Centralized Clock Generators (CCGs) are installed into the upper rear of the chassis in the slots labeled CCG0 and CCG1. One CCG is shipped as part of the standard packet transport router configuration, but up to two CCGs can be installed to provide redundancy.

A nonredundant CCG is hot-pluggable. For redundant CCGs, the master CCG is hot-pluggable. The backup CCG is hot-removable and hot-insertable if the master CCG is functioning. Removing the backup CCG does not affect the functioning of the packet transport router. Taking the master CCG offline might result in a brief loss of the clock lock while the backup CCG becomes the master.

CCG Function

CCGs provide a 19.44-MHz Stratum 3E clock signal for the Ethernet network interfaces on the packet transport router.

CCG Components

Each CCG (see Figure 9 on page 23) consists of the following components:

• 19.44-MHz Stratum 3E clock.
- Field-programmable gate array (FPGA) that performs multiplexing of clock sources.

Figure 9: CCG

Three LEDs—OK,FAIL, and MASTER—that display the status of the CCG.	3—Two RJ-48 connectors labeled BITS A and BITS B for BITS external clock inputs, 1.5444 MHz or 2.048 MHz. Two LEDs for each BITS connector—FAULT and LINK—that display the status of the BITS ports.
ONLINE/OFFLINE button	4—Four GPS connectors labeled GPSO CLOCK, GPSO SYNC, GPS1 CLOCK, and GPS1 SYNC, for GPS external clock inputs, 5 MHz or 10 MHz. The LEDs for the GPS ports are not supported.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Hardware Component Overview on page 5.

- PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generator LEDs on page 23

•Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generators on page 389

PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generator LEDs

Table 12 on page 23 describes the functions of the CCG LEDs. Table 13 on page 24 describes the functions of the CCG port LEDs.

Table 12: CCG LEDs

			DescriptionStateColorLabel
OK	Green	On steadily	The CCG is online and is functioning normally.
	-	Off	The CCG is not online or is not powered on.
FAIL	Yellow	On steadily	The CCG has detected a failure.
	-	Off	The CCG has not detected a failure or is not powered on.
MASTER	Blue	On steadily	The CCG is functioning as the master.
	-	Off	The CCG is functioning as the backup or is not powered on.

Table 13: CCG Port LEDs

			DescriptionStateColor
NOTE: The LINK LEDs aresupported only for the BITSports. This LED is notsupported for the GPS ports.-	On steadilyGreenLINK BITS signal is detected.
	On steadilyYellowFAULTe CCG has detected a failure.
	-	Off	The CCG has not detected a failure or is not powered on.

Related .PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generator Description on page 22 Documentation .Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generators on page 389

CHAPTER 3

Cooling System Components and Descriptions

- PTX5000 Cooling System Description on page 25

PTX5000 Cooling System Description

The cooling system components work together to keep all components within the acceptable temperature range. The host subsystem monitors the temperature of the components. If the maximum temperature specification is exceeded and the system cannot be adequately cooled, the Routing Engine shuts down some or all of the hardware components.

• Fan Trays on page 25
- Airflow on page 27
• Air Filters on page 27
• Power Supply Cooling System on page 29

Fan Trays

If a fan fails or the temperature rises above the temperature thresholds, the speed of the remaining fans in the zone is automatically adjusted to keep the temperature within the acceptable range.

All fan trays are hot-insertable and hot-removable.

The cooling system contains the following fan trays:

- Cooling zone 0—One vertical fan tray (Fan Tray 0) with fourteen fans cools the following components installed in the rear card cage: Routing Engines, control boards, and SIBs. The vertical fan tray is not interchangeable with the horizontal fan trays. The fans in the Fan Tray 0 are set to a default speed of 21% of maximum speed.

Figure 10: Vertical Fan Tray

Line drawing of a server rack unit with front panel and side panels (no text or symbols)

- Cooling zone 1—The upper Fan Tray 1 and lower Fan Tray 2 horizontal fan trays, each of which contain six fans, cool the components installed in the front card cage (FPCs and PICs), and the CCGs. Both horizontal fan trays are interchangeable with each other. Cooling zone 1 has two sections:

• Cooling zone 1 section 1 cools FPCs 0 through 4.
• Cooling zone 1 section 2 cools FPCs 3 through 7.

NOTE: FPCs 3 and 4 can be cooled by either cooling zone 1 section.

When FPCs are installed in a section, the software sets the fan speeds according to the temperature. When no FPCs are installed in cooling zone 1 section 1, the left fans in the horizontal fan trays in cooling zone 1 are set to 34% of maximum speed. When no FPCs are installed in cooling zone 1 section 2, the right fans in the horizontal fan trays in cooling zone 1 are set to 34% of maximum speed.

Figure 11: Horizontal Fan Tray

Airflow

Figure 12 on page 27 shows the airflow through the packet transport router.
Figure 12: Airflow Through the Chassis

graph TD
    subgraph Front
        A["Fantray"] --> B["Card cage Zone 1"]
        B --> C["Air intake, fantray Zone 0"]
        C --> D["Fantray"]
        D --> E["Air intake to Zone 1"]
        E --> F["Power supply air intake"]
    end

    subgraph Rear
        G["Air exhaust Zone 1"] --> H["Card cage Zone 0"]
        H --> I["Air exhaust Zone 0"]
        I --> J["PDU"]
        J --> K["PDU"]
    end

    subgraph Side
        L["Card cage Zone 1"] --> M["Card cage Zone 0"]
        M --> N["Rear"]
    end

Air Filters

The cooling system contains three air filters:

• One air filter is located inside the vertical fan tray (Figure 13 on page 28).

Figure 13: Vertical Fan Tray Air Filter

Technical line drawing of a vertical metal frame with internal grating and support structure (no text or symbols)

• One air filter is located below the lower horizontal fan tray (Figure 14 on page 28).

Figure 14: Horizontal Fan Tray Air Filter

Technical line drawing of a hexagonal grid structure with mounting holes (no text or symbols)

- One air filter is located inside the door for the power supply modules (Figure 15 on page 29).

Figure 15: PSM Door Air Filter

Technical line drawing of a server rack unit with multiple panels and a door open, showing structural details (no text or symbols)

All air filters are hot-insertable and hot-removable.

Power Supply Cooling System

Each DC power supply module contains two fans that cools that PSM. The power distribution units are also cooled by the fans in the PSMs.

Related Documentation

- PTX5000 Hardware Component Overview on page 5

- PTX5000 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance on page 115

•Maintaining the PTX5000 Air Filters on page 374

•Maintaining the PTX5000 Fan Trays on page 375

•Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Cooling System on page 391

CHAPTER 4

Host Subsystem Components and Description

• PTX5000 Host Subsystem Description on page 31
• PTX5000 Routing Engine Description on page 32
  • PTX5000 Routing Engine LEDs on page 34
• Routing Engine Specifications on page 35
  • Supported Routing Engines by Router on page 38
  • PTX5000 Control Board Description on page 49
  • PTX5000 Control Board LEDs on page 52

PTX5000 Host Subsystem Description

The host subsystem provides the routing and system management functions of the packet transport router. You can install one or two host subsystems. A host subsystem consists of a Routing Engine installed directly into a slot in a control board. To operate, each host subsystem functions as a unit; the Routing Engine requires the corresponding control board, and vice versa.

NOTE: We recommend that you install two host subsystems for redundant protection.

Each host subsystem has three LEDs, located on the upper left of the craft interface, which display the status of the host subsystem. In addition, there are LEDs on each Routing Engine and control board.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Hardware Component Overview on page 5.

- PTX5000 Craft Interface LEDs on page 17

- PTX5000 Control Board Description on page 49

- PTX5000 Routing Engine Description on page 32

- Maintaining the PTX5000 Host Subsystem on page 375

•Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Host Subsystem on page 402

PTX5000 Routing Engine Description

• Routing Engine Slots on page 32
• Routing Engine Functions on page 32
• Routing Engine Components on page 33
• Routing Engine Boot Sequence on page 34

Routing Engine Slots

You can install one or two Routing Engines in the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router. The Routing Engines install into the control boards labeled CB0 and CB1. If two Routing Engines are installed, one functions as the master and the other acts as the backup. If the master Routing Engine fails or is removed and the backup is configured appropriately, the backup restarts and becomes the master.

Routing Engine Functions

The Routing Engine handles all routing protocol processes, as well as the software processes that control the packet transport router's interfaces, the chassis components, system management, and user access to the packet transport router. The routing and software processes run on top of a kernel that interacts with the Packet Forwarding Engine.

The Routing Engine constructs and maintains one or more routing tables. From the routing tables, the Routing Engine derives a table of active routes, called the forwarding table, which is then copied into the Packet Forwarding Engine. The design of the ASICs allows the forwarding table in the Packet Forwarding Engine to be updated without interrupting forwarding performance.

The Routing Engine includes the following functions and features:

• Processing of routing protocol packets—The Routing Engine handles all packets that concern routing protocols, freeing the Packet Forwarding Engine to handle only packets that represent Internet traffic.
• Software modularity—Because each software process is devoted to a different function and uses a separate process space, the failure of one process has little or no effect on the others.
• In-depth Internet functionality—Each routing protocol is implemented with a complete set of Internet features and provides full flexibility for advertising, filtering, and modifying routes. Routing policies are set according to route parameters (for example, prefix, prefix lengths, and BGP attributes).
• Scalability—Junos OS routing tables have been designed to hold all the routes in current networks with ample capacity for expansion. Additionally, Junos OS can efficiently support large numbers of interfaces and virtual circuits.

• Management interface—Different levels of system management tools are provided, including the Junos OS command-line interface (CLI), the Junos XML management protocol, the craft interface, and SNMP.

• Storage and change management—Configuration files, system images, and microcode can be held and maintained in primary and secondary storage systems, permitting local or remote upgrades.

• Monitoring efficiency and flexibility—The packet transport router supports functions such as alarm handling and packet counting on every port, without degrading packet-forwarding performance.

Routing Engine Components

Each Routing Engine (shown in Figure 16 on page 33) consists of the following components:

• CPU—Runs Junos OS to maintain the routing tables and routing protocols.
• DRAM—Provides storage for the routing and forwarding tables and for other Routing Engine processes.
• EEPROM—Stores the serial number of the Routing Engine.
• Interfaces for management access—Provide information about Routing Engine status to the external management devices (console, laptop, or terminal server) connected to the management ports on the control board.

Figure 16: C2600 Routing Engine

Extractor clips	5—1— USB LED
2—SSD and CompactFlash card slot cover	6—Offline button
3—LEDs	7—Online LED
4—USB port	8—Reset button

The faceplate of the Routing Engine contains the following:

• USB port USB—Provides a removable media interface through which you can install the Junos OS manually. The Junos OS supports USB versions 2.0 and 1.1.
• CompactFlash card slot CF—Provides primary storage for software images, configuration files, and microcode.
• Two solid-state disk slots Disk 1 and Disk 2—Provide secondary storage for log files, memory dumps, and rebooting the system if the CompactFlash card fails.

NOTE: Disk 2 is not currently supported.

- Reset button—Reboots the Routing Engine when pressed.

• Offline button—Takes the Routing Engine offline when pressed.
• Extractor clips—Control the locking system that secures the Routing Engine.
• LEDs—“PTX5000 Routing Engine LEDs” on page 34 describes the functions of these LEDs.

NOTE: For specific information about Routing Engine components (for example, the amount of DRAM), issue the show chassis routing-engine command.

Routing Engine Boot Sequence

The Routing Engine boots from the storage media in this order: the USB device (if present), the CompactFlash card CF (if present), the disk (if present) in slot 1 Disk1, then the LAN.

NOTE: Disk2 is not currently supported.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Hardware Component Overview on page 5.

- PTX5000 Host Subsystem Description on page 31

- PTX5000 Routing Engine LEDs on page 34

- Connecting the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device on page 180

- Connecting the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to a Management Ethernet Device on page 181

•Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Routing Engines on page 403

PTX5000 Routing Engine LEDs

Three LEDs—Online, CF, and Disk1—indicate the status of the Routing Engine (see Figure 17 on page 34).

Figure 17: Routing Engine LEDs

CF and Disk1 LEDs. Disk 2 is not used	3—Online LED
2—USB LED

NOTE: The LEDs on the Routing Engine do not necessarily indicate routing-related activity.

Table 14: Routing Engine LEDs

			DescriptionStateColorLabel
			Routing Engine is functioning normally.On steadilyGreenOnline
			Routing Engine is not functioning normally.On steadilyRed
	-	Off	Routing Engine is not online or not functioning normally.
		On steadilyGreenDisk1 SSD is installed in the Disk1 slot in the Routing Engine.
			Indicates disk activity.Blinking
		Off-	There is no disk activity.
Disk2	-	Off	NOTE: This LED is not used.
		On steadilyGreenCA CompactFlash card is installed in the Routing Engine.
		Blinking	Indicates activity for the CompactFlash card.
		Off-	There is no activity for the CompactFlash card.
USB	Yellow	On steadily	A USB device connected to the Routing Engine.
	-	Off	There is no USB device connected to the Routing Engine.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Routing Engine Description on page 32

• PTX5000 Craft Interface LEDs on page 17
- Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Routing Engines on page 403

Routing Engine Specifications

Table 15 on page 36 lists the current specifications for Routing Engines supported on PTX Series Packet Transport Routers, and M Series, MX Series, and T Series routers. Table 16 on page 37 lists the specifications for end-of-life Routing Engines.

Table 15: Routing Engine Specifications

Routing Engine			Connection to PFEsMemoryProcessor			First Junos OS SupportMediaDisk
RE-400-768	Celeron		Fast Ethernet7680MB 0.6MHz disk		CompactFlash card	9.01 GB
RE-A-1000-2048	Pentium	2048 MB1.0-GH2Gigabit Ethernet	40 GB Hard disk		CompactFlash card	8.11 GB
RE-A-2000-4096	Pentium	4096 MB2.0-GH2Gigabit Ethernet	40 GB Hard disk		CompactFlash card	8.11 GB
RE-S-1300-2048	Pentium	2048 MB1.3-GH2Gigabit Ethernet	40 GB Hard disk		CompactFlash card	8.21 GB
RE-S-2000-4096	Pentium	4096 MB2.0-GH2Gigabit Ethernet	40 GB Hard disk		CompactFlash card	8.21 GB
	1.8-GHzRE-C18GB	GB Gigabit Ethernet	SSD		4 GB CompactFlash card	T1600 router in a routing matrix: 9.6R2 Standalone T640 or T1600 router:11.2
RE-C2600	2.6-GHz	16 GB Gigabit Ethernet	SSD		4 GB CompactFlash card	TX Matrix Plus router: 9.6R2 PTX5000 Packet Transport Router: 12.1x48
RE-A-1800x2	1800-MHz	8 GB or 16 GB Gigabit Ethernet	32 GB SSD		4 GB CompactFlash card	10.4
RE-S-1800x2	1800-MHz	8 GB or 16 GB Gigabit Ethernet	32 GB SSD		4 GB CompactFlash card	10.4
RE-S-1800x4	1800-MHz	8GB or 16 GB Gigabit Ethernet	32 GB SSD		4 GB CompactFlash card	10.4
	1.8-GHzRE-S-MX10GB	Gigabit Ethernet	-		8 GB NAND Flash	13.2
RE-B-1800x1-4G	1.73-GHz	4 GB Gigabit Ethernet	64 GB SSD		4 GB CompactFlash card	12.1R2, 11.4R4, and 12.2R1

Table 15: Routing Engine Specifications (continued)

Routing Engine			Connection to PFEsMemoryProcessor		First Junos OS SupportMediaDisk
		16 GB1800-GHzREMX2000-800X4 -Gigabit Ethernet		Internal CompactFlash card	12.3R24 GB Fixed
		32 GB1800 GhzRES-800X4-32GS 32 GB SSDGigabitGB Fixed Ethernet			• 12.3R4 • 13.2R1
		32 GB1800 GhzREMX2000-800X4-32GS -Gigabit Ethernet		4 GB Fixed Internal CompactFlash card	• 12.3R4 • 13.2R1

Table 16: End-of-Life Routing Engine Specifications

Routing Engine	Processor	Memory	Connection to PFEs			First Junos OS SupportMediaDiskEOL Details
RE-333-256	333-MHz Pentium II	256 MB	Fast Ethernet	6.4 GB Hard disk	80 MB CompactFlash card	3.4 PSN-2003-01-063
RE-333-768	333-MHz Pentium II	768 MB	Fast Ethernet	6.4 GB Hard disk	80 MB CompactFlash card	3.4 PSN-2003-01-063
RE-600-512	600-MHz Pentium III	512 MB	Fast Ethernet	30 GB Hard disk	256 MB CompactFlash card	5.4 PSN-2004-07-019
RE-600-2048	600-MHz Pentium III	2048 MB	Fast Ethernet	40 GB Hard disk	1 GB CompactFlash card	5.3 PSN-2008-02-018
RE-850-1536	Pentium III	1536 MB	40 GB Hard disk	1 GB CompactFlash card	7.2	PSN-2011-04-226
RE-M40	200-MHz Pentium	256 MB	Fast Ethernet	6.4 GB Hard disk	80 MB CompactFlash card	3.2 FA-HW-0101-001
REM40-333-768	333-MHz Pentium II	768 MB	Fast Ethernet	10 GB Hard disk	80 MB CompactFlash card	4.2 PSN-2003-01-063
Routing Engine			Connection to PFEs	MemoryProcessor		First Junos OS SupportMediaDiskEOL Details
RE-0600-2048	Pentium III	2048 MB600	Fbitz Ethernet	30 GB Hard disk	CompactFlash card	5.4128 MB	PSN-2004-TI-020
RE-1600-2048	Pentium M	2048 MB1.6-GHabit Ethernet	40 GBHard disk	CompactFlash card		6.21 GB	PSN-2008-02-019

NOTE: The memory in Table 15 on page 36 indicates the amount of total memory. To determine the amount of available memory, issue the show chassis routing-engine CLI command.

On routing platforms that accept two Routing Engines, you cannot mix Routing Engine types except for a brief period (one minute or so) during an upgrade or downgrade to two Routing Engines of the same type.

Related Documentation

Supported Routing Engines by Router on page 38.

Supported Routing Engines by Router

The following tables list the Routing Engines that each router supports, the first supported release for the Routing Engine in the specified router, the management Ethernet interface, and the internal Ethernet interfaces for each Routing Engine.

• M7i Supported Routing Engines on page 39
• M10i Supported Routing Engines on page 39
• M40e Supported Routing Engines on page 40
• M120 Supported Routing Engines on page 40
• M320 Supported Routing Engines on page 40
• MX104 Supported Routing Engines on page 41
• MX240 Supported Routing Engines on page 41
• MX480 Supported Routing Engines on page 42
• MX960 Supported Routing Engines on page 43
• MX2010 Supported Routing Engines on page 44
• MX2020 Supported Routing Engines on page 44
• PTX3000 Supported Routing Engines on page 45
- PTX5000 Supported Routing Engines on page 45
• T320 Supported Routing Engines on page 45

• T640 Supported Routing Engines on page 46
• T1600 Supported Routing Engines on page 47
• T4000 Supported Routing Engines on page 48
• TX Matrix Supported Routing Engines on page 48
• TX Matrix Plus Supported Routing Engines on page 49
• TX Matrix Plus (with 3D SIBs) Supported Routing Engines on page 49

M7i Supported Routing Engines

Table 17 on page 39 lists the Routing Engines supported by the M7i router. The M7i router supports 32-bit Junos OS only.
Table 17: M7i Supported Routing Engines

	Name In CLI OutputModel Number	First Supported 32-bit Junos OR Release	Supported Management Ethernet Interface	Supported Internal Ethernet Interface
TSB16445)				fxp1fxp09.0RE-5.0RE-400-768 (EOL
				fxp1fxp07.2RE-850RE-850-1536
	RE-B-1800x1RE-B-1800X1-4G			em0fxp011.4R4
	12.1R2

M10i Supported Routing Engines

Table 18 on page 39 lists the Routing Engines supported by the M10i router. The M10i router supports 32-bit Junos OS only.
Table 18: M10I Supported Routing Engines

Model Number	Name in CLI Output	First Supported 32-bit Junos OS Release	Supported Management Ethernet Interface	Supported Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-400-768 (EOL details: TSB16445)	RE-5.0	9.0	fxp0	fxp1
				fxp2
RE-850-1536	RE-850	7.2	fxp0	fxp1
				fxp2
RE-B-1800X1-4G	RE-B-1800x1	11.4R4	fxp0	em0
		12.1R2

M40e Supported Routing Engines

Table 19 on page 40 lists the Routing Engines supported by the M40e router.

Table 19: M40e Supported Routing Engines

	Name in CLI OutputModel Num	First Supported Junos OS Release	Supported Management Ethernet Interface	Supported Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-600-2048 (EOL details: PSN-2008-02-018)	(RE-600)		fxp05.3RE-3.0 or fxp2	REp3.0
			fxp08.1RE-A-1000RE	fxp1-1000-2048
			fxp2

M120 Supported Routing Engines

Table 20 on page 40 lists the Routing Engines supported by the M120 router.

Table 20: M120 Supported Routing Engines

	Name in CLI OutputModel	First Supported 32-bit Junos OS Release	First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release	Supported Management Ethernet Interface	Supported Internal Ethernet Interface
				fxp0-8.0R2RE-A-1000RE-A-1000-2048
				fxp2
				fxp0-8.0R2RE-A-2000RE-A-2000-4096
				bcm0
RE-A-1800x2-8G	RE-A-1800x2	11.4R512.1R3		fxp010.4	fxp1
					fxp2
RE-A-1800x2-16G	RE-A-1800x2	11.4R512.1R3		fxp010.4	fxp1
					fxp2
RE-A-1800x4-16G	RE-A-1800x4	11.4R512.1R3		fxp010.4	em0
					em1

M320 Supported Routing Engines

Table 21 on page 41 lists the Routing Engines supported by the M320 router.

Table 21: M320 Supported Routing Engines

	Name in CLI OutputModel	First Supported 32-bit Junos OS Release	First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release	Supported Management Ethernet Interface	Supported Internal Ethernet Interface
details:PSN-2008-02-019)				fxp0-6.2RE-4.0RE-1600	fxp2048 (EOL
					fxp2
				fxp0-8.1RE-A-2000	bcm02000-4096
					bcm0
	RE-A-1800x2RE-A-1800x2-8G• 12.1R3			fxp010.4	em0
					bcm0
	RE-A-1800x2RE-A-1800x2-16G• 12.1R3			fxp010.4	em0
					bcm0
	RE-A-1800X4RE-A-1800X4-8G• 12.1R3• 12.2			fxp010.4	em0
					em1

MX104 Supported Routing Engines

Table 22 on page 41 lists the Routing Engines supported by MX104 routers.
Table 22: MX104 Supported Routing Engines

Model Number	Name In CLI Output	First Supported 32-bit Junos OS Release	First Supported 64-bit JunosOS Release	Supported Management Ethernet Interface	Supported Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-S-MX104	Routing Engine	13.2	-	fxp0	fxp1
					fxp2

MX240 Supported Routing Engines

Table 23 on page 42 lists the Routing Engines supported by MX240 routers.

Table 23: MX240 Supported Routing Engines

	Name in CLI OutputModel	First Supported 32-bit Junos OS Release	First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release	Supported Management Ethernet Interface	Supported Internal Ethernet Interface
				fxp0-9.0RE-S-1300Rfxp1-1300-2048fxp2
				fxp0-9.0RE-S-2000Rxp3-2000-4096fxp2
	RE-S-1800x2RE-S-1800X5-8G• 12.1R3			fxp010.4	em0em1
	RE-S-1800X2RE-S-1800X5-16G• 12.1R3			fxp010.4	em0em1
	RE-S-1800X4RE-S-1800X5-8G• 12.1R3			fxp010.4	em0em1
RE-S-1800x4-16G	RE-S-1800x4• 11.4R5• 12.1R3			fxp010.4	em0em1
	RE-S-1800X4RE-S-1800X4-32G-S• 13.2R1• 12.3R4• 13.2R1			fxp0	em0, em1

MX480 Supported Routing Engines

Table 24 on page 42 lists the Routing Engines supported by MX480 routers.
Table 24: MX480 Supported Routing Engines

	Name in CLI OutputModel	First Supported 32-bit Junos OS Release	First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release	Supported Management Ethernet Interface	Supported Internal Ethernet Interface
				fxp0-8.4RE-S-1300R	fxp1300-2048
				fxp2
				fxp0-8.4RE-S-2000R	fxp1-2000-4096
				fxp2
	RE-S-1800x2RE-S-1800X2-8G• 12.1R3			fxp010.4	em0 em1
	RE-S-1800X2RE-S-1800X2-16G• 12.1R3			fxp010.4	em0 em1
	RE-S-1800X4RE-S-1800X4-8G• 12.1R3			fxp010.4	em0 em1
	RE-S-1800x4RE-S-1800X4-16G• 12.1R3			fxp010.4	em0 em1
	RE-S-1800X4RE-S-1800X4-32G-S• 13.2R1		• 12.3R4• 13.2R1	fxp0	em0 em1

MX960 Supported Routing Engines

Table 25 on page 43 lists the Routing Engines supported by MX960 routers.
Table 25: MX960 Supported Routing Engines

	Name in CLOutputModel	First Supported 32-bit NumbeOS Release	First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release	Supported Management Ethernet Interface	Supported Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-S-1300-2048	RE-S-1300	8.2	-	fxp0	fxp1fxp2
RE-S-2000-4096	RE-S-2000	8.2	-	fxp0	fxp1fxp2
RE-S-1800x2-8G	RE-S-1800x2	11.4R512.1R3		fxp010.4	em0em1
RE-S-1800x2-16G	RE-S-1800X2	11.4R512.1R3		fxp010.4	em0em1
	Name in CLI OutputModel	First Supported 32-bit NumbesOS Release	First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release	Supported Management Ethernet Interface	Supported Internal Ethernet Interface
	RE-S-1800X4RE•S-1800X4-8G• 12.1R3			fxp010.4	em0 em1
	RE-S-1800x4RE-S-1800x4-16G• 12.1R3			fxp010.4	em0 em1
	RE-S-1800X4RE•S-1800X4-32G-S• 13.2R1		• 12.3R4 • 13.2R1	fxp0	em0 em1

MX2010 Supported Routing Engines

Table 26 on page 44 lists the Routing Engines supported by MX2010 routers.
Table 26: MX2010 Supported Routing Engines

Name in CLI OutputModel Number

First Supported 64-bit Junos OSr Release

Supported Management Ethernet Interface

Supported Internal Ethernet Interface

fxp012.3R2RE-S-1800x4MX2000-RE-1800x4

		em1
RE-S-1800X4REMX2K-T800R-62G-S• 13.2R1	fxp0	em0
		em1

MX2020 Supported Routing Engines

Table 27: MX2020 Supported Routing Engines

Model Number	Name in CLI Output	First Supported OS Release	64-bit JunosEthernet Interface	Supported Management	Supported Internal Ethernet Interface
MX2000-RE-1800x4	RE-S-1800x4	12.3R2	fxp0	em0 em1
REMX2K-1800-32G-S	RE-S-1800X4	• 12.3R4 • 13.2R1	fxp0	em0 em1

PTX3000 Supported Routing Engines

Table 28 on page 45 lists the Routing Engines supported by the PTX3000 Packet Transport Router. The PTX3000 Packet Transport Router supports 64-bit Junos OS only.

Table 28: PTX3000 Supported Routing Engines

	Name in CLIOutputModel Number	First Supported 64-bit JunosDB Release	Supported ManagementEthernetInterface	Supported Internal Ethernet Interface
			em013.2R2RE-DUO-2xgbeI	exgbeI

PTX5000 Supported Routing Engines

Table 29 on page 45 lists the Routing Engines supported by the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router. The PTX5000 Packet Transport Router supports 64-bit Junos OS only.

Table 29: PTX5000 Supported Routing Engines

	Name in CLI OutputModel Number	First Supported 64-bit Junos Release	Supported Management Ethernet Interface	Supported Internal Ethernet Interface
	RE-DUO-2600RE-DUO-C2600-16G		em012.1x48	ixgbe0
		12.3		ixgbe1
		13.2
		NOTE: PTX5000 does not support Junos OS Releases 12.1, 12.2, or 13.1.

T320 Supported Routing Engines

Table 30 on page 45 lists the Routing Engines supported by the T320 router.

Table 30: T320 Supported Routing Engines

	Name In CLI OutputModel Number	First Supported 32-bit Junos UserRelease	Supported Management Ethernet Interface	Supported Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-600-2048 (EOL details: PSN-2008-02-018)	(RE-600)		fxp05.3RE-3.0 or fxp2	ReB.0
	Name in CLI OutputModel Number	First Supported 32-bit Junos UserRelease	Supported Management Ethernet Interface	Supported Internal Ethernet Interface
PSN-2008-02-019			fxp06.2RE-4.0RE-16xp0-2048 (EOL details: fxp2
			fxp08.1RE-A-2000RxpA-2000-4096 fxp2

T640 Supported Routing Engines

Table 31 on page 46 lists the Routing Engines supported by the T640 router.
Table 31: T640 Supported Routing Engines

	Name in CLI OutputModel	First Supported 32-bit No based Release	First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release	Supported Management Ethernet Interface	Supported Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-600-2048 (EOL details: PSN-2008-02-018)	RE-3.0 (RE-600)		RE-3.0 orfxp0-5.3		fxp1fxp2
RE-1600-2048 (EOL details: PSN-2008-02-019)	RE-4.0	6.2	-	fxp0	fxp1fxp2
RE-A-2000-4096	RE-A-2000	8.1	-	fxp0	em0bcm0
RE-DUO-C1800-8G	RE-DUO-1800	32-bit Junos OS on a standalone T640 router: on a standalone T640 router: 11.232-bit Junos OS on a T640 router in a routing matrix: 11.4R9	64-bit Junos OS on a T640 router in a routing matrix: 11.4R9	em064-bit Junos toBn0 em1
RE-DUO-C1800-16G	RE-DUO-1800	32-bit Junos OS on a standalone T640 router: on a standalone T640 router: 11.4R232-bit Junos OS on a T640 router in a routing matrix: 11.4R9	64-bit Junos OS on a T640 router in a routing matrix: 11.4R9	em064-bit Junos toBn0 em1

T1600 Supported Routing Engines

Table 32 on page 47 lists the Routing Engines supported by the T1600 router.

NOTE: (Two RE-DUO-C1800-8G or two RE-DUO-C1800-16G are required to connect to a Routing Matrix)

Table 32: T1600 Supported Routing Engines

	Name In CLI OutputModel	First Supported 32-bit NunosOS Release	FirstSupported 64-bitJunosOS Release	Supported Management Ethernet Interface	Supported Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-600-2048 (EOL details: PSN-2008-02-018)	RE-3.0 (RE-600)			fxp0-8.5RE-3.0	orfxp1
					fxp2
RE-1600-2048 (EOL details: PSN-2008-02-019)	(RE-1600)			fxp0-8.5RE-4.0	fxp1
					fxp2

fxp0-8.5RE-A-2000RIOA-2000-4096

bcm0

RE-DUO-C1800-8G

RE-TXP-LCC or RE-DUO-1800

32-bit Junos OS on a T1600 router in a routing matrix: 9.6NOTE: Junos OS Releases 9.6 through 10.4 supportRE-DUO-C1800-8G only on a standalone during upgrade to a line-card chassis (LCC) in a routing matrix.32-bit Junos OS on a standalone T1600 router: 11.1

em064-bit Junos 105n0 em1

RE-DUO-1800RE32-UD-CL800-10G on a standalone T1600 router: on a standalone 11.4R2 T1600 router: 11.4R2 32-bit Junos OS on a T1600 router in a routing64-bit Junos OS matrix: 11.4R2 on a T1600 router in a routing matrix: 11.4R2

em064-bit Junos 65m0 em1

T4000 Supported Routing Engines

Table 33 on page 48 lists the Routing Engines supported by the T4000 router.

NOTE: The T4000 router supports 64-bit Junos OS only.

Table 33: T4000 Supported Routing Engines

	Name In CLI OutputModel Number	First Supported 64-bit Junos UserRelease	Supported Management Ethernet Interface	Supported Internal Ethernet Interface
	RE-DUO-1800RE-DUO-C1800-8G		em0Standalone bT4000 router: 12.1
			T4000 router in a routing matrix: em1
			13.1
	RE-DUO-1800RE-DUO-C1800-16G		em0Standalone bT4000 router: 12.1
			T4000 router in a routing matrix: em1
			13.1

TX Matrix Supported Routing Engines

Table 34 on page 48 lists the Routing Engines supported by the TX Matrix router.

Table 34: TX Matrix Supported Routing Engines

	Name In CLI OutputModel	First Supported 32-bit NumbOS Release	First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release	Supported Management Ethernet Interface	Supported Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-600-2048 (EOL details: PSN-2008-02-018)	RE-3.0 (RE-600)			fxp0-7.0RE-3.0 or fxp1fxp2
RE-1600-2048 (EOL details: PSN-2008-02-019)	(RE-1600)			fxp0-7.0RE-4.0	fxp1fxp2
				fxp0-8.5RE-A-2000	RE-A-2000-4096
					bcm0
RE-DUO-C1800-8G	RE-DUO-1800	11.4R9	11.4R9	em0	bcm0em1
RE-DUO-C1800-16G	RE-DUO-1800	11.4R9	11.4R9	em0	bcm0em1

TX Matrix Plus Supported Routing Engines

Table 35 on page 49 lists the Routing Engines supported by the TX Matrix Plus router.

Table 35: TX Matrix Plus Supported Routing Engines

	Name in CLI OutputMode	First Supported 32-bit No.0000S Release	First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release	Supported Management Ethernet Interface	Supported Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-DUO-C2600-16G	or RE-DUO-2600	32-bit Junos OS: 9.6RE-TXP-SFC 11.4		em064-bit Junos 0xgbe0lxgbe1

TX Matrix Plus (with 3D SIBs) Supported Routing Engines

Table 36 on page 49 lists the Routing Engines supported by the TX Matrix Plus router with 3D SIBs.

Table 36: Routing Engines Supported on TX Matrix Plus with 3D SIBs

	Name In CLI OutputMode	First Supported 32-bit NumberOS Release	First Supported 64-bit Junos OS Release	Supported Management Ethernet Interface	Supported Internal Ethernet Interface
RE-DUO-C2600-16G	or RE-DUO-2600	-RE-TXP-SFC	11.4	em064-bit Junos	ixgbe0
					ixgbe1

Related Documentation
Routing Engine Specifications on page 35.
•Understanding Internal Ethernet Interfaces
•Understanding Management Ethernet Interfaces

PTX5000 Control Board Description

• Control Board Slots on page 49
• Control Board Function on page 50
• Control Board Components on page 50

Control Board Slots

You can install up to two control boards in the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router. Control boards install into the rear of the chassis in the slots labeled CBO and CB1. A Routing

Engine installs directly into a slot on each control board. The control boards cannot function if a Routing Engine is not present.

If the packet transport router contains a redundant host subsystem, one host subsystem functions as the master and the other as its backup. If the master fails or is removed, the backup restarts and becomes the master.

Control Board Function

Each control board works with the Routing Engine to provide the following control and monitoring functions for the packet transport router:

• Determining Routing Engine mastership
- Controlling power and reset for the other packet transport router components
• Monitoring and controlling fan speed
• Monitoring system status

Control Board Components

Each control board consists of the following components (see Figure 18 on page 50):

• Ethernet switch used for intermodule communication
  • PCI bus to the Routing Engines
• Switch Processor Mezzanine Board (SPMB)

Figure 18 on page 50 shows the control board.
Figure 18: Control Board

MASTER, FAIL, and OK status LEDs	5-HOST/ETHERNET port
ONLINE/OFFLINE button	6-20-Gigabit Ethernet ports labeled (X)GE 0 (X)GE 3
	7-3Gigabit Ethernet port labeled GE 4CONSOLE port
4-AUX port

These components are located on the control board faceplate:

• A slot for installation of the Routing Engine.
• Three status LEDs—MASTER, FAIL, and OK—indicate the status of the control board.
  • Online/offline button, located to the right of the status LEDs.
• Three RJ-45 management ports for connecting the Routing Engine to external management devices. The management ports on each control board connect to the Routing Engine installed into that control board. From these management devices,

you can use the CLI to configure and manage the packet transport router. Each control board includes the following ports:

• HOST/ETHERNET—10/100-Mbps/1-Gbps Ethernet port for connecting to a management network. Connects the Routing Engine through a copper 10/100/1000 BASE-T Ethernet connection to a management LAN (or any other device that plugs into an Ethernet connection) for management of the packet transport router. The port uses an autosensing RJ-45 connector to support 10-Mbps, 100-Mbps, or 1-Gbps connections. Two small LEDs on the bottom edge of the port indicate the port speed and traffic on the port. The left LED is labeled Y=10/100 G=1000, and the right LED is labeled ACT.
• CONSOLE—One copper 9600 baud port for connecting the Routing Engine to a system console through a copper cable with RJ-45 connectors.
• AUXILIARY— One copper 9600 baud port for connecting the Routing Engine to a laptop, modem, or other auxiliary device through a copper cable with RJ-45 connectors.

NOTE: If a packet transport router contains two host subsystems, connect both control boards to your external management network.

- Four 10-Gigabit Ethernet SFP+ fiber-optic ports—labeled (X)GEO through (X)GE3—located to the right of the management ports.

Two port LEDs—labeled LINK and ACT—located below the HOST/ETHERNET port indicate the port speed and activity.

NOTE: These ports are reserved for future use.

- Gigabit Ethernet SFP fiber-optic or copper port—labeled GE4—located to the right of the 10-Gigabit Ethernet ports.

NOTE: This port is reserved for future use.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Host Subsystem Description on page 31.

• PTX5000 Control Board LEDs on page 52
• PTX5000 Routing Engine Description on page 32
• Maintaining the PTX5000 Control Boards on page 376
  •Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Control Boards on page 405
  •Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Host Subsystem on page 402

PTX5000 Control Board LEDs

Three LEDs located to the left of the online/offline button indicate the status of the control board. Table 37 on page 52 describes the functions of the control board LEDs.

Figure 19: Control Board LEDs

Table 37: Control Board LEDs

			DescriptionStateColorLabel
			Control board is functioning as the maMASTERsteadilyBlue
	-	Off	Control board is functioning as the backup.
FAIL	Yellow	On steadily	Control board has failed.
	-	Off	No faults have been detected on the control board.
OK	Green	On steadily	Control board is online and is functioning normally.
	-	Off	Control board is offline.

Table 38: Control Board Port LEDs

				DescripPortStateColorLabel
HOST/ETHERNET	Y=10/100G=1000	Green	On steadily	1-Gbps connection.
			On steadily	Yellow0-Mbps connection.
		-	Off	Control board is offline.
	ACT	Green	On steadily	Traffic is passing through the port.
		-	Off	No traffic is passing through the port.DescriptionStateColorLabelPort
through(X)GE3				NOTE: These ports are reserved for future use.-GreenLINK(X)GE0
				NOTE: These ports are reserved for future use.-GreenACT
				NOTE: This port is reserved for future use.-GreenLINKGE4
				NOTE: This port is reserved for future use.-GreenACT

Related Documentation

- PTX5000 Hardware Component Overview on page 5

-PTX5000 Control Board Description on page 49

•Maintaining the PTX5000 Control Boards on page 376

•Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Control Boards on page 405

•Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Host Subsystem on page 402

CHAPTER 5

Line Card Components and Descriptions

• PTX5000 FPC Description on page 55
• PTX5000 FPCs Supported on page 58
• PTX5000 FPC LEDs on page 58
• PTX5000 PIC Description on page 59
• PTX Series PICs Supported on page 60
• PTX Series PIC/FPC Compatibility on page 62

PTX5000 FPC Description

• FPC Slots on page 55
• FPC Function on page 55
• FPC Components on page 56
• Identifying the FPCs on page 56
• FPC Terminology on page 57

FPC Slots

Up to eight FPCs install vertically in the front of the packet transport router. The FPC slots are numbered FPC0 through FPC7, left to right. If a slot is not occupied by an FPC, an FPC blank panel must be installed to shield the empty slot and to allow cooling air to circulate properly through the packet transport router.

FPC Function

FPCs house the PICs that connect the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to network media. The main function of an FPC is to connect the PICs installed in it to the other packet transport router components. The Packet Forwarding Engine receives incoming packets from the PICs installed on the FPC and forwards them through the switch planes to the appropriate destination port. In a maximum configuration with eight FPCs installed, the Packet Forwarding Engines can forward up to 4800 million packets per second (Mpps) for all packet sizes. The PTX5000 Packet Transport Router provides up to 8 terabits per second (Tbps), full duplex switching (4 Tbps of any-to-any, nonblocking, half-duplex switching).

When you install an FPC into a functioning packet transport router, the Routing Engine downloads the FPC software, the FPC runs its diagnostics, and the PICs housed on the FPC are enabled. Forwarding on other FPCs continues uninterrupted during this process.

FPC Components

Each FPC consists of the following components:

• FPC card carrier
• Four Packet Forwarding Engines, consisting of Lookup ASICs and the Queuing and Memory Interface ASICs
• Processor Mezzanine Board (PMB), which includes a 1.2-GHz CPU, 4 GB of SDRAM, and two Fast Ethernet interfaces
• Two LEDs on the FPC that display the status of the FPC
• FPC online/offline button

Identifying the FPCs

Check the label on the faceplate to identify the FPC. The packet transport router supports the FPC, as shown in Figure 20 on page 56.

Figure 20: FPC Supported by the Packet Transport Router

FPC Terminology

Regardless of whether you are holding an FPC vertically or horizontally, this document uses the same terms for all four edges of the FPC (see Figure 21 on page 57):

• Faceplate—Edge of the FPC that has slots into which you insert the PICs
• Connector edge—Edge opposite the faceplate; this edge has the connectors that attach to the midplane
• Top edge—Edge at the top of the FPC when it is vertical
• Bottom edge—Edge at the bottom of the FPC when it is vertical

Figure 21: FPC Edges

1—Faceplate	3—Connector edge
2—Top edge	4—Bottom edge

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Hardware Component Overview on page 5.

• PTX5000 FPCs Supported on page 58
• PTX5000 FPC LEDs on page 58
  -PTX5000 PIC Description on page 59
  •Maintaining the PTX5000 FPCs on page 377
  •Troubleshooting the PTX5000 FPCs on page 406

PTX5000 FPCs Supported

Table 39 on page 58 lists the FPCs for the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router. First Junos OS Release Supported indicates the first release that the FPC is supported in the packet transport router.

NOTE: PTX5000 does not support Junos OS Releases 12.1, 12.2, or 13.1.

Table 39: FPCs Supported by the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router

FPC ModelNumberFPCName

Maximum Number of FPCsTypeRouter

Maximum Throughput FPC

First Junos OS Release Supported

480 Gbps2FPC-P2TX481-AFPC55PTX5000

12.3

PTX5000FP96EGBps2FPC24PTX-P1A

Related

Documentation

PTX5000 FPC Description on page 55

• PTX5000 Hardware Component Overview on page 5
• PTX Series PIC/FPC Compatibility on page 62

PTX5000 FPC LEDs

Each FPC has two LEDs—labeled FAULT and OK. Table 40 on page 58 describes the functions of the FPC LEDs.

Table 40: PTX5000 FPC LEDs

	ColorLabel	State	Description
OK	Green	On steadily	FPC is online and is functioning normally.
		Blinking	FPC is booting up.
FAULT	Red	On steadily	FPC has failed.
	-	Off	FPC is offline .

Related

Documentation

PTX5000 FPC Description on page 55

• Maintaining the PTX5000 FPCs on page 377
• Troubleshooting the PTX5000 FPCs on page 406

PTX5000 PIC Description

• PTX5000 PIC Slots on page 59
• PTX5000 PIC Function on page 59
• PTX5000 PICs Supported on page 59
• PTX5000 PIC Components on page 59

PTX5000 PIC Slots

Each Type 5 FPC has two PIC slots. Blank PICs resemble other PICs but do not provide any physical connection or activity. When a PIC slot is not occupied by a PIC, you must insert a blank PIC to fill the empty slot and ensure proper cooling of the system. PICs are hot-removable and hot-insertable.

PTX5000 PIC Function

PICs provide the physical connection to various network media types, receiving incoming packets from the network and transmitting outgoing packets to the network. During this process, each PIC performs framing and line-speed signaling for its media type. Before transmitting outgoing data packets, the PICs encapsulate the packets received from the FPCs.

PTX5000 PICs Supported

The PTX5000 Packet Transport Router supports 10-Gigabit Ethernet, 40-Gigabit Ethernet, and 100-Gigabit Ethernet PICs. See “PTX Series PICs Supported” on page 60.

PTX5000 PIC Components

Figure 22 on page 60 shows a Type 5 PIC supported for the packet transport router. Type 5 PICs have an upper ejector handle and a lower ejector handle.

Figure 22: PIC

Related Documentation

Maintaining the PTX5000 PICs on page 378.

• Maintaining the PTX5000 PIC Cables on page 378
  •Troubleshooting PTX5000 PICs and PIC Cables on page 409
  •PTX Series PIC/FPC Compatibility on page 62

PTX Series PICs Supported

Table 41 on page 60 lists the PICs supported by the PTX Series and the first Junos OS release that supports each PIC.

See "PTX Series PIC/FPC Compatibility" on page 62 for information about supported FPC and PIC combinations.

NOTE: PTX5000 does not support Junos OS Releases 12.1, 12.2, or 13.1.

Table 41: PICs Supported in the PTX Series

PTX3000 FirstSupportModel Number

PTX5000 FirstSupportS PIC Fam

10-Gigabit Ethernet

Table 41: PICs Supported in the PTX Series (continued)

			PTX3000 FirstSupportModel Number	PTX5000 FirstSupportsPIC Farm
Series)			13.2R2P1-PTX-24-10GE-SFP2410-Gigabit Ethernet PIC with 12.313.2
with SFP+ (PTX Series)			13.2R2P1-PTX-24-10GE-XB-SFP2410-Gigabit Ethernet LAN/V13.2
40-Gigabit Ethernet
Series)			13.2R2P1-PTX-2-40GE-ZFP240-Gigabit Ethernet PIC with 12.313.2
10-Gigabit Ethernet/40-Gigabit Ethernet
10-Gigabit Ethernet/40-Gigabit Ethernet LAN/WAN OTN PIC with QSFP+ (PTX 5000)		P2-10G-40G-QSFPP	Not supported	14.1R2
100-Gigabit Ethernet
100-Gigabit Ethernet PIC with CFP (PTX 2 Series)		P1-PTX-2-100GE-CFP	13.2R2	12.1x4812.313.2
100-Gigabit Ethernet PIC with CFP2 (PTX5000)	4	P2-100GE-CFP2	Not supported	14.1
100-Gigabit Ethernet OTN PIC with CFP2 (PTX5000)	4	P2-100GE-OTN	Not supported	14.1R2
100-Gigabit DWDM OTN
100-Gigabit DWDM OTN PIC (PTX Series)	2	P1-PTX-2-100G-WDM	13.3	13.2

Related PTX3000 PIC Description

Documentation

- PTX5000 PIC Description on page 59

PTX Series PIC/FPC Compatibility

Table 42 on page 62 and Table 43 on page 62 list the PICs supported by each PTX Series packet transport router, the FPCs that support each PIC, and the first Junos OS release that supports each PIC and FPC combination.

NOTE: PTX5000 does not support Junos OS Releases 12.1, 12.2, or 13.1.

• PTX3000 PIC/FPC Compatibility on page 62
• PTX5000 PIC/FPC Compatibility on page 62

PTX3000 PIC/FPC Compatibility

Table 42 on page 62 describes PIC/FPC compatibility for the PTX3000.

Table 42: PTX3000 PIC/FPC Compatibility

			FPC-SFF-PTX-TFP
10-Gigabit Ethernet
			14.113.2R2P1-PTX-24-10GE-SFPP10-Gig
SFP+ (PTX Series)			14.113.2R2P1-PTX-24-10G-W-SFPP10-G
40-Gigabit Ethernet
			14.113.2R2P1-PTX-2-40GE-CFP40-Gigau
100-Gigabit Ethernet
100-Gigabit Ethernet PIC with CFP (PTX Series)	P1-PTX-2-100GE-CFP	13.2R2	14.1
100-Gigabit DWDM OTN
100-Gigabit DWDM OTN PIC (PTX Series)	P1-PTX-2-100G-WDM	13.3	14.1

PTX5000 PIC/FPC Compatibility

Table 43 on page 62 describes PIC/FPC compatibility for the PTX5000.

Table 43: PTX5000 PIC/FPC Compatibility

PIC Family and Type	Model Number	FPC-PTX-P1-A	FPC2-PTX-P1A
10-Gigabit Ethernet
10-Gigabit Ethernet PIC with SFP+ (PTX Series)	P1-PTX-24-10GE-SFPP	12.1x48	14.1
		12.3
		13.2

Table 43: PTX5000 PIC/FPC Compatibility (continued)

			FPC2-PTX-P1AFP
SFP+ (PTX Series)	P1-PTX-24-10G-W-SFPP10-Gigabit Ethernet LAN/WAN OATM2B2 with 12.3
	13.2
40-Gigabit Ethernet
	P1-PTX-2-40GE-CFP40-Gigabit Ethernet PIC with CFP (PTX212x68)
	12.3
	13.2
10-Gigabit Ethernet/40-Gigabit Ethernet
LAN/WAN OTN PIC with QSFP+ (PTX 5000)			14.1R2Not supportedP2-10G-40G-QSI
100-Gigabit Ethernet
100-Gigabit Ethernet PIC with CFP (PTX Series)	P1-PTX-2-100GE-CFP		14.1R212.1x48
	12.3
	13.2
(PTX5000)	100-Gigabit Ethernet PIC with OFP2 Supported P2-100GE-CFP2
100-Gigabit Ethernet OTN PIC with CFP2 (PTX5000)	P2-100GE-OTN	Not supported	14.1R2
100-Gigabit DWDM OTN
100-Gigabit DWDM OTN PIC (PTX Series)	P1-PTX-2-100G-WDM	13.2	14.1

Related Documentation

• PTX Series PICs Supported on page 60
• PTX3000 PIC Description
• PTX3000 FPCs Supported
• PTX5000 PIC Description on page 59
• PTX5000 FPCs Supported on page 58

CHAPTER 6

Power System Components and Descriptions

• PTX5000 Power System Description on page 65
  • PTX5000 DC Power System Description on page 68
  • PTX5000 AC Power System Description on page 76
• PTX5000 Power Distribution Unit LEDs on page 87
• PTX5000 Power Supply Module LEDs on page 97

PTX5000 Power System Description

• Power Distribution Units (PDUs) on page 65
• Power Supply Modules (PSMs) on page 66

Power Distribution Units (PDUs)

The PTX5000 Packet Transport Router has two redundant, load-sharing power distribution units (PDUs), located at the lower rear of the chassis in slots PDU0 on the right and PDU1 on the left. The PDUs are hot-removable and hot-insertable.

The PDUs provide connections for the DC power cables or AC power cords, configure the output voltages produced by the power supply modules into three different output zones; and connect to the midplane, which distributes the different output voltages to the packet transport router components, depending on their voltage requirements.

When the packet transport router is operating normally and both PDUs are switched on, load sharing between them occurs automatically. When one PDU fails or is turned off, the other PDU immediately assumes the entire electrical load for the system. A single PDU can provide full power for as long as the packet transport router is operational.

NOTE: Redundant PDUs must be the same model number during normal operations.

Power Supply Modules (PSMs)

PSM Slots

The PTX5000 Packet Transport Router has up to eight power supply modules (PSMs), located in the lower front of the chassis below the FPC card cage. The PSMs insert into one of four slots—labeled 0 through 3—located in the rear of each PDU labeled PDU0 and PDU1. For full power redundancy, a minimum number of PSMs must be installed and fully operational:

- For full power redundancy, six PSMs minimum are required to support up to four FPCs.

• Zone 0—One PSM0 in each PDU
• Zone 1—One PSM1 in each PDU
• Zone 2—One PSM2 or PSM3 in each PDU

- For full power redundancy, all eight PSMs are required to support five or more FPCs:

• Zone 0—One PSM0 in each PDU
• Zone 1—One PSM1 in each PDU
• Zone 2—Both PSM2 and PSM3 in each PDU

PSM Function

The power supply modules provide voltage regulation and filtering. Each PSM produces the output voltages, which are distributed by the PDUs.

PTX5000 Power Zones and PSM Fault Tolerance

The power system contains three power zones. Table 44 on page 66 describes which components are powered by each zone and PSM.

Table 44: Components Powered by Each Zone

		ComponentPSMZone
		Fan trays00
1	1	The craft interface and the following components installed in the rear card cage: Routing Engines, control boards, CCGs, and SIBs.· Channel 1: Routing Engines and control boards· Channel 2: SIBs, CCGs, and craft interface
2	2	Any four FPCs in slots FPC0 through FPC7
	3	Any four FPCs in slots FPC0 through FPC7

Table 45: Power Zone 0 Fault Tolerance

	Redundant ConfigurationNonredundant Configuration
		PDU1PDU0

One PSM0 in either PDU can provide power to all fan trays.

PSMO is required for full power redundancy.

If PSM0 in PDU0 is powered off or fails; PSM0 in PDU1 is powered off or fails, the configuration becomes nonredundant. configuration becomes nonredundant.

If the nonredundant PSM in this If neither PSM in this zone is powered on, the fan trays are not powered on, and the packet zone is not powered on, the fantransport router will not be powered on.
trays are not powered on, and the packet transport router will not be powered on.

If the nonredundant PSM in this If both PSMs in this zone fail, the fan trays are not powered on, which will cause the packet zone fails, the fan trays are not transport router to be powered off. powered on, which will cause the packet transport router to be powered off.

Table 46: Power Zone 1 Fault Tolerance

	Redundant ConfigurationNonredundant Configuration
		PDU1PDU0

One PSM1 in either PDU can provide PSM1 in PDU0 is required for full power PSM1 in PDU1 is required for full power power to the craft interface, both redundancy. Host subsystems, both CCGs, and all nine SIBs. If PSM1 in PDU0 is powered off or fails, if PSM1 in PDU1 is powered off or fails, the configuration becomes nonredundant. configuration becomes nonredundant.

If the nonredundant PSM in this If PSM1 in PDU0 and PSM1 in PDU1 are not online, the craft interface, host subsystems, zone is not powered on, the craft CCGs, and SIBs are not powered on. interface, host subsystems. CCGs, and SIBs are not powered on.

If the nonredundant PSM in this If PSM1 in PDU0 and PSM1 in PDU1 both fail, the craft interface, host subsystems, CCGs, zone fails, the craft interface, host and SIBs are powered off. subsystems. CCGs, and SIBs are powered off.

Table 47: Power Zone 2 Fault Tolerance

	NonredundantConfigurationNumber of	Redundant Configuration
		FPCs	PDU1PDU0
Up to four FPCsThe PSMs must be in different PDUs for full power redundancy.	One PSM2 or PSM3 in either PDU can provide nonredundant power.PSM2 and PSM3 in the same PDU are nonredundant.	Two PSMs in this zone are required for full power redundancy.One PSM2 or PSM3 must be installed in PDU0 and fully functional.If PSM2 or PSM3 in PDU0 is powered off or fails, the configuration becomes nonredundant.	Two PSMs in this zone are required for full power redundancy.One PSM2 or PSM3 must be installed in PDU1 and fully functional.If PSM2 or PSM3 in PDU1 is powered off or fails, the configuration becomes nonredundant.
Five to eight FPCs	Two PSMs, one in each PDU can provide nonredundant power.PSM2 and PSM3 in the same PDU is nonredundant.CAUTION: Three PSMs are nonredundant.	All four PSMs in this zone are required for full power redundancy.PSM2 and PSM3 in PDU0 must be present and fully functional.If PSM2 or PSM3 in PDU0 is powered off or fails, the configuration becomes nonredundant.	All four PSMs in this zone are required for full power redundancy.PSM2 and PSM3 in PDU1 must also be present and fully functional.If PSM2 or PSM3 in PDU0 is powered off or fails, the configuration becomes nonredundant.
		If all four PSMs in this zone fail, all FPCs are powered off.

PTX5000 Hardware Component Overview on page 5.
- PTX5000 Power Distribution Unit LEDs on page 87
•PTX5000 Power Supply Module LEDs on page 97
- Maintaining the PTX5000 Power System on page 379
•Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Power System on page 415

Related Documentation

PTX5000 DC Power System Description

• PTX5000 DC Power Distribution Unit on page 68
• PTX5000 DC Power Supply Module on page 74

PTX5000 DC Power Distribution Unit

DC PDUs Supported

The packet transport router supports the DC power distribution units (PDUs) in Table 48 on page 69.

Table 48: Supported Power Distribution Units

	First Supported Junos O:ReleaseModel NumberNat
PDU-PTX-DC-120DC PDU (120-Ax4 feeds)
12.3
PDU-PTX-DC-60DC PDU (60-Ax4 feeds)
12.3
feeds)	14.1PDU2-PTX-DCHigh Capacity DC PDU (60

60-A DC PDU Components

NOTE: The 60-A DC PDUs do not have circuit breakers.

Figure 23 on page 69 shows the 60-A DC PDU. Each 60-A DC PDU weighs approximately 60 lb (27.2 kg).

Figure 23: 60-A DC PDU

	4—1— Input power switchesMetal handle
2—Power OUTPUT switch	5—Input power trays
3—Air exhaust ventilation

Each 60-A DC PDU has the following components:

- Four removable input power trays, labeled 0 through 3, from left to right. The input power trays are hot-removable and hot-insertable.

Each 60-A input power tray weighs 1.6 lb (0.7 kg), not including cables. The input power tray has two inputs, labeled input -2 and input -1. Each input is labeled RTN and -48 V.

The input power switch for both inputs in each input power tray is located on the PDU above the input power tray.

Figure 24: 60-A DC Input Terminals

• LEDs to monitor the status of the PDU

60-A DC PDU—PDU OK, SW0 ON, SW1 ON, SW2 ON, SW3 ON, DC IN 0 -1, DC IN 0 -2, DC IN 1 -1, DC IN 1 -2, DC IN 2 -1, DC IN 2 -2, DC IN 3 -1, DC IN 3 -2.

- Twenty-one monitored electronic fuses for the fan trays, control boards, and FPCs.

NOTE: There arenomechanicalfuses in the PDU tobe replaced. For output voltage, current protection is provided by electronic fuses, hot-swapcircuits, or ORing circuit. Electronic fuses and hot-swapcircuits also provide current limitation.

NOTE: The PDUs contain no fans, but are cooled by the fans in the power supply modules.

120-A DC PDU Components

NOTE: The 120-A DC PDUs have circuit breakers and over current protection.

Figure 25 on page 71 shows the 120-A DC PDU. Each 120-A DC PDU weighs approximately 60 lb (27.2 kg).
Figure 25: 120-A DC PDU

	4-1- Circuit breakersMetal handle
	5-2- Input power traysPower switch
3-Air exhaust ventilation

Each 120-A DC PDU has the following components:

- Four removable input power trays, labeled 0 through 3, from left to right. The input power trays are hot-removable and hot-insertable. Each 120-A input power tray weighs 1.6 lb (0.7 kg), not including cables. The input power tray has one input, labeled RTN and -48 V, from left to right, and has its own 125-A circuit breaker located on the PDU above the input power tray.

- LEDs to monitor the status of the power supply 120-A DC PDU—PDU OK, -48 V 120 A, and CB ON

- Twenty-one monitored electronic fuses for the fan trays, control boards, and FPCs.

NOTE: There are nomechanical fuses in the PDU to be replaced. For output voltage, current protection is provided by electronic fuses, hot-swap circuits, or ORing circuit. Electronic fuses and hot-swap circuits also provide current limitation.

NOTE: The PDUs contain no fans, but are cooled by the fans in the power supply modules.

High Capacity DC PDU Description

The High Capacity DC PDU (60-A) provides 30.4 kW power output and you can connect a maximum of eight High Capacity PSMs to the PDU. Each DC PDU can receive up to sixteen 60-A DC input feeds from source outputs and provides two isolated outputs, a 12 V output at 2034 A maximum and a 36-V output at 167 A maximum. The 36-V output provides power to the vertical and horizontal fan trays and the 12-V output provides power to the system boards such as FPCs, SIBs, Routing Engines, and Control Boards (CBs). Additionally, the PSMs provide 5-V bias output to the PDUs. Each DC PDU can receive up to sixteen 60-A DC input feeds and weighs 67 lb (30.4 kg).

NOTE: You cannot mix existing PDUs with the High Capacity DC PDU.

The following is a list of some of the features of the High Capacity DC PDU :

• Can have up to eight PSMs and each PSM can have two 60-A feeds.
• Operates from 40 VDC through 72 VDC.
  • I2C bus protocol fault reporting and control.
• Front-to-back airflow direction.
• Single output enable or disable switch to switch on or switch off the output of the PDU, which enables or disables the outputs from all the PSMs in the PDU.
• Reverse polarity protection—The PDU or PSMs are not damaged even if the input voltage is reversed for an indefinite period of time.
• Hot-pluggable and hot-removable.

High Capacity DC PDU Components

NOTE: The High Capacity 60-A DC PDUs do not have circuit breakers.

Figure 26 on page 73 shows the 60-A DC PDU. Each 60-A DC PDU weighs approximately 67 lb (30.4 kg).

Figure 26: High Capacity DC PDU

	4-1- PSM LEDsMetal handle
	5-2- Input power terminals and safety coverPDU OK LED
3-Power switch

Each High Capacity DC PDU has the following components:

- Four fixed power input terminal blocks stacked vertically. Each terminal has inputs for each PSM—for example, PSM0_1—indicates the first input terminal for PSM0. Each input is also labeled RTN and -48 V/60A (see Figure 27 on page 74).

Figure 27: High Capacity DC Input Terminals

• Sixteen LEDs to monitor the status of the PDU—See "PTX5000 Power Distribution Unit LEDs" on page 87 for details.
  • Air exhaust ventilation

PTX5000 DC Power Supply Module

PSMs Supported

The packet transport router supports the DC PSMs in Table 49 on page 74.

Table 49: Supported Power Supply Modules

First Supported Junos OS ReleaseModel NumberNam

PSM-PTX-DC-120DC PSM (1202A)48

12.3

PSM-PTX-DC-60DC PSM (604A)x48R3

12.3

14.1PSM2-PTX-DCHigh Capacity DC PSM (60-.

60-A DC PSM and 120-A DC PSM Components

Figure 28 on page 75 shows both the 60-A DC PSM and 120-A DC PSM. Each DC PSM weighs approximately 10.6 lb (4.8 kg).

CAUTION: The 60-A DC PSM and 120-A DC PSM are not interchangeable. The 60-A DC PSM must be installed in the 60-A DC PDU. The 120-A DC PSM must be installed in the 120-A DC PDU. The faceplate of both DC PSM looks the same. To avoid damaging the connectors on the back of the PSM or inside the PDU, use caution to ensure that you have the correct PSM before installing it in the PDU.

Figure 28: 60-A DC PSM and 120-A DC PSM

Technical line drawing of a server rack unit with hexagonal ventilation slots and mounting bracket (no text or symbols)

High Capacity DC PSM

Each High Capacity DC PSM has 3.8 Kw output and accepts two 60-A input feeds. These PSMs are smaller than the 60-A DC and 120-A DC PSMs—1.7 in. (4.3 cm) wide, 5.7 in. (14.4 cm) high, and 21.75 in. (55.2 cm) deep—and eight such PSMs can be installed in a chassis. The following is a list of some of the features of the High Capacity DC PSM:

• Single non-isolated output: 12V @ 3800 Watts
• Hot-swappable
• Two independent 40VDC-72VDC inputs each up to 60A maximum
  • One bias output voltage: +5 V at 2.4-A maximum
  • Self-cooled with monitored, variable-speed fans
  • I2C fault reporting and control

Figure 29 on page 76 shows the High Capacity DC PSM.

Figure 29: High Capacity DC PSM

Technical line drawing of a server rack unit with cooling fans and ventilation slots (no text or symbols)

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Hardware Component Overview on page 5.

•Connecting Power to the PTX5000 60-A DC Input Power Trays on page 188

•Connecting Power to the PTX5000 120-A DC Input Power Trays on page 194

•Connecting Power to the PTX5000 High Capacity DC PDU on page 199

•Powering On the DC Powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with 60-A DC PDUs and 60-A DC PSMs on page 193

•Powering On the DC Powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with 120-A DC PDUs and 120-A DC PSMs on page 197

•Powering On the DC-Powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with High Capacity DC PDUs and High Capacity DC PSMs on page 202

PTX5000 AC Power System Description

• PTX5000 AC Power Distribution Unit on page 76

• PTX5000 AC Power Supply Module on page 85

PTX5000 AC Power Distribution Unit

PTX5000 AC PDUs Supported

The packet transport router supports the AC PDUs in Table 50 on page 77.

NOTE: Redundant AC PDUs must be the same model number during normal operations.

Table 50: Supported AC Power Distribution Units

	First Supported Junos OS ReleaseModel Nur
	12.3PDU-PTX-AC-DAC PDU (delta)
	12.3PDU-PTX-AC-WAC PDU (wye)
	14.2PDU2-PTX-AC-DHigh Capacity Delta A
	14.2PDU2-PTX-AC-WHigh Capacity Wye A

Three-Phase Delta AC PDU Components

Each three-phase delta AC PDU has the following components (see Figure 30 on page 78):

• A metal retaining bracket located on the lower right to connect the delta AC power cord to the PDU.
• A metal wiring compartment that contains the AC input terminal block and ground. The AC terminal block consists of three input terminals labeled L1, L2, and L3.
  • One 60-A circuit breaker
• The power OUTPUT switch provides power to the power switch modules.
  • LEDs to monitor the status of the PDU.
• Twenty-one monitored electronic fuses for the fan trays, control boards, and FPCs.

NOTE: TherearenomechanicalfusesinthePDUto bereplaced.Foroutput voltage, current protectionis providedby electronic fuses, hot-swap circuits, or ORing circuit. Electronicfuses and hot-swap circuitsalso providecurrent limitation.

NOTE: The PDUs contain no fans, but are cooled by the fans in the power supply modules.

Figure 30: Three-Phase Delta AC PDU

	5-1- Circuit breakerTop Installation handle
	6-2- Wiring compartmentFront installation handle
Power OUTPUT switch	7-3- Wiring compartment door
	8-4- Metal retaining bracketAir exhaust ventilation

Each three-phase delta AC PDU weighs approximately 51.2 lb. (23.2 kg).
Figure 31 on page 79 shows the three-phase delta AC power cord.

Figure 31: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord

2-1- Three-phase delta AC power cordRetaining nut

Three-Phase Wye AC PDU Components

Each three-phase wye AC PDU has the following components (Figure 32 on page 80):

• A metal bracket located on the lower right to connect the wye AC power cord to the PDU.
• A metal wiring compartment that contains the AC input terminal block and ground. The AC terminal block consists of three input terminals labeled L1, L2, and L3, from left to right. The neutral input is labeled N.
  • One 32-A circuit breaker.
• The output power switch provides power to the power switch modules.
  • LEDs to monitor the status of the PDU.
• Twenty-one monitored electronic fuses for the fan trays, control boards, and FPCs.

NOTE: TherearenomechanicalfusesinthePDUtobereplaced.Foroutput voltage, current protection is providedbyelectronicfuses, hot-swapcircuits, or ORing circuit. Electronicfusesand hot-swapcircuits also provide current limitation.

NOTE: The PDUs contain no fans, but are cooled by the fans in the power supply modules.

Figure 32: Three-Phase Wye AC PDU

	5-1- Circuit breakerTop Installation handle
	6-2- Wiring compartmentFront installation handle
Power OUTPUT switch	7-3- Wiring compartment door
	8-4- Metal retaining bracketAir exhaust ventilation

Each three-phase wye AC PDU weighs approximately 51.2 lb. (23.2 kg).
Figure 33 on page 81 shows the three-phase wye AC power cord.

Figure 33: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord

2-1- Three-phase wye AC power cordRetaining nut

High Capacity Delta AC PDU Components

Each High Capacity Delta AC PDU has the following components (see Figure 34 on page 82):

• A metal retaining bracket located on the lower right to connect the delta AC power cord to the PDU.
• A metal wiring compartment that contains the AC input terminal block and ground. The AC terminal block consists of three input terminals labeled L1, L2, and L3.
• A power input cord selection switch inside the wiring compartment to select the input power to the PDU, that is, 60A, 100A, or 150A.
• The power switch provides power to the power switch modules.
  • LEDs to monitor the status of the PDU.

NOTE: The PDUs contain no fans, but are cooled by the fans in the power supply modules.

Figure 34: High Capacity Delta AC PDU

	6-1- Input voltage LEDTop installation handle
	7-2- Wiring compartmentFront installation handle
PDU OK LED	8-3- Ampere selection switch
Power switch labeled (I) for the on position and (∅) for the standby position.	10-5- Wiring compartment doorAir exhaust ventilation

Each High Capacity Delta AC PDU weighs approximately 72.7 lb. (33 kg).

Figure 35 on page 83 shows the High Capacity Delta AC power cord. The High Capacity Delta AC PDU supports three power cords for 60A, 100A, and 150A.

Figure 35: High Capacity Delta AC Power Cord

2-1— High Capacity Delta AC power cordRetaining nut

High Capacity Wye AC PDU Components

Each High Capacity Wye AC PDU has the following components (Figure 36 on page 84):

• A metal bracket located on the lower right to connect the wye AC power cord to the PDU.
• A metal wiring compartment that contains the AC input terminal block and ground. The AC terminal block consists of three input terminals labeled L1, L2, and L3, from left to right. The neutral input is labeled N.
  • One 80-A circuit breaker.
• The output power switch provides power to the power switch modules.
  • LEDs to monitor the status of the PDU.

NOTE: The PDUs contain no fans, but are cooled by the fans in the power supply modules.

Figure 36: High Capacity Wye AC PDU

	6-1- Circuit breakerTop Installation handle
	7-2- Input voltage LEDFront installation handle
PDU OK LED	8-3- Wiring compartment
Power switch labeled (I) for the on position and (∅) for the standby position.	9-10- Metal retaining bracket
	10-5- Wiring compartment doorAir exhaust ventilation

Each High Capacity Wye AC PDU weighs approximately 74.9 lb. (34 kg).

Figure 37 on page 85 shows the Wye AC power cord.

Figure 37: High Capacity Wye AC Power Cord

2-1— High Capacity Wye AC power cordRetaining nut

PTX5000 AC Power Supply Module

PTX5000 AC PSMs Supported

The packet transport router supports the AC PSM in Table 51 on page 85.

NOTE: Redundant AC PDUs must be the same model number during normal operations.

Table 51: Supported AC Power Supply Modules

	First Supported Junos OS Relea
	12.3PSM-PTX-ACAC PSM

PTX5000 AC PSM Components

Figure 38 on page 86 shows the AC PSM.

CAUTION: The AC PSMs and DC PSMs are not interchangeable. The AC PSM must be installed in the three-phase delta AC PDU or three-phase wye AC PDU. The High Capacity AC PSM must be installed in the High Capacity Delta AC PDU or High Capacity Wye AC PDU. To avoid damaging the connectors on the back of the PSM or inside the PDU, use caution to ensure that you have an AC PSM before installing it in a three-phase AC PDU.

Figure 38: AC PSM

Technical line drawing of a server rack unit with hexagonal panel and mounting bracket (no text or symbols)

Figure 39 on page 86 shows the High Capacity AC PSM.

NOTE: Under light load condition, load balancing is not supported in the High Capacity AC PSMs and PSMs may show very low or 0 current output current. Light load occurs when the average input power to the PSMs is less than 422 W

Figure 39: High Capacity AC PSM

Technical line drawing of a server rack unit with cooling fins and ventilation slots (no text or symbols)

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Hardware Component Overview on page 5. PTX5000 Power System Description on page 65

PTX5000 Power Distribution Unit LEDs

• 60-A DC PDU LEDs on page 87
• 120-A DC PDU LEDs on page 88
• High Capacity DC PDU LEDs on page 89
• Three-Phase Delta AC PDU LEDs on page 90
• Three-Phase Wye AC PDU LEDs on page 92
• High Capacity Wye AC PDU and High Capacity Delta AC PDU LEDs on page 94

60-A DC PDU LEDs

Figure 40 on page 87 shows the 60-A DC PDU LEDs.
Figure 40: 60-A DC PDU

	3-DC IN LEDsPDU OK LED
2-SW ON LEDs

Table 52 on page 87 describes the 60-A DC PDU LEDs on the faceplate.

Table 52: 60-A DC PDU LEDs

			DescriptionStateColorLED
PDU OK-One per power supply	Green	On steadily	PDU is functioning normally.
	Red	On steadily	PDU has failed.
	-	Off	PDU might be starting up or not receiving any input voltage.
input			Input is receiving voltage.On steadilyGreenDC IN-One per
			Input voltage is not present, or is under -40 V.Off-
per input power tray	-	Off	The input power switch is powered on.On steadilyGreenSW ON-One
			The LED might be off for one of the following reasons:• The input power switches might be off or the host subsystem detected a failure and turned off the input power switch.• The input power switch is on but at least one input is under -40 V.The input is not receiving any voltage.

120-A DC PDU LEDs

Figure 41 on page 88 shows the 120-A DC PDU LEDs.
Figure 41: 120-A DC PDU LEDs

1—PDU OK LED	3—-48 V 120 A LED
2—CB ON LED

Table 53 on page 89 describes the 120-A DC PDU LEDs on the faceplate.

Table 53: 120-A DC PDU LEDs

			DescriptionStateColorLED
per powersupply			PDU is functioning normally.On steadilyGreenPDU OK-One
			PDU has failed.On steadilyRed
	-	Off	PDU might be starting up or not receiving any input voltage. The circuit breakers might be off.
120 A-One perInput			Input is receiving voltage.On steadilyGreen-48 V
			Input voltage is not present, or is under -40 V.Off-
CBON-Oneperinput	Green	On steadily	Circuit breaker is powered on.
	-	Off	Circuit breaker is not powered on, or the circuit breaker is on but the input is under -40 V. The circuit breaker might have been turned off, the host subsystem detected a failure and turned off the circuit breaker,or the power supply is not receiving any input voltage.

High Capacity DC PDU LEDs

Figure 42 on page 89 shows the High Capacity (60-A)DC PDU LEDs.
Figure 42: High Capacity DC PDU LEDs

1-PDU OK LED

2-PSM_0 through PSM_7 LEDs—There are two LEDs--1 and -2—that indicate the status of the two inputs for each PSM, that is, input -1 and -2.

Table 54 on page 90 describes the High Capacity DC PDU LEDs on the faceplate.

Table 54: High Capacity DC PDU LEDs

			DescriptionStateColorLED
PDU OK-One per power supply	Green	On steadily	PDU is functioning normally.
			PDU has failed.On steadilyRed
	-	Off	This LED can be off for one of the following reasons:The PDU is not receiving any input voltage.The circuit breaker might be off.The PDU is starting up.
PSM_0 through PSM_7, for Green the eight PSMs per PDU.		On steadily	Input voltage is normal and less than -43 V.
NOTE: There are two LEDs labeled -1 and -2, indicating the two DC inputs for each green PSM.		Off-	Input voltage is not present, or is less than -20 V.
		Blinking	Input is receiving voltage and voltage is between -20 V and -43 V.
		On steadilyRed Connection is reversed.

Three-Phase Delta AC PDU LEDs

Figure 43 on page 91 shows the three-phase delta AC PDU LEDs.

Figure 43: Three-Phase Delta AC PDU LEDs

PDU OK LED	3—200-240 V 60 A 50-60 Hz LED
2—CB ON LED

Table 55 on page 91 describes the three-phase delta AC PDU LEDs on the faceplate.

Table 55: Three-Phase Delta AC PDU LEDs

			DescriptionStateColorLED
PDU OK-One per power supply	Green	On steadily	PDU is functioning normally.
	-	On steadilyRed PDU has failed.
		Off	This LED can be off for one of the following reasonThe PDU is not receiving any input voltage.The circuit breaker might be off.The PDU is starting up.Input is receiving voltage.On steadilyGreen200-240 V-
60 A50-60 Hz
			Input voltage is not present, or is under -100 V.Off-
			Circuit breaker is powered on.On steadilyGreenCB ON
	-	Off	This LED can be off for one of the following reasons:Circuit breaker is not powered on. The circuit breaker might have been turned off, or the host subsystem detected a failure and turned off the circuit breaker.The PDU is not receiving any input voltage.The circuit breaker is on but the input voltage is under -100 V.

Three-Phase Wye AC PDU LEDs

Figure 44 on page 93 shows the three-phase wye AC PDU LEDs.

Figure 44: Three-Phase Wye AC PDU LEDs

PDU OK LED	3—220-240 V/346-415 V 30 A 50-60 Hz LED
2—CB ON LED

Table 56 on page 94 describes the three-phase wye AC PDU LEDs on the faceplate.

Table 56: Three-Phase Wye AC PDU LEDs

			DescriptionStateColorLED
PDU OK-One per power supply	Green	On steadily	PDU is functioning normally.
			PDU has failed.On steadilyRed
	-	Off	This LED can be off for one of the following reasons:The PDU is not receiving any input voltage.The circuit breaker might be off.The PDU is starting up.
30 A50-60 Hz			PDU is receiving AC voltage.On steadilyGreen220-240 V/346-4
	-	Off	AC input voltage is not present, or is under -100 V.
			Circuit breaker is powered on.On steadilyGreenCB ON
	-	Off	This LED can be off for one of the following reasons:Circuit breaker is not powered on. The circuit breaker might have been turned off, or the host subsystem detected a failure and turned off the circuit breaker.The PDU is not receiving any input voltage.The circuit breaker is on but the input voltage is under -100 V.

High Capacity Wye AC PDU and High Capacity Delta AC PDU LEDs

Figure 45 on page 95 shows the High Capacity Wye AC PDU LEDs (on the left) and the High Capacity Delta AC PDU LEDs (on the right).

Figure 45: High Capacity Wye AC PDU and High Capacity Delta AC PDU LEDs

Table 57 on page 95 describes the High Capacity Wye AC PDU LEDs on the faceplate.

Table 57: High Capacity Wye AC PDU LEDs

			DescriptionStateColorLED
PDU OK-One per power supply	Green	On steadily	PDU is functioning normally.
			PDU has failed.On steadilyRed
	-	Off	This LED can be off for one of the following reasons:The PDU is not receiving any input voltage.The circuit breaker might be off.The PDU is starting up.
63 A50/60 Hz			PDU is receiving AC voltage.On steadilyGreen220-27V/380-480V
	-	Off	AC input voltage is not present,or is under -100 V.Circuit breaker is powered on.On steadilyGreenCB ON
	-	Off	This LED can be off for one of the following reasons:Circuit breaker is not powered on. The circuit breaker might have been turned off, or the host subsystem detected a failure and turned off the circuit breaker.The PDU is not receiving any input voltage.The circuit breaker is on but the input voltage is under -100 V.

Table 58 on page 96 describes the High Capacity Delta AC PDU LEDs on the faceplate.

Table 58: High Capacity Delta AC PDU LEDs

	LED	Color	DescriptionState
PDU OK-One per power supply	Green	On steadily	PDU is functioning normally.
	Red	On steadily	PDU has failed.
	-	Off	This LED can be off for one of the following reason• The PDU is not receiving any input voltage.• The circuit breaker might be off.• The PDU is starting up.
200-277V ~ 3W+PE	Green	On steadily	Input is receiving voltage.
80 A50/60 Hz	-	Off	Input voltage is not present, or is under -100 V.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Power System Description on page 65

• PTX5000 AC Power System Description on page 76
• PTX5000 DC Power System Description on page 68
  • PTX5000 Power Supply Module LEDs on page 97
• Maintaining the PTX5000 Power System on page 379
• Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Power System on page 415

PTX5000 Power Supply Module LEDs

• AC Power Supply Module LEDs on page 97
• High Capacity AC Power Supply Module LEDs on page 98
- 60-A and 120-A DC Power Supply Module LEDs on page 99
• High Capacity DC Power Supply Module LEDs on page 100

AC Power Supply Module LEDs

Figure 46 on page 97 describes the AC power supply module LEDs on the faceplate.
Figure 46: AC PSM LEDs

	3-FAULT LEDAC IN OK LED
2-DC IN OK LED

Table 59: AC Power Supply Module LEDs

			DescriptionStateColorLED
			PSM is receiving voltage.On steadilyGreenAC IN OK
			PSM is receiving voltage outside the supported range.Blinkin
			Input voltage is not present.Off
		On steadilyGreenDCOUTOK functioning normally, and input voltage is within the supported range.
		Blinking	PSM is not enabled or is in a fault condition, or the input voltage to the PSM is too low.
	-	Off	Output is not functioning normally because of a fault condition or the PSM is not receiving input voltage.
		On steadilyRedFAULTSM might be starting up, not properly installed, not receiving sufficient power, or not functioning properly.
	-	Off	No faults have been detected for the PSM, or the PSM is not receiving any input voltage.

High Capacity AC Power Supply Module LEDs

Table 60 on page 98 describes the High Capacity AC power supply module LEDs on the faceplate.

Technical diagram of a server rack with fan arrays and control panel (no text or symbols)

	3-FAULT LEDInput OK LED
2-Output OK LED

Table 60: High Capacity AC Power Supply Module LEDs

			DescriptionStateColorLED
			PSM is receiving voltage.On steadilyGreenAC IN OK
		Blinking	PSM is receiving voltage outside the supported range. The supported range is 180 - 305 V.
		Off-	Input voltage is not present.
		On steadilyGreenACOUTOK functioning normally, and input voltage is within the supported range.
		Blinking	PSM is not enabled or is in a fault condition, or the input voltage to the PSM is too low.
	-	Off	Output is not functioning normally because of a fault condition or the PSM is not receiving input voltage.
		On steadilyRedFAULTSM might be starting up, not properly installed, not receiving sufficient power, or not functioning properly.
	-	Off	No faults have been detected for the PSM, or the PSM is not receiving any input voltage.

60-A and 120-A DC Power Supply Module LEDs

Table 61 on page 100 describes the DC power supply module LEDs on the faceplate. The 60-A PSM and 120-A PSM have the same LEDs.

Figure 47: DC PSM LEDs

1—DC IN OK LED	3—FAULT LED
2—DC OUT OK LED

Table 61: DC Power Supply Module LEDs

			DescriptionStateColorLED
			PSM is receiving voltage.On steadilyGreenDC IN OK
			PSM is receiving voltage outside the range of -40 V through -72 V.Blinking
			Input voltage is not present.Off-
		On steadilyGreenDCOUTOK functioning normally, and input voltage is within the range of the range of -40 V through -72 V.
		Blinking	PSM is not enabled or is in a fault condition, or the input voltage to the PSM is too low.
	-	Off	Output is not functioning normally because of a fault condition or the PSM is not receiving input voltage.
		FAULTOn steadilyRed	PSM might be starting up, not properly installed, not receiving sufficient power, or not functioning properly.
	-	Off	No faults have been detected for the PSM, or the PSM is not receiving any input voltage.

High Capacity DC Power Supply Module LEDs

Figure 48 on page 100 shows the High Capacity DC power supply module LEDs and Table 62 on page 101 describes the LEDs.

Figure 48: High Capacity DC PSM LEDs

1— Input 1 OK LED	3—Output OK LED
2— Input 2 OK LED	4—FAULT LED

Table 62: High Capacity DC Power Supply Module LEDs

			DescriptionStateColorLED
		On steadilyGreenInput OKis present, the PSM is receiving voltage between -38.5 V and -43.5 V, and the output voltage is on.
		Blinking	PSM is receiving voltage between -38.5 V and -43.5 V, and the output voltage is off.
			Input 1 is not present or the input voltage is less than -38.5 V.Off-
		On steadilyGreenInput OKis present, the PSM is receiving voltage between -38.5 V and -43.5 V, and the output voltage is on.
		Blinking	PSM is receiving voltage between -38.5 V and -43.5 V and the output voltage is off.
			Input 2 is not present or the input voltage is less than -38.5 V.Off-
			Power supply output is functioning normally.On steadilyGreenOutput OK
		Blinking	PSM is not enabled or is in a fault condition, or the input voltage to the PSM is too low.
	-	Off	Output is not functioning normally because of a fault condition or the PSM is not receiving input voltage.
		On steadilyRedFAULTSM might be starting up, not properly installed, not receiving sufficient power, or not functioning properly.
	-	Off	No faults have been detected for the PSM, or the PSM is not receiving any input voltage.

Related Documentation

• PTX5000 Power System Description on page 65
• PTX5000 DC Power System Description on page 68
  • PTX5000 Power Distribution Unit LEDs on page 87
• Maintaining the PTX5000 Power System on page 379
• Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Power System on page 415

CHAPTER 7

Switch Fabric Components and Descriptions

• PTX5000 Switch Interface Board Description on page 103
• PTX5000 Switch Interface Board LEDs on page 104

PTX5000 Switch Interface Board Description

• SIB Slots on page 103
• SIB Function on page 103
• Supported SIBs on page 103
• SIB Components on page 103

SIB Slots

Each PTX5000 contains nine SIBs located at the center rear of the chassis in the slots labeled SIB0 through SIB8 (top to bottom). SIBs are hot-insertable and hot-removable.

SIB Function

SIBs create the switch fabric for the packet transport router.

Supported SIBs

The packet transport router supports SIB-I-PTX5008 and SIB2-I-PTX5K.

SIB Components

Figure 49 on page 103 and Figure 50 on page 104 show the supported SIBs. Each SIB weighs 6 lb (2.7 kg).

Figure 49: SIB-I-PTX5008 SIB

OK, FAIL, and ACTIVE LEDs
2—ONLINE/OFFLINE button

Figure 50: SIB2-I-PTX5K SIB

OK, FAIL, and ACTIVE LEDs
2-ONLINE/OFFLINE button

Each SIB consists of the following components:

• Switch fabric ASICs.
  • High-speed links to each FPC.
• SIB ONLINE/OFFLINE button, located on the SIB faceplate.
• Three LEDs located on the SIB faceplate that display the status of the SIB. The OK and ACT LEDs are replicated on the craft interface.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Switch Interface Board LEDs on page 104.

- Maintaining the PTX5000 Switch Interface Boards on page 381

•Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Switch Interface Boards on page 427

PTX5000 Switch Interface Board LEDs

Figure 51: SIB LEDs

OK, FAIL, and ACTIVE LEDs
2—ONLINE/OFFLINE button

The status LEDs are located to the left of the ONLINE/OFFLINE buttons.

Table 63 on page 104 describes the functions of these LEDs.

Table 63: SIB LEDs

		DescriptionStateColorLabel
	SIB is actively passing traffic.On steadilyGreenACTIVE
	- Off SIB is either offline or not actively passing traffic.
	On steadilyGreenActioning normally.
	- Off SIB is offline or not seated properly.
	FATIn steadilyYellow was failed.
	- Off No faults have been detected for the SIB.

Related Documentation

- PTX5000 Hardware Component Overview on page 5

- PTX5000 Switch Interface Board Description on page 103

- Maintaining the PTX5000 Switch Interface Boards on page 381

•Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Switch Interface Boards on page 427

PART 2

Site Planning, Preparation, and Specifications

• Preparation Overview on page 109
• AC Power Specifications and Requirements on page 119
• DC Power Specifications and Requirements on page 125
• Network Cable and Transceiver Planning on page 137
- Management Cable Specifications and Pinouts on page 141

CHAPTER 8

Preparation Overview

• Overview of Preparing the Site for the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 109
• PTX5000 Physical Specifications on page 111
- Rack Requirements for the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 113
- PTX5000 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance on page 115
- PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Environmental Specifications on page 116
- PTX5000 Chassis Grounding Cable and Lug Specifications on page 116

Overview of Preparing the Site for the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router

To prepare a site for packet transport router installation:

1. Verify that environmental factors such as temperature and humidity do not exceed packet transport router tolerances.
   See "PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Environmental Specifications" on page 116.
2. Verify that the site and installation plan meets all safety guidelines and requirements.
   See "General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices" on page 457.
3. Locate sites for connection of system grounding.
   See "PTX5000 Chassis Grounding Cable and Lug Specifications" on page 116.
4. Calculate the power consumption and requirements.

Measure distance between external power sources and the packet transport router installation site.

AC power

• PTX5000 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 488
• PTX5000 AC Power System Specifications on page 119
• PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Unit Specifications on page 120
• PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Unit Specifications on page 120
• PTX5000 AC Power Requirements on page 121
• PTX5000 AC Power Cord Specifications on page 122

DC Power

• PTX5000 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 489
• PTX5000 DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 125
• PTX5000 DC Power Distribution Unit Specifications on page 126
  • PTX5000 DC Power Requirements on page 127
• PTX5000 DC Power Requirement Calculations on page 129

• PTX5000 DC Power Cable and Lugs Specifications on page 131
  • PTX5000 DC Power Distribution on page 134

• Plan rack location, including required space clearances.

• PTX5000 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance on page 115
  • PTX5000 Physical Specifications on page 111

• Verify that the plan for power installation meets all electrical safety guidelines.

See "PTX5000 General Electrical Safety Guidelines" on page 483.

1. Verify that your rack meets the minimum requirements for the installation of the packet transport router.

2. Rack Requirements for the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 113
   • PTX5000 Chassis Description on page 11

3. Plan to secure the rack to the floor and building structure.

See "Rack Requirements for the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router" on page 113.

1. Acquire cables and connectors:

2. Determine the number of cables and type of cable needed based on your planned configuration.
   • Network Cable and Transceiver Overview for PTX Series Packet Transport Routers and PTX Series Interface Module Reference
   • Supported Network Interface Standards by Transceiver for the ACX, M, MX, and T Series

3. Review the maximum distance allowed for each cable. Choose the length of cable based on the distance between the hardware components being connected.
   • Calculating Power Budget and Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables on page 138
   • Understanding Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss, Attenuation, and Dispersion on page 137

4. Plan the cable routing and management.

- PTX5000 Cable Management System on page 14

- Maintaining the PTX5000 PIC Cables on page 378

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Description on page 3.

•Overview of Installing the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 147

PTX5000 Physical Specifications

Table 64 on page 111 lists the physical specifications for the PTX5000 chassis and components.
Table 64: Physical Specifications

				DepthWidthHei
midplane, power shelf, and cable management system	324.8 lb (147.3 kg)Chassis within. (158.8 cm)		17.4 in. (44.3 cm) (excluding the mounting flanges or brackets)	33.2 in. (84.3 cm) (from front-mounting flange to chassis rear) 37 in. (94 cm) (including the cable management system)

Table 64: Physical Specifications (continued)

				DepthWidthHei
	24.5 lb (11.1 kg)FPC	(62 cm)	1.7 in. (4.2 cm)	24.04 in.(55.7 cm)
PIC	P1-PTX-24-10GE-SFPP:3.7 lb (1.7 kg)P1-PTX-24-10G-W-SFPP:2.5 lb (1.1 kg)P1-PTX-2-40GE-CFP:3.5 lb (1.6 kg)P2-10G-40G-QSFPP:4.3 lb (2 kg)P1-PTX-2-100GE-CFP:3.5 lb (1.6 kg)P2-100GE-CFP2: 3.9 lb(1.8 kg)P2-100GE-OTN: 4.4 lb(2 kg)P1-PTX-2-100G-WDM:5.5 lb (2.5 kg)	(28.2 cm)		7.8 in. (19.8 cm)1.7 in. (4.3 cm)1
AC PDU	PDU-PTX-AC-D: 51.2 lb (23.2 kg)PDU-PTX-AC-W: 51.2 lb(23.2 kg)	18.5 in.(46.9 cm)	(19.1 cm)	17.7 in. (45 cm)7.5 in.
	10.5 lb (4.8 kg)AC PSM	5.7 in.(14.5 cm)	3.4 in.(8.7 cm)	14.1 in.(35.9 cm)
DC PDU	PDU-PTX-DC-120:60 lb (27.3 kg)PDU-PTX-DC-60: 60 lb(27.3 kg)	18.5 in.(46.9 cm)	(19.1 cm)	17.7 in. (45 cm)7.5 in.
High-capacity DC PDU	67 lb (30.3 kg)	18.5 in.(46.9 cm)	(19.1 cm)	17.7 in. (45 cm)7.5 in.
DC PSM	10.6 lb (4.8 kg)	5.7 in.(14.5 cm)	3.4 in.(8.7 cm)	14.1 in.(35.9 cm)
High-capacity DC PSM	15.4 lb (7 kg)	(14.5 cm)	1.7 in. (4.3 cm)	23.7 in.(55.2 cm)
SIB	SIB-I-PTX5008: 6 lb (2.7 kg)SIB2-I-PTX5K: 11.9 lb (5.4 kg)	1.7 in.(4.2 cm)	15.9 in.(40.3 cm)	10.7 in.(27.2 cm)

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Description on page 3

• PTX5000 Chassis Description on page 11

- PTX5000 Installation Safety Guidelines on page 465

Rack Requirements for the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router

• Rack Size and Strength on page 113
• Spacing of Mounting Bracket and Flange Holes on page 114
• Connection to Building Structure on page 114

Rack Size and Strength

The PTX5000 Packet Transport Router is designed for installation in a rack that complies with either of the following standards:

• A 19-in. rack as defined in Cabinets, Racks, Panels, and Associated Equipment (document number EIA-310-D) published by the Electronics Industry Association (http://www.eia.org).
• A 600-mm rack as defined in the four-part Equipment Engineering (EE); European telecommunications standard for equipment practice (document numbers ETS 300 119-1 through 119-4) published by the European Telecommunications Standards Institute (http://www.etsi.org). The horizontal spacing between the rails in a rack that complies with this standard is usually wider than the mounting brackets, which measure 19 in. (48.3 cm) from outer edge to outer edge. Use approved wing devices to narrow the opening between the rails as required.
• A 23-in. rack using appropriate 23-in. to 19-in. rack adapters and an appropriate installation shelf which supports the chassis at the correct vertical position to properly line up the rack mount holes. Juniper Networks does not supply this hardware, but consideration for the size and weight of the chassis is important for a safe installation. Juniper recommends the use of single-sided panel adapters of at least 10 U in height, using as many as needed to fully overlap the chassis rack mount bracket for this type of installation.

The rack rails must be spaced widely enough to accommodate the chassis's external dimensions: 62.5 in. (158.8 cm) high, 33.2 in. (84.3 cm) deep, and 17.43 in. (44.3 cm) wide. The outer edges of the mounting brackets extend the width to 19 in. (48.3 cm). The spacing of rails and adjacent racks must also allow for the clearances around the chassis and rack that are specified in "PTX5000 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance" on page 115. The cable management system on the front of the chassis adds 3.8 in. (9.7 cm) to the depth.

In an open-frame rack, center-mounting is required because the more even distribution of weight provides greater stability. For center-mounting, you use the mounting brackets attached to the center of the chassis for rack mounting.

For instructions about installing the mounting hardware, see “Installing the PTX5000 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet” on page 155.

The chassis height of 62.5 in. (158.8 cm) high is approximately 35.7 U. A U is the standard rack unit defined in Cabinets, Racks, Panels, and Associated Equipment (document number

EIA-310-D) published by the Electronics Industry Association. You can install one chassis in a rack that has at least 35.7 U (62.5 in. [158.8 cm]) of usable vertical space.

The rack must be strong enough to support the weight of the fully configured PTX5000 Packet Transport Router, up to about 934 lb (423.7 kg).

Figure 52: Typical Open-Frame Rack

Spacing of Mounting Bracket and Flange Holes

The holes in the mounting brackets and front-mount flanges used to attach the chassis to a rack are spaced at 3 U (5.25 in. or 13.3 cm). The packet transport router can be mounted in any rack that provides holes spaced at those distances.

Connection to Building Structure

Always secure the rack to the structure of the building. If your geographical area is subject to earthquakes, bolt the rack to the floor. For maximum stability, also secure the rack to ceiling brackets.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Chassis Description on page 11. •PTX5000 Physical Specifications on page 111

- PTX5000 Installation Safety Guidelines on page 465

PTX5000 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance

When planning the installation site, allow sufficient clearance around the rack (see Figure 53 on page 115):

• For the cooling system to function properly, the airflow around the chassis must be unrestricted.
• For service personnel to remove and install hardware components, there must be adequate space at the front and back of the chassis. At least 24 in. (61.0 cm) are required both in front of and behind the packet transport router. NEBS GR-63 recommends that you allow at least 30 in. (72.6 cm) behind the rack.
  • Additional clearance is required to accommodate the depth of the cable management system: 3.8 in. (9.7 cm) additional depth in the front of the chassis.

Figure 53: Chassis Dimensions and Clearance Requirements

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Chassis Description on page 11.

- PTX5000 Cooling System Description on page 25

•Maintaining the PTX5000 Air Filters on page 374

•Maintaining the PTX5000 Fan Trays on page 375

- PTX5000 Physical Specifications on page 111

- PTX5000 Installation Safety Guidelines on page 465

- Maintenance and Operational Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 477

PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Environmental Specifications

Table 65 on page 116 specifies the environmental specifications required for normal packet transport router operation. In addition, the site should be as dust-free as possible.

Table 65: Packet Transport Router Environmental Specifications

	ValueDescription
	No performance degradation to 10,000 ft (3048 m)Altitude
Relative humidity	Normal operation ensured in relative humidity range of 5% to 90%, noncondensing
Temperature	Normal operation ensured in temperature range of 32°F (0°C) to 104°F (40°C)Nonoperating storage temperature in shipping crate: -40°F (-40°C) to 158°F (70°C)
Seismic	Designed to meet Telcordia Technologies Zone 4 earthquake requirements
	DC power: 60,942 BTU/hour (17,856 W)Maximum thermal output

NOTE: Install the packet transport router only in restricted areas, such as dedicated equipment rooms and equipment closets, in accordance with Articles 110-16, 110-17, and 110-18 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70.

Related Documentation

Routine Maintenance Procedures for the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 371. •General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 457

PTX5000 Chassis Grounding Cable and Lug Specifications

To meet safety and electromagnetic interference (EMI) requirements and to ensure proper operation, the PTX5000 must be adequately grounded before power is connected.

Two pairs of threaded inserts (PEM nuts) are provided on the right rear of the chassis for connecting the packet transport to earth ground. The top pair of grounding points fits M6 screws (European), and the bottom pair fits UNC 1/4–20 screws (American). The grounding points are spaced at 0.625-in. (15.86-mm) centers.

The accessory kit shipped with the PTX5000 includes:

- Two UNC 1/4–20 screws used to secure the grounding cable to the bottom grounding points.

- Depending on your configuration:

- 60-A DC PDU-4-AWG (21.2 mmable lugs for connecting DC power and grounding the PTX5000 (see Figure 55 on page 117).

- 120-A DC PDU—O-AWG (53 ^2 mmable lugs for connecting DC power and grounding the PTX5000 (see Figure 54 on page 117).

- High Capacity DC PDU-4-AWG (21.2 ^2 )noable lugs for connecting DC power and grounding the PTX5000 (see Figure 55 on page 117).

CAUTION: Before device installation begins, a licensed electrician must attach a cable lug to the grounding cable that you supply. A cable with an incorrectly attached lug can damage the PTX5000.

Figure 54: O-AWG Grounding Cable Lug

Figure 55: 4-AWG Grounding Cable Lug

You must supply a grounding cable. Table 66 on page 117 summarizes the specifications for the grounding cable and lug.

Table 66: Grounding Cable Specifications

	SpecificationItem
Grounding cable	60-A DC PDU-4-AWG (21.2 ^2 )mminimum120-A DC PDU-0-AWG (53 ^2 )mminimumHigh Capacity DC PDU-4-AWG (21.2 ^2 )mminimum
Grounding connector	Cable lug; dual hole, sized to fit 1/4-20 UNC terminal studs at 15.86-mm (0.625-in.) center line.

In addition, GR1089-CORE requires the following:

• The grounding conductor must be copper.
• Bare conductors shall be coated with an antioxidant before crimp connections are made.
• Plated areas that are electrically connected to the grounding conductor shall be cleaned and free of contaminants before the connection is made.

Related Documentation

- PTX5000 Chassis Description on page 11

•Tools and Parts Required to Ground the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 177

•Connecting the PTX5000 Grounding Cable on page 177

CHAPTER 9

AC Power Specifications and Requirements

• PTX5000 AC Power System Specifications on page 119
- PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Unit Specifications on page 120
- PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Unit Specifications on page 120
- PTX5000 AC Power Requirements on page 121
- PTX5000 AC Power Cord Specifications on page 122

PTX5000 AC Power System Specifications

Table 67 on page 119 lists the AC power system electrical specifications.
Table 67: AC Power System Electrical Specifications

	SpecificationItem
AC input voltage	Delta operating range: 200 through 240 VAC (line-to-line) (nominal)Wye operating range:• 200 through 240 VAC (line-to-neutral) (nominal)• 346 through 415 VAC (line-to-line) (nominal)
AC input line frequency	Delta: 50/60 Hz (nominal)Wye: 50/60 Hz (nominal)
AC system current rating	Delta: 48 A @ 200 VAC (line-to-neutral)Wye: 30 A @ 346 VAC (line-to-line)
AC system input power	Delta: 17,600 WWye: 17,600 W

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Power System Description on page 65. •PTX5000 AC Power System Description on page 76

•PTX5000 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 488

PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Unit Specifications

Table 68 on page 120 lists the AC power distribution unit (PDU) electrical specifications.

Table 68: Three-Phase Delta AC PDU Electrical Specifications

	SpecificationItem
	17,600 WMaximum output power
	Operating range: 200 through 240 VAC (line-to-line) (nominal)AC input voltage
	50/60 Hz (nominal)AC input line frequency
AC input current rating	40 A @ 240 VAC (line-to-line)
	48 A @ 200 VAC (line-to-line)
	16,600 WMaximum AC input

Related Documentation

Connecting Power to the PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC PDUs on page 208.

- PTX5000 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 488

- PTX5000 AC Power Cord Specifications on page 122

PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Unit Specifications

Table 69 on page 120 lists the AC power distribution unit (PDU) electrical specifications.

Table 69: Three-Phase Wye AC PDU Electrical Specifications

	SpecificationItem
	17,600 WMaximum output power
AC input voltage	Operating range: 200 through 240 VAC (line-to-neutral) (nominal)Operating range: 346 through 415 VAC (line-to-line) (nominal)
AC input line frequency	50Hz/60Hz (nominal)
AC input current rating	25 A @ 240 VAC (line-to-neutral)30 A @ 200 VAC (line-to-neutral)
	16,600 WMaximum AC input

Related Documentation

Connecting Power to the PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC PDUs on page 213.

- PTX5000 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 488

- PTX5000 AC Power Cord Specifications on page 122

PTX5000 AC Power Requirements

To allow for future growth so that you can operate the router in any hardware configuration without upgrading the power infrastructure, we recommend that you provision 9600 W for each three-phase delta AC power supply or 6000 W per each three-phase wye AC power supply.

Table 70 on page 121 lists the power requirements for various hardware components. For PIC power requirements, see the PTX Series Interface Module Reference.

Table 70: AC Power Requirements for Components

	Maximum Power Requirement (Watts) Component
1819 WBase system (includes fan trays at typical subsystem, one CCG, nine SIBs, and the craft interface) and two PDUs and six PSMs
10 WCCG
Cooling system	557 W (typical speed)
	3062 W (higher speed)
10 WCraft interface
144 WHost subsystem (control board and Routing
562 WFPC
96 WPSM
SIB	58 W
PIC-Generalized typical value	58 W
PIC-Generalized maximum value	77 W

If you do not plan to provision 9600 W for each three-phase delta AC power supply or 6000 W per each three-phase wye AC power supply, you can use the information in Table 70 on page 121 and in the PTX Series Interface Module Reference to calculate power consumption for your hardware configuration, input current from a different source voltage, and thermal output, as shown in the following examples for an AC-powered router.

• Example of calculating power consumption for minimum configuration:

Base System + 1 FPC + 1 PIC =
1819 W + 562 W + 58 W = 2439 W 

• Example of calculating power consumption for maximum configuration:

BaseSystem+1host subsystem + 1CCG + 2 PSM + cooling system (higher speed - typical speed) + 8 FPCs + 16 PICs 

1819 W144 W + 10 + (2)96 W + (3062 W - 557 W) + 8(562 W) + 16(77 W)
1819 W + 144 W + 10 W + 192 W + 2505 W + 4496 W + 1232 W = 10398 W 

• Example of calculating system thermal output:

Watts AC/0.293 = BTU/hr
10398 W/0.293 = 35488 BTU/hr 

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Power System Description on page 65.

- PTX5000 AC Power System Description on page 76

•Connecting Power to the PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC PDUs on page 208

•Connecting Power to the PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC PDUs on page 213

- PTX5000 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 488

- PTX5000 AC Power Cord Specifications on page 122

PTX5000 AC Power Cord Specifications

Most sites distribute power through a main conduit that leads to frame-mounted power distribution panels, one of which can be located at the top of the rack that houses the router. An AC power cord connects the power distribution units (PDUs) to the power distribution panel. Detachable AC power cords, each 4.5 m (approximately 14.8 ft) long, are supplied with the router and power distribution units (PDUs). The plug end of the power cord fits into the power source receptacle for your geographical location.

NOTE: In North America, AC power cords must not exceed 4.5 m (approximately 14.75 ft) in length, to comply with National Electrical Code (NEC) Sections 400-8 (NFPA 75, 5-2.2) and 210-52, and Canadian Electrical Code (CEC) Section 4-010(3). The cords supplied with the router are in compliance.

Each AC PDU has a metal wiring compartment that contains the AC terminal block and ground.

• The delta AC terminal block consists of three input terminals labeled L1, L2, and L3, from left to right.
• The wye AC terminal block consists of four input terminals labeled L1, L2, L3, and N, from left to right.

Table 71 on page 123 provides specifications for the AC power cords.

Table 71: AC Power Cord Specifications for the Three-Phase AC Power Cords

			ElectricalSpecificationModel	NumberRegionPower	Cord	PoleWirePlus
Delta	America		IEC30960 A @ 250 VACCBL-PBxA0-D-Norths labeledGND, L1, L2,and L3
			C8WyePTX-A(CE07E09)PeA @ 5.0 WireA GND, L1, L2, L3,and N

Figure 56 on page 123 and Figure 57 on page 124 show the AC power cord provided for each region supported.

Figure 56: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord (North America)

1—Retaining nut
2—Three-phase delta AC power cord

Figure 57: Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord (Europe)

2-1- Three-phase wye AC power cordRetaining nut

WARNING: The router is pluggable type A equipment installed in a restricted-access location. It has a separate protective earthing terminal (sized for UNC 1/4-20 ground lugs) provided on the chassis in addition to the grounding pin of the power supply cord. This separate protective earthing terminal must be permanently connected to earth.

WARNING: Power cords must not block access to device components or drape where people could trip on them.

Related Documentation

•Connecting Power to the PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC PDUs on page 208
•Connecting Power to the PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC PDUs on page 213
•Replacing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC PDU Power Cord on page 353
•Replacing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC PDU Power Cord on page 339
- PTX5000 AC Power System Specifications on page 119

CHAPTER 10

DC Power Specifications and Requirements

• PTX5000 DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 125
  • PTX5000 DC Power Distribution Unit Specifications on page 126
  • PTX5000 DC Power Requirements on page 127
• PTX5000 DC Power Requirement Calculations on page 129
• PTX5000 DC Power Cable and Lugs Specifications on page 131
  • PTX5000 DC Power Distribution on page 134

PTX5000 DC Power System Electrical Specifications

Table 72 on page 125 lists the DC power system electrical specifications.

Table 72: Power System Electrical Specifications

	SpecificationItem
	Operating range: -40.0 to -72.0 VDCDC input voltage
	372 A @ -48 VDC (nominal) (17,856 W)DC system current

To allow for future growth so that you can operate the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router in any hardware configuration without upgrading the power infrastructure, we recommend that you provision the following:

• 60-A DC PDU: 54.4 A @ -48 VDC per input.
• 120 A DC PDU: 92.5 A @ -48 VDC per input.

For details on circuit breaker, see PTX5000 AC and DC PDU Electrical and External Circuit Breaker Specifications.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Power System Description on page 65.

•Connecting Power to the PTX5000 60-A DC Input Power Trays on page 188

•Connecting Power to the PTX5000 120-A DC Input Power Trays on page 194

• PTX5000 DC Power Distribution Unit Specifications on page 126
• PTX5000 DC Power Requirements on page 127
• PTX5000 DC Power Cable and Lugs Specifications on page 131
• PTX5000 DC Power Distribution on page 134

PTX5000 DC Power Distribution Unit Specifications

Table 73 on page 126, Table 74 on page 126, and Table 75 on page 126 list the electrical specifications for each DC power distribution unit (PDU).

For circuit breaker requirement, see PTX5000 AC and DC PDU Electrical and External Circuit Breaker Specifications or as required by local code.

Table 73: 60-A DC PDU Electrical Specifications

	SpecificationItem
DC input voltage	Nominal -48 VDC, -60 VDCOperating range: -40.0 to -72.0 VDC
Input DC current rating	54.4 A @ -48 VDC (nominal) (2611 W) input

Table 74: 120 A PDU Electrical Specifications

	SpecificationItem
DC input voltage	Nominal -48 VDC, -60 VDCOperating range: -40.0 to -72.0 VDC
Input DC current rating	92.5 A @ -48 VDC (nominal) (4440 W) input

Table 75: High Capacity PDU Electrical Specifications

	SpecificationItem
DC input voltage	Nominal -48 VDC, -60 VDCOperating range: -40.0 to -72.0 VDC
	60 A @ -48 VDC (nominal) (2034 W) p

To allow for future growth so that you can operate the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router in any hardware configuration without upgrading the power infrastructure, we recommend that you provision the following:

• 60-A DC PDU: 54.4 A @ -48 VDC per input.
  • 120 A DC PDU: 92.5 A @ -48 VDC per input.

• High Capacity DC PDU: 60 A @ -48 VDC per input.

Although the power requirements for each input may vary, we recommend that you provision the same amount of power for each input. Actual power consumption will be less than the recommended amount provisioned.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Power System Description on page 65.

•Connecting Power to the PTX5000 60-A DC Input Power Trays on page 188

•Connecting Power to the PTX5000 120-A DC Input Power Trays on page 194

•Connecting Power to the PTX5000 High Capacity DC PDU on page 199

- PTX5000 DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 125

- PTX5000 DC Power Requirements on page 127

PTX5000 DC Power Cable and Lugs Specifications on page 131

- PTX5000 DC Power Distribution on page 134

PTX5000 DC Power Requirements

To allow for future growth so that you can operate the packet transport router in any hardware configuration without upgrading the power infrastructure, we recommend that you provision the following:

• 60-A DC PDU: 54.4 A @ -48 VDC per input

• 120 A DC PDU: 92.5 A @ -48 VDC per input.

Although the power requirements for each input may vary, we recommend that you provision the same amount of power for each input. Actual power consumption will be less than the recommended amount provisioned.

You can use the information in Table 76 on page 127 and the PTX Series Interface Module Reference to calculate power consumption for various hardware configurations, input current from a different source voltage, and thermal output, as shown in the following examples for a DC-powered packet transport router.

Table 76 on page 127 lists the power requirements for various hardware components. For power requirements for each PIC, see the PTX Series Interface Module Reference.

Table 76: DC Power Requirements for Components

	Maximum Current Requirement (Amps @ -48 VDC) Component
37.9 ABase system (includes fan trays at typical subsystem, one CCG, nine SIBs, and the craft Interface )and two PDU and six PSM
0.2 ACentralized Clock Generator (CCG)
Cooling system	11.6 A (typical speed)
	63.8 A (higher speed)
	0.2 ACraft interface
	3.0 AHost subsystem (control board and Routing
	11.7 AFPC
	2.0 APower supply module
	1.2 ASwitch interface board
	1.2 APIC—Generalized typical value
	1.6 APIC—Generalized maximum value

• Example of calculating power consumption for a minimum configuration:

Base System + 1 FPC + 1 PIC=

37.9 A + 11.7 A + 1.2 A = 50.8 A @ -48 VDC = 2438 W

• Example of calculating power consumption for a maximum configuration:

BaseSystem +1 host subsystem+ 1 CCG + 2 PSM+ cooling system(higher speed - typical speed) + 8 FPCs + 16 PICs=

37.9 A + 3.0 A + 0.2 A + 2(2.0) A + (63.8 A - 11.6 A) + 8(11.7) + 16(1.6) A

37.9 A + 3.0 A + 0.2 A + 4.0 A + 52.2 A + 93.6 A + 25.6 A = 216.5 A @ -48 VDC =1

• Example of calculating typical system thermal output for a configuration:

Watts DC/0.293 = BTU/hr

10,392 W/0.293 = 35,468 BTU/hr

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Power System Description on page 65.

•Connecting Power to the PTX5000 60-A DC Input Power Trays on page 188

•Connecting Power to the PTX5000 120-A DC Input Power Trays on page 194

- PTX5000 DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 125

- PTX5000 DC Power Cable and Lugs Specifications on page 131

- PTX5000 DC Power Distribution on page 134

PTX5000 DC Power Requirement Calculations

To allow for future growth so that you can operate the packet transport router in any hardware configuration without upgrading the power infrastructure, we recommend that you provision the following:

• 60-A DC PDU: 54.4 A @ -48 VDC per input
• 120 A DC PDU: 92.5 A @ -48 VDC per input.

Although the power requirements for each input may vary, we recommend that you provision the same amount of power for each input. Actual power consumption will be less than the recommended amount provisioned.

You can use the information in Table 77 on page 129 and the PTX Series Interface Module Reference to calculate power consumption for various hardware configurations.

Table 77 on page 129 lists the power requirements for various hardware components.
Table 77: DC Power Requirements for Components

	Typical Power (Watt)	Max Power(Watt)
CRAFT-PTX5000		119Craft Interface
CCG-PTX		1512Centralized Clock Generator I
RE-DUO-C2600-16G		9880Host subsystem (Routing E
Host subsystem (Control Board)	29	36
CB-PTX
Cooling system	240	1280
FAN-PTX-H
FAN-PTX-V	80Cooling system 500
Flexible PIC Concentrator (FPC)	420	560
FPC-PTX-P1-A
FPC	856	1000
FPC2 (FPC2-PTX-P1A)
	Typical Power(Watt)Component	Max Power(Watt)
SIB-I-PTX5008		5642Switch Interface Board
SIB2-I-PTX5K		6250Switch Interface Board
P1-PTX-24-10GE-SFPP		7060Physical Interface Card (PIC
P1-PTX-24-10G-W-SFPP		11582PIC
P1-PTX-2-40GE-CFP		3527PIC
P1-PTX-2-100GE-CFP		7570PIC
PIC		135100
P2-10G-40G-QSFPP
P1-PTX-2-100GE-CFP		7570PIC
P2-100GE-CFP2	60PIC	90
PIC	OTN: 161	OTN: 176
P2-100GE-OTN	Ethernet: 131	Ethernet: 146
PIC	250	270
P1-PTX-2-100G-WDM

• Example of calculating maximum power consumption for a configuration with all FPC-PTX-P1-A FPCs, P1-PTX-2-100G-WDM PICs and SIB-I-PTX5008 SIBs:
Non-redundant system: Routing Engine + Control Board + 1 CCG + Cooling system + Craft Interface + 9 SIBs + 8 FPCs + 16 PICs = 98 + 36 + 15 + (2 * 1280 + 500) + 11 + 9 * 56 + 8 * 560 + 8 * 2 * 270 = 12524 W

System thermal output = Watts DC/0.293 = BTU/hr = 10744/0.293 = 42744 BTU/hr

Redundant system:

2 Routing Engines + 2 Control Boards + 2 CCGs + Cooling System + Craft Interface + 9
SIBs + 8 FPCs + 16 PICs =
2 * 98 + 2 * 36 + 2 * 15 + (2 * 1280 + 500) + 11 + 9 * 56 + 8* 560 + 8 * 2 * 27
System thermal output = Watts DC/0.293 = BTU/hr = 12673/0.293= 43253 BTU/hr 

- Example of calculating maximum power consumption for a configuration with all FPC2-PTX-P1A FPCs, P1-PTX-2-100G-WDM PICs and SIB2-I-PTX5K SIBs:

Non-redundant system:

Routing Engine + Control Board + 1 CCG + Cooling system + Craft Interface + 9 SIBs + 8 FPCs + 16 PICs =
98 + 36 + 15 + (2 * 1280 + 500) + 11 + 9 * 62 + 8 * 1000 + 8 * 2 * 270 = 16098 V
System thermal output = Watts DC/0.293 = BTU/hr = 16098/0.293 = 54942 BTU/hr
Redundant system:
2 Routing Engines + 2 Control Boards + 2 CCGs + Cooling System+ Craft Interface + 9 SIBs + 8 FPCs + 16 PICs=
2 * 98 + 2 * 36 + 2 * 15 + (2 * 1280 + 500) + 11 + 9 * 62 + 8 * 1000 + 8 * 2 *
System thermal output = Watts DC/0.293 = BTU/hr = 16247/0.293 = 55450 BTU/hr 

Example of calculating maximum power consumption for a configuration with two FPC2-PTX-P1A FPCs, two FPC-PTX-P1-A FPCs, P1-PTX-2-100G-WDM, P1-PTX-24-10G-W-SFPP PICs and SIB2-I-PTX5K SIBs:

Non-redundant system:

Routing Engine + Control Board + 1 CCG + 1 Cooling System+ Craft Interface + 9 SIBs + 4 FPCs + 8 PICs =
98 + 36 + 15+ (2 * 1280 + 500) + 11 + 9 * 62 + 2 * 560 + 2 * 1000 + 2 * 2 * 270
115 = 8438 W
System thermal output = Watts DC/0.293 = BTU/hr = 8438/0.293 = 28799 BTU/hr 

Redundant system:

2 Routing Engines + 2 Control Boards+ 2 CCG + 1 Cooling System + Craft Interface + 9
SIBs +4 FPCs + 8 PICs =
2 * 98 + 2 * 36 + 2 * 15 + (2 * 1280 + 500) + 11 + 9 * 62 + 2 * 560 + 2 * 1000
+ 2 * 2 * 115 = 8587 W
System thermal output = Watts DC/0.293 = BTU/hr = 8587/0.293= 29307 BTU/hr 

PTX5000 DC Power Cable and Lugs Specifications

• DC Power Cables on page 131
• DC Power Lugs on page 132

DC Power Cables

You must supply the DC power cables which meet the specifications in Table 78 on page 131, or as required by the local code, laws, and standards.

Table 78: Power Cable Specifications

60-A DC PDU	6-AWG (13.3 mm2) minimum
	4-AWG (21.2 mm2) maximum

Table 78: Power Cable Specifications (continued)

	0-AWG (53 mm^2 120-A DC PDU
High Capacity DC PDU	6-AWG (13.3 mm^2 ) minimum4-AWG (21.2 mm^2 ) maximum

WARNING: For field-wiring connections, use copper conductors only.

WARNING: DC power cables must not block access to packet transport router components or drape where people could trip on them.

CAUTION: Before packet transport router installation begins, a licensed electrician must attach a cable lug to the power cables that you supply. A cable with an incorrectly attached lug can damage the packet transport router.

CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (−) to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each PDU.

DC Power Lugs

The accessory box shipped with the packet transport router includes 0-AWG and 4-AWG cable lugs. The cable lugs are dual hole, and sized to fit 1/4-20 UNC terminal studs at 15.86-mm (0.625-in.) center line. Table 79 on page 133 indicates the cable lug specifications for each type of PDU.

You attach these cable lugs to the DC terminal studs of each input power tray of the 60-A and 120-A PDUs and to the terminal studs (16 for eight PSMs) in the front of the High Capacity DC PDU. The 0-AWG cable lug is also used for grounding the packet transport router.

Table 79: DC Power Cable Specifications

	Cable LugsPDU
60-A	6-AWG (13.3 mm^2 ) minimum4-AWG (21.2 mm^2 ) maximumSee Figure 59 on page 133.
120-A	0-AWG (53 mm^2 ).See Figure 58 on page 133.
High Capacity (60-A)	6-AWG (13.3 mm^2 ) minimum4-AWG (21.2 mm^2 ) maximumSee Figure 59 on page 133.

NOTE:

Figure 58: O-AWG DC Power Cable Lug

Figure 59: 4-AWG DC Power Cable Lug

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Power System Description on page 65.

•Connecting Power to the PTX5000 60-A DC Input Power Trays on page 188

•Connecting Power to the PTX5000 120-A DC Input Power Trays on page 194

•Connecting Power to the PTX5000 High Capacity DC PDU on page 199

•Replacing a PTX5000 120-A DC PDU on page 315

•Replacing a PTX5000 High Capacity DC PDU on page 323

-PTX5000 General Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 483

PTX5000 DC Power Distribution

Most sites distribute DC power through a main conduit that leads to frame-mounted DC power distribution panels, one of which might be located at the top of the rack that houses the packet transport router. A pair of cables (one input and one return) connects each set of terminal studs to the power distribution panel.

NOTE: All inputs on the DC PDU in slot 0 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B, and all inputs on the DC PDU in slot 1 must be powered by dedicated powerfeeds derived from feedA. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.

Figure 60 on page 134 shows a typical DC source cabling arrangement and two 120-A DC PDUs. The source cabling distribution for 60-A DC PDUs would be similar.
Figure 60: Typical DC Source Cabling to the Packet Transport Router

Related Documentation

• PTX5000 Power System Description on page 65
  •Connecting Power to the PTX5000 60-A DC Input Power Trays on page 188
  •Connecting Power to the PTX5000 120-A DC Input Power Trays on page 194
• Maintaining the PTX5000 Power System on page 379
• PTX5000 DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 125
• PTX5000 DC Power Cable and Lugs Specifications on page 131

CHAPTER 11

Network Cable and Transceiver Planning

• Understanding Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss, Attenuation, and Dispersion on page 137
• Calculating Power Budget and Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables on page 138

Understanding Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss, Attenuation, and Dispersion

This topic describes signal loss, attenuation, and dispersion in fiber-optic cable. For information about calculating power budget and power margin for fiber-optic cable, see "Calculating Power Budget and Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables" on page 138 and Supported Network Interface Standards by Transceiver for the ACX, M, MX, and T Series or Supported Network Interface Standards by Transceiver for PTX Series Packet Transport Routers.

• Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable on page 137
- Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable on page 138

Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable

Multimode fiber is large enough in diameter to allow rays of light to reflect internally (bounce off the walls of the fiber). Interfaces with multimode optics typically use LEDs as light sources. However, LEDs are not coherent sources. They spray varying wavelengths of light into the multimode fiber, which reflects the light at different angles. Light rays travel in jagged lines through a multimode fiber, causing signal dispersion. When light traveling in the fiber core radiates into the fiber cladding, higher-order mode loss (HOL) results. Together these factors limit the transmission distance of multimode fiber compared with single-mode fiber.

Single-mode fiber is so small in diameter that rays of light can reflect internally through one layer only. Interfaces with single-mode optics use lasers as light sources. Lasers generate a single wavelength of light, which travels in a straight line through the single-mode fiber. Compared with multimode fiber, single-mode fiber has higher bandwidth and can carry signals for longer distances.

Exceeding the maximum transmission distances can result in significant signal loss, which causes unreliable transmission.

Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable

Correct functioning of an optical data link depends on modulated light reaching the receiver with enough power to be demodulated correctly. Attenuation is the reduction in power of the light signal as it is transmitted. Attenuation is caused by passive media components, such as cables, cable splices, and connectors. Although attenuation is significantly lower for optical fiber than for other media, it still occurs in both multimode and single-mode transmission. An efficient optical data link must have enough light available to overcome attenuation.

Dispersion is the spreading of the signal in time. The following two types of dispersion can affect an optical data link:

• Chromatic dispersion—Spreading of the signal in time resulting from the different speeds of light rays.
• Modal dispersion—Spreading of the signal in time resulting from the different propagation modes in the fiber.

For multimode transmission, modal dispersion, rather than chromatic dispersion or attenuation, usually limits the maximum bit rate and link length. For single-mode transmission, modal dispersion is not a factor. However, at higher bit rates and over longer distances, chromatic dispersion rather than modal dispersion limits maximum link length.

An efficient optical data link must have enough light to exceed the minimum power that the receiver requires to operate within its specifications. In addition, the total dispersion must be less than the limits specified for the type of link in Telcordia Technologies document GR-253-CORE (Section 4.3) and International Telecommunications Union (ITU) document G.957.

When chromatic dispersion is at the maximum allowed, its effect can be considered as a power penalty in the power budget. The optical power budget must allow for the sum of component attenuation, power penalties (including those from dispersion), and a safety margin for unexpected losses.

Related Documentation

Calculating Power Budget and Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cables

Use the information in this topic and the information in Supported Network Interface Standards by Transceiver for the ACX, M, MX, and T Series or Supported Network Interface Standards by Transceiver for PTX Series Packet Transport Routers to calculate the power budget and power margin for fiber-optic cables.

To calculate the power budget and power margin, perform the following tasks:

1. Calculating Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable on page 139
2. Calculating Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable on page 139

Calculating Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable

To ensure that fiber-optic connections have sufficient power for correct operation, you need to calculate the link's power budget, which is the maximum amount of power it can transmit. When you calculate the power budget, you use a worst-case analysis to provide a margin of error, even though all the parts of an actual system do not operate at the worst-case levels. To calculate the worst-case estimate of power budget (P you assume minimum transmitter power) (and minimum receiver sensitivity):(P

$$ P _ {B} = P _ {T} - P _ {R} $$

The following hypothetical power budget equation uses values measured in decibels (dB) and decibels referred to one milliwatt (dBm):

$$ P _ {B} = P _ {T} - P _ {R} $$

$$ P _ {B} = - 1 5 \mathrm{dBm} - (- 2 8 \mathrm{dBm}) $$

$$ P _ {B} = 1 3 \mathrm{dB} $$

Calculating Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable

After calculating a link's power budget, you can calculate the power margin(P represents the amount of power available after subtracting attenuation or link loss (LL) from the power budget) (PA worst-case estimate of assumes maximum LL:

$$ P _ {M} = P _ {B} - L L $$

AP_M greater than zero indicates that the power budget is sufficient to operate the receiver.

Factors that can cause link loss include higher-order mode losses (HOL), modal and chromatic dispersion, connectors, splices, and fiber attenuation. Table 80 on page 139 lists an estimated amount of loss for the factors used in the following sample calculations. For information about the actual amount of signal loss caused by equipment and other factors, refer to vendor documentation.

Table 80: Estimated Values for Factors Causing Link Loss

	Estimated Link-Loss ValueLink-Loss Factor
Higher-order mode losses	Single-mode—NoneMultimode—0.5 dB
Modal and chromatic dispersion	Single-mode—NoneMultimode—None, if product of bandwidth and dista is less than 500 MHz-km
	0.5 dBConnector
	0.5 dBSplice
Fiber attenuation	Single-mode—0.5 dB/kmMultimode—1 dB/km

The following example uses the estimated values in Table 80 on page 139 to calculate link loss (LL) for a 2-km-long multimode link with a power budget3(EB:

• Fiber attenuation for 2 km @ 1.0 dB/km = 2 dB
- Loss for five connectors @ 0.5 dB per connector = 5(0.5 dB) = 2.5 dB
- Loss for two splices @ 0.5 dB per splice = 2(0.5 dB) = 1 dB
• Higher-order mode loss = 0.5 dB
- Clock recovery module = 1 dB

The power margin is calculated as follows:

$$ P _ {M} = P _ {B} - L L $$

$$ P _ {M} = 1 3 \mathrm{dB} - 2 \mathrm{km} (1. 0 \mathrm{dB/km}) - 5 (0. 5 \mathrm{dB}) - 2 (0. 5 \mathrm{dB}) - 0. 5 \mathrm{dB} [ \text {HOL} ] - 1 \mathrm{dB} [ \text {CRI} $$

$$ P _ {M} = 1 3 \mathrm{dB} - 2 \mathrm{dB} - 2. 5 \mathrm{dB} - 1 \mathrm{dB} - 0. 5 \mathrm{dB} - 1 \mathrm{dB} $$

$$ P _ {M} = 6 \mathrm{dB} $$

The following sample calculation for an 8-km-long single-mode link with a power budget ( P_B ) of 13 dB uses the estimated values from Table 80 on page 139 to calculate link loss (LL) as the sum of fiber attenuation (8 km @ 0.5 dB/km, or 4 dB) and loss for seven connectors (0.5 dB per connector, or 3.5 dB). The power marginal (Pulated as follows:

$$ P _ {M} = P _ {B} - L L $$

$$ P _ {M} = 1 3 \mathrm{dB} - 8 \mathrm{km} (0. 5 \mathrm{dB/km}) - 7 (0. 5 \mathrm{dB}) $$

$$ P _ {M} = 1 3 \mathrm{dB} - 4 \mathrm{dB} - 3. 5 \mathrm{dB} $$

$$ P _ {M} = 5. 5 \mathrm{dB} $$

In both examples, the calculated power margin is greater than zero, indicating that the link has sufficient power for transmission and does not exceed the maximum receiver input power.

Related Documentation

•Understanding Fiber-Optic Cable Signal Loss, Attenuation, and Dispersion on page 137

CHAPTER 12

Management Cable Specifications and Pinouts

• PTX5000 Alarm Relay Contact Wire Specifications on page 141
• PTX5000 Management Interface Cable Specifications on page 141
• RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for the PTX5000 Auxiliary and Console Ports on page 142
• RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for the PTX5000 Management HOST/ETHERNET Port on page 143

PTX5000 Alarm Relay Contact Wire Specifications

For management and service operations, you can connect the packet transport router to external alarm-reporting devices through the alarm relay contacts on the craft interface. You must provide a wire with gauge between 28-AWG and 14-AWG (0.08 and 2.08 mm ^4 ).

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Craft Interface Description on page 15.

- Connecting the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device on page 182

PTX5000 Management Interface Cable Specifications

Table 81 on page 141 lists the specifications for the cables that connect to the management ports on the control board.

Table 81: Cable Specifications for Routing Engine Management

Maximum LengthCable

Packet Transport Router Sappleskleb

Routing Engine console or auxiliary interface

RS-232 (EIA-232) serial cable

length with RJ-45 connectors

RJ-456 ft (1.83 m)One 6-ft (1

Table 81: Cable Specifications for Routing Engine Management (continued)

			Maximum LengthCable	Packet Transport Router SeptemberLab
Routing Engine Host/Ethernet interface	Category 5 cable or equivalent suitable for 10/100-Mbps/1-Gbps operation	One 15-ft (4.57-m) length with RJ-45/RJ-45 connectors		RJ-45328 ft (100
(X) GEO through (X) GEO interfaces future use.		NonePorts are reserved for m)		SFP+328 ft (100
GE4 interface future use.		NonePort is reserved for m)		SFP328 ft (100

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Control Board Description on page 49.

• Connecting the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device on page 180
• Connecting the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to a Management Ethernet Device on page 181

RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for the PTX5000 Auxiliary and Console Ports

The auxiliary and console ports on the Control Board (labeled AUXILIARY and CONSOLE) are RJ-45 receptacles that accept RS-232 (EIA-232) cable. The AUXILIARY port connects the Routing Engine to a laptop, modem, or other auxiliary unit, and the CONSOLE port connects it to a management console. The ports are configured as data terminal equipment (DTE). Table 82 on page 142 describes the RJ-45 connector pinouts.

Table 82: RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for the PTX5000 Auxiliary and Console Ports

Pin	Signal	Description
	RTS Output1	Request to send
2	DTR Output	Data terminal ready
3	TxD Output	Transmit data
4	Signal Ground	Signal ground
5	Signal Ground	Signal ground
6	RxD Input	Receive data
7	CD Input	Data carrier detect
		DescriptionSignalPin
		Clear to sendCTS Input8

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Control Board Description on page 49.

- Connecting the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device on page 180

RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for the PTX5000 Management HOST/ETHERNET Port

The management Ethernet port on the control board labeled HOST/ETHERNET is an autosensing 10/100-Mbps/1-Gbps Ethernet RJ-45 receptacle that accepts an Ethernet cable for connecting the Routing Engine to a management LAN (or other device that supports out-of-band management). Table 83 on page 143 describes the RJ-45 connector pinouts.

Table 83: RJ-45 Connector Pinouts

	SignalPin
1	TX+
2	TX -
3	RX+
4	Termination network
5	Termination network
6	RX-
7	Termination network
8	Termination network

Related Documentation

- PTX5000 Control Board Description on page 49

- Connecting the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to a Management Ethernet Device on page 181

PART 3

Initial Installation and Configuration

• Installation Overview on page 147
- Unpacking the PTX5000 on page 149
• Installing the Mounting Hardware on page 155
• Installing the PTX5000 into a Rack on page 163
• Installing the Front Door on a PTX5000 on page 171
- Connecting the PTX5000 to Ground on page 177
- Connecting the PTX5000 to External Devices on page 179
• Providing Power to the PTX5000 on page 187
- Configuring the Junos OS Software on page 223

CHAPTER 13

Installation Overview

• Overview of Installing the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 147

Overview of Installing the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router

You must proceed through the installation process in the following order:

1. Prepare the installation site for the packet transport router.

See "Overview of Preparing the Site for the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router" on page 109.

1. Review all safety guidelines and warnings for the packet transport router.

WARNING: To avoid harm to yourself or the packet transport router as you install and maintain it, you must follow the safety procedures for working with packet transport routers, as well as the guidelines and warnings for working with and near electrical equipment. However, providing an exhaustive set of guidelines for working with electrical equipment is beyond the scope of this documentation.

See "PTX5000 Installation Safety Guidelines" on page 465.

1. Unpack the packet transport router and verify the parts received.

See "Overview of Unpacking the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router" on page 149.

1. Install the mounting hardware for your rack.

- See "Installing the PTX5000 Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack" on page 159.

- See "Installing the PTX5000 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet" on page 155.

1. Install the packet transport router using a mechanical lift.

See “Overview of Installing a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Using a Mechanical Lift” on page 163.

1. Ground the packet transport router.

See "Connecting the PTX5000 Grounding Cable" on page 177.

1. Connect the packet transport router to external devices.

2. See "Connecting the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device" on page 180.

3. See "Connecting the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to a Management Ethernet Device" on page 181.
4. See "Connecting the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device" on page 182.

5. See "Connecting the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to an External Clocking Device" on page 184.

6. Connect the power, and power on the packet transport router.

7. 60-A DC PDU and PSM—See “Connecting Power to the PTX5000 60-A DC Input Power Trays” on page 188 and “Powering On the DC Powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with 60-A DC PDUs and 60-A DC PSMs” on page 193.

8. 120-A DC PDU and PSM—See “Connecting Power to the PTX5000 120-A DC Input Power Trays” on page 194 and “Powering On the DC Powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with 120-A DC PDUs and 120-A DC PSMs” on page 197.
9. High Capacity DC PDU and PSM—See “Connecting Power to the PTX5000 High Capacity DC PDU” on page 199 and “Powering On the DC-Powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with High Capacity DC PDUs and High Capacity DC PSMs” on page 202.
10. Three-phase delta AC PDU and AC PSM—See “Connecting Power to the PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC PDUs” on page 208 and “Powering On the AC Powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router” on page 218.
11. Three-phase wye AC PDU and AC PSM—See “Connecting Power to the PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC PDUs” on page 213 and “Powering On the AC Powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router” on page 218.

Related •PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Description on page 3 Documentation

CHAPTER 14

Unpacking the PTX5000

• Overview of Unpacking the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 149
- Tools and Parts Required to Unpack the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 149
- Unpacking the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 150
• Verifying the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Parts Received on page 151

Overview of Unpacking the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router

To unpack the packet transport router:

1. Gather the tools required to unpack the packet transport router.
   See "Tools and Parts Required to Unpack the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router" on page 149.
2. Remove the packet transport router, accessory box, tool kit, and all parts from the shipping crate.
   See "Unpacking the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router" on page 150.
3. Verify that all parts have been received.
   See "Verifying the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Parts Received" on page 151.

Related Documentation

Overview of Installing the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 147.

Tools and Parts Required to Unpack the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router

To unpack the packet transport router and prepare for installation, you need the following tools:

• Phillips (+) screwdriver, #2
- 1/2-in. or 13-mm open-end or socket wrench to remove bracket bolts from the shipping pallet
- Blank panels to cover any slots not occupied by a component

Related Documentation

Overview of Unpacking the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 149.

• Unpacking the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 150

Unpacking the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router

The packet transport router is shipped in a wooden crate. A wooden pallet forms the base of the crate. The chassis is bolted to this pallet. Quick Start installation instructions and a cardboard accessory box are also included in the shipping crate.

The shipping crate measures:

• 73.3 in (186.2 cm)high
• 33.0 in (83.8 cm) wide
• 51.5 in (130.9 cm) deep

The total weight of the crate containing the packet transport router and accessories can range up to 1030.0 lb (467.2 kg)..

NOTE: Thepacket transport router is maximally protected inside the shipping crate. Do not unpack it until you are ready to begin installation.

To unpack the packet transport router (see Figure 61 on page 151):

1. Move the shipping crate to a staging area as close to the installation site as possible, where you have enough room to remove the components from the chassis. While the chassis is bolted to the pallet, you can use a forklift or pallet jack to move it.
2. Position the shipping crate with the arrows pointing up.
3. Open all the latches on the shipping crate.
4. Remove the front door of the shipping crate cover and set it aside.
5. Slide the remainder of the shipping crate cover off the pallet.
6. Remove the foam covering the top of the packet transport router.
7. Remove the accessory box and the Quick Start documentation.
8. Verify the parts received against the lists in "Verifying the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Parts Received" on page 151.
9. Remove the vapor corrosion inhibitor (VCI) packs attached to the pallet, being careful not to break the VCI packs open.
10. To remove the brackets holding the chassis on the pallet, use a 1/2-in. socket wrench and a number 2 Phillips screwdriver to remove the bolts and screws from the brackets.
11. Store the brackets and bolts inside the accessory box.
12. Save the shipping crate cover, pallet, and packing materials in case you need to move or ship the packet transport router at a later time.

Figure 61: Contents of the Shipping Crate

Related Documentation

3-1- Shipping crate baseShipping crate cover

2—Chassis

Overview of Unpacking the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 149.

- Tools and Parts Required to Unpack the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 149

•Verifying the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Parts Received on page 151

Verifying the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Parts Received

A packing list is included in each shipment. The packing list specifies the part numbers and descriptions of each part in your order.

To verify that you have received all parts:

1. Verify that the items on the packing list are included in the parts in the main shipment.

See Table 84 on page 152.

1. Verify that all parts in the accessory kit have been received.

See Table 85 on page 152.

1. If any part is missing, contact a customer service representative.

Table 84: Packet Transport Router Parts List

	QuantityComponent
	1Chassis, including midplane and craft interface
	Up to 8FPCs
	Up to 2 for each FPCPICs
	9SIBs
	1 or 2Routing Engines
	1 or 2 (one for each Routing Engine)Control boards
	1 or 2Centralized Clock Generators (CCGs)
	1 or 2Power distribution unit (PDU)
Power supply modules (PSMs)	Up to 8
Horizontal fan trays	2
	1Vertical fan tray
	1Quick start installation
	1Open-frame mounting shelf
	1Four-post mounting shelf
mounting a four-post rack or cabinet	1Rear support bracket—Required only for
Blank panels for slots without components installed	One blank panel for each slot not occupied by a component

Table 85: Accessory Box Parts List

Part	Quantity
Screws to mount chassis, Phillips, 12-24 x 142 in. , self-tapping
Split washers for the grounding cable	3QuantityPart
Phillips, 1/4-20 x 3/8	3Screws to fasten grounding cable to chassis,
DC cable lugs and power cable management system	Depending on your configuration, the following parts are included:60-A DC PDU- 36 4-AWG cable lugs120-A DC PDU- 20 0-AWG cable lugsHigh Capacity DC PDU-72 4-AWG cable lugs and power cable management systemNOTE: Spare cable lugs are included in the accessory kit. Use one of the included spare cable lugs to connect the PTX5000 to earth ground.
Block Plug, 3 Pole, 5.08 mm spacing, 12 A	3Connectors for alarm relay cables, Terminal
	1End User License Agreement (EULA)
	1ROHS and warranty card
Engine to a management device (RJ-45 connectors, 4-pair stranded UTP, Category 5E)	115-ft Ethernet cable to connect the Routing
to a management console (DB9 to RJ-45 adapter, straight through)	17-ft serial cable to connect the Routing Engine
	1ESD wrist strap with cable

Related Documentation

Overview of Unpacking the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 149

•Unpacking the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 150

CHAPTER 15

Installing the Mounting Hardware

• Installing the PTX5000 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet on page 155
• Installing the PTX5000 Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack on page 159

Installing the PTX5000 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet

1. Installing Cage Nuts, If Needed on page 155
2. Installing the Four-Post Mounting Shelf and Rear Support Bracket on page 157
3. Removing the Center-Mounting Brackets on page 158

Installing Cage Nuts, If Needed

Insert cage nuts, if needed, into the holes listed in Table 86 on page 155 and

Table 87 on page 156 (an X indicates a mounting hole location). The hole distances are relative to the standard U division on the rack that is aligned with the bottom of the mounting shelf and rear support bracket.

To install cage nuts in a four-post rack:

1. On the rear rack rails, insert cage nuts in the holes specified for the rear support bracket. Install the cage nuts in the rear of the rear rail (see Table 86 on page 155).
2. On the front rack rails, insert cage nuts in the holes specified for the four-post mounting shelf. Install the cage nuts in the front of the front rail (see Table 86 on page 155).
3. On the front rack rails, insert cage nuts in the holes specified for mounting the chassis. Install the cage nuts in the front of the front rail (see Table 87 on page 156).

Table 86: Mounting Hole Locations for Installing the Four-Post Mounting Shelf and Rear Support Bracket

		Four-Post Rack Mounting Shelf	Rear Support Bracket Above
	6	3.25 in. (8.3 cm)	XX1.86 U
	5	2.63 in. (6.7 cm)	XX1.5 U
	4	2.00 in. (5.1 cm)	XX1.14 U

Table 86: Mounting Hole Locations for Installing the Four-Post Mounting Shelf and Rear Support Bracket (continued)

	Four-Post Rack Mounting Shelf	Rear Support Bracket Above
	XX0.86 U1.50 in. (3.8 cm)3
	XX0.50 U0.88 in. (2.2 cm)2
	XX0.14 U0.25 in. (0.6 cm)1

Table 87: Mounting Hole Locations for Installing a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Chassis in a Four-Post Rack

	Distance Above U DivisionHole
110	63.88 in. (162.2 cm)	36.50 U
101	58.63 in. (148.9 cm)	33.50 U
92	53.38 in. (135.6 cm)	30.50 U
83	48.13 in. (122.2 cm)	27.50 U
74	42.88 in. (108.9 cm)	24.50 U
65	37.63 in. (95.6 cm)	21.50 U
56	32.38 in. (82.2 cm)	18.50 U
47	27.13 in. (68.9 cm)	15.50 U
38	21.88 in. (55.6 cm)	12.50 U
	16.63 in. (42.2 cm)29	9.50 U
20	11.38 in. (28.9 cm)	6.50 U
11	6.13 in. (15.6 cm)	3.50 U

The holes in the front-mounting flanges are spaced at 3 U (5.25 in. or 13.3 cm).

Installing the Four-Post Mounting Shelf and Rear Support Bracket

To install the four-post mounting shelf and rear support bracket (see

1. On the rear of each rear rack rail, partially insert a mounting screw into the lowest hole specified in Table 86 on page 155.
2. Install the rear support bracket on the rear of the rear rack rails. Rest the bottom slot of the rear support bracket on a mounting screw. The rear support bracket extends toward the center of the rack.
3. Partially insert screws into the open holes in the rear support bracket.
4. Tighten all the screws completely.
5. On the front of each front rack rail, partially insert a mounting screw into the lowest hole specified in Table 86 on page 155.
6. Install the four-post rack mounting shelf on the front rack rails. Rest the bottom slot of the front flange on a mounting screw. Rest the back of the four-post rack mounting shelf on top of the rear support bracket.
7. Partially insert screws into the open holes in the mounting shelf.
8. Tighten all the screws completely.
9. Fasten the four-post mounting shelf to the rear support bracket by partially inserting the screws provided in the accessory kit into the open holes on top of the four-post mounting shelf.

NOTE: Several holes are provided on top of the shelf. Two holes on each side of the shelf will align with the holes in the rear support bracket.

1. Tighten all the screws completely.

Figure 62: Installing the Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack

2-1- Four-post mounting shelfRear support bracket

Removing the Center-Mounting Brackets

The center-mounting brackets are not used for a four-post rack, and must be removed from the chassis.

To remove the center-mounting brackets from the chassis:

1. Loosen the screws from each bracket (see Figure 63 on page 159).
2. Remove each bracket.

Figure 63: Center-Mounting Bracket Removal

Related Documentation

Rack Requirements for the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 113.

•Overview of Installing the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 147
•Installing the PTX5000 Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack on page 159
•Overview of Installing a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 163

Installing the PTX5000 Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack

1. Installing Cage Nuts, If Needed on page 159
2. Installing the Open-Frame Rack Mounting Shelf on page 161

Installing Cage Nuts, If Needed

Insert cage nuts, if needed, into the holes listed in Table 88 on page 160 and

Table 89 on page 160. The hole distances are relative to the standard U division on the rack that is aligned with the bottom of the mounting shelf and rear support bracket.

To install cage nuts in an open-frame rack:

1. On the rear side of both rack rails, insert cage nuts in the holes specified for the open-frame mounting shelf (see Table 88 on page 160).
2. On the front side of both rack rails, insert cage nuts in the holes specified for mounting the chassis (see Table 89 on page 160).

Table 88: Mounting Hole Locations for Installing a PTX5000 Open-Frame Rack Shelf

	Distance Above U DivisionHole
		9.86 U17.25 in. (43.8 cm)30
		8.86 U15.5 in. (39.4 cm)27
		6.86 U12.0 in. (30.5 cm)21
		4.86 U8.5 in. (21.6 cm)15
		9 2.86 U5.0 in. (12.7 cm)
3	1.5 in. (3.8 cm)	0.86 U

The holes in the center-mounting brackets are spaced at 3 U (5.25 in. or 13.3 cm).

Table 89: Mounting Hole Locations for Installing a Chassis in an Open-Frame Rack

	Distance Above U DivisionHole
104	60.38 in. (153.4 cm)	34.50 U
95	55.13 in. (140.0 cm)	31.50 U
86	49.88 in. (126.7 cm)	28.50 U
77	44.63 in. (113.3 cm)	25.50 U
68	39.38 in. (100.0 cm)	22.50 U
59	34.13 in. (86.7 cm)	19.50 U
50	28.88 in. (73.3 cm)	16.50 U
41	23.63 in. (60.0 cm)	13.50 U
32	18.38 in. (46.7 cm)	10.50 U
		23 7.50 U13.13 in. (33.3 cm)

Installing the Open-Frame Rack Mounting Shelf

Before mounting the chassis in an open-frame rack, you must first install the open-frame rack mounting shelf.

To install the open-frame rack mounting shelf (see Figure 64 on page 161):

1. On the rear of each rack rail, partially insert a mounting screw into the highest hole specified in Table 88 on page 160 for the open-frame rack mounting shelf.
2. Install the open-frame rack mounting shelf on the rack. Hang the shelf over the mounting screws using the keyhole slots located near the top of the shelf flanges.
3. Partially insert screws into the open holes in the flanges of the open-frame rack mounting shelf.
4. Tighten all the screws completely.

Figure 64: Installing the Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack

Technical line drawing of a structural support frame with mounting brackets and a directional arrow indicating movement (no text or symbols present)

Related Documentation

•Rack Requirements for the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 113
•Overview of Installing the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 147
• Installing the PTX5000 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet on page 155

•Overview of Installing a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 163

CHAPTER 16

Installing the PTX5000 into a Rack

• Overview of Installing a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 163
• Tools Required to Install the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 164
  • Installing the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 164

Overview of Installing a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Using a Mechanical Lift

Before installing the packet transport router using a mechanical lift, verify that you have prepared your site, unpacked the packet transport router from the shipping crate, and installed the mounting hardware.

Because of the packet transport router's size and weight—up to 934 lb (423.7 kg) depending on the configuration—you must install the packet transport router using a mechanical lift.

To install the packet transport router:

1. Gather the tools required to install the packet transport router.
   See "Tools Required to Install the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Using a Mechanical Lift" on page 164.
2. Read the safety information in "General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices" on page 457 and "PTX5000 Installation Safety Guidelines" on page 465.
3. Install the packet transport router into the rack using a mechanical lift.
   See "Installing the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Using a Mechanical Lift" on page 164.

Related Documentation

Overview of Preparing the Site for the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 109.

•Overview of Unpacking the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 149
•Installing the PTX5000 Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack on page 159
• Installing the PTX5000 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet on page 155

Tools Required to Install the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Using a Mechanical Lift

To install the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router, you need the following tools:

• Mechanical lift
  • Phillips (+) screwdriver, #2

Related Documentation

• Overview of Installing a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 163
  •Installing the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 164

Installing the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Using a Mechanical Lift

CAUTION: Before installing the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router:

• Ensure that a mechanical lift is available for the installation. Because of the packet transport router's size and weight—up to 934 lb (423.7 kg) depending on configuration—you must use a lift to install the chassis.
• Have a qualified technician verify that the rack is strong enough to support the chassis weight and is adequately supported at the installation site.
• Ensure that the rack is in its permanent location and is secured to the building.
• Ensure that the installation siteallows adequate clearance for both airflow and maintenance.

To install the packet transport router using a lift (see Figure 65 on page 166):

1. Load the packet transport router onto the lift, making sure the packet transport router rests securely on the mechanical lift.

CAUTION: Do not lift the packet transport router using the handles on the sides of the chassis. Use these handles only to help position the packet transport router.

1. Using the lift, position the packet transport router in front of the rack, centering it in front of the mounting shelf.
2. Lift the chassis slightly above the surface of the mounting shelf, and position it as close as possible to the shelf.

3. Carefully slide the packet transport router onto the mounting shelf, so that the bottom of the chassis and the mounting shelf overlap by approximately 2 inches.

4. With four people pushing on the front-mounting flanges, slide the packet transport router onto the mounting shelf until the center-mounting brackets (open-frame racks) or front-mounting flanges (four-post racks) contact the rack rails. The shelves ensure that the holes in the center-mounting brackets and the front-mounting flanges of the chassis align with the holes in the rack rails.

5. Visually inspect the alignment of the packet transport router. If the packet transport router is installed properly in the rack, all the mounting screws on one side of the rack should be aligned with the mounting screws on the opposite side, and the packet transport router should be level.
6. Install a mounting screw into each of the mounting holes aligned with the rack, starting from the bottom.
7. Move the lift away from the rack.

Figure 65: Loading the PTX5000 onto the Lift

Technical line drawing of a mechanical lifting device with wheels and internal components (no text or symbols)

Figure 66: Installing the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router in an Open-Frame Rack

2-1— Center-mounting bracketOpen-frame rack

Figure 67: Installing the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router in a Four-Post Rack

2-1— Front-mounting flangeFour-post rack

The holes in the center-mounting brackets are spaced at 3 U (5.25 in. or 13.3 cm).

Table 90: Mounting Hole Locations for Installing a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Chassis in a Four-Post Rack

	Distance Above U DivisionHole
		36.50 U63.88 in. (162.2 cm)110
		33.50 U58.63 in. (148.9 cm)101
		920.50 U53.38 in. (135.6 cm)
83	48.13 in. (122.2 cm)	27.50 U24.50 U42.88 in. (108.9 cm)74
		21.50 U37.63 in. (95.6 cm)65
		18.50 U32.38 in. (82.2 cm)56
		15.50 U27.13 in. (68.9 cm)47
		3812.50 U21.88 in. (55.6 cm)
29	16.63 in. (42.2 cm)	9.50 U
	11.38 in. (28.9 cm)20	6.50 U
11	6.13 in. (15.6 cm)	3.50 U

The holes in the front-mounting flanges are spaced at 3 U (5.25 in. or 13.3 cm).

Related Documentation

• Overview of Installing a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 163
• Tools Required to Install the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 164

CHAPTER 17

Installing the Front Door on a PTX50C

• Installing the Front Door on a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router in a Four-Post Rack on page 171
• Installing the Front Door on a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router in an Open-Frame Rack on page 173

Installing the Front Door on a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router in a Four-Post Rack

Optionally, you can install a door over the front card cage of the PTX5000 packet transport router. Captive thumbscrews secure the door in a closed position.

CAUTION: You can install the front door any time after you have installed the chassis into the rack and grounded the router. Perform the procedures described in "Installing the PTX5000 Mounting Hardware for a Four-Post Rack or Cabinet" on page 155, "Installing the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Using a Mechanical Lift" on page 164, and "Connecting the PTX5000 Grounding Cable" on page 177 before proceeding.

Before you begin, ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to install the front door on a PTX5000 packet transport router in a four-post rack.

• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap
  • Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2

To install the front door on a PTX5000 packet transport router in a four-post rack (see Figure 68 on page 173):

1. 1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to the approved ESD site grounding point.

2. Partially loosen the mounting screws that secure the chassis to the front of the four-post rack, beginning with the fourth hole from the top of the chassis, ending with the seventh hole from the top of the chassis. Do this for both front-mounting flanges. When you are done, there should be four screws loosened on each side of the chassis.

3. Attach the side panels to the front mounting flanges, by using the cutouts in the side panel mounting holes to slide the panel behind the loosened screws. Tighten the screws completely using the Phillips (+) screwdriver.

4. Attach the door to the side panels by placing the door on the hinges. Ensure that the door opens and closes properly, and the captive screws on the door align correctly with the holes in the side panels.

NOTE: If the door is not aligned properly, loosen the screws securing the side panels to the front-mounting flanges, and adjust the panels until the door closes correctly, then tighten the screws completely using the screwdriver.

Figure 68: Installing the Front Door on a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router in a Four-Post Rack

2-1- DoorSide panels

Related • Installing the Front Door on a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router in an Open-Frame Documentation Rack on page 173

Installing the Front Door on a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router in an Open-Frame Rack

Optionally, you can install a door over the front card cage of the PTX5000 packet transport router. Captive thumbscrews secure the door in a closed position.

NOTE: If you plan to install the PTX5000 packet transport router in an open-frame rack, you can install the door before the chassis is mounted in the rack. However, this procedure assumes that the packet transport has been installed in the rack and grounded. If you install the door before grounding the router, ensure that you use proper site grounding.

Before you begin, ensure that you have the following parts and tools available to install the front door on a PTX5000 packet transport router in an open-frame rack.

• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap
• Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2

To install the front door on a PTX5000 router in an open-frame rack (see Figure 69 on page 175 and Figure 70 on page 176):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to the approved ESD site grounding point.
2. Using the provided UNC 12-24 screws, attach the long mounting brackets to the rear of each front-mounting flange. Insert screws only at the top and bottom of each bracket. The top screw should be inserted at the third front-mounting flange hole from the top of the chassis. Line up the edge of the mounting bracket with the flange edge of the router chassis. Tighten the screws completely using the Phillips (+) screwdriver.

Figure 69: Installing Brackets on the Front-Mounting Flanges

Technical line drawing of a server rack cabinet with ventilation slots and a blue arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols)

1. Partially install the remaining screws, and attach the side panels to the front mounting flanges. Use the cutouts in the side panel mounting holes to slide the panel behind the partially installed screws (see Figure 70 on page 176). Tighten the screws completely.

2. Attach the door to the side panels by placing the door on the hinges. Ensure that the door opens and closes properly, and the captive screws on the door align correctly with the holes in the side panels.

NOTE: If the door is not aligned properly, loosen the screws securing the side panels to the front-mounting flanges, and adjust the panels until the door closes correctly, then tighten the screws completely using the screwdriver.

Figure 70: Installing the Front Door on a PTX5000 Router in an Open-Frame Rack

2-1- DoorSide panels

Related Documentation

•Installing the Front Door on a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router in a Four-Post Rack on page 171

•Installing the PTX5000 Mounting Hardware for an Open-Frame Rack on page 159

•Installing the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 164

CHAPTER 18

Connecting the PTX5000 to Ground

• Tools and Parts Required to Ground the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 177
• Connecting the PTX5000 Grounding Cable on page 177

Tools and Parts Required to Ground the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router

To connect the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to ground, you need the following tools:

• Grounding cable (which you must provide)
• Grounding lug (O-AWG lug provided with the packet transport router)
  • M6 screws or UNC 1/4-20 screws
• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Chassis Grounding Cable and Lug Specifications on page 116.

•Connecting the PTX5000 Grounding Cable on page 177
•Verifying the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Parts Received on page 151

Connecting the PTX5000 Grounding Cable

You ground the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router by attaching a grounding cable to the chassis. You must provide the grounding cable. An 0-AWG or 4-AWG (21.2 mm cable lug is supplied with the packet transport router. See "PTX5000 Chassis Grounding Cable and Lug Specifications" on page 116 for more information.

To ground the PTX5000:

1. Connect the grounding cable to a proper earth ground.
2. Verify that a licensed electrician has attached the cable lug provided with the packet transport router to the grounding cable.

3. Make sure that grounding surfaces are clean and brought to a bright finish before grounding connections are made.

4. Place the grounding cable lug over the grounding points on the bottom rear of the chassis. The top pair is sized for M6 screws, and the bottom pair is sized for UNC 1/4-2 screws. You can use either pair of grounding points. UNC 1/4-20 screws are provided in the accessory kit.

5. Secure the grounding cable lug to the grounding points, first with the washers, then with the screws.
6. Verify that the grounding cabling is correct, that the grounding cable is not touching or blocking access to the packet transport router components, and that it does not drape where people could trip on it.

Figure 71: Connecting the Grounding Cable

Related .PTX5000 Chassis Description on page 11 Documentation .Tools and Parts Required to Ground the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 177

CHAPTER 19

Connecting the PTX5000 to External Devices

• Tools and Parts Required to Connect the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to External Devices on page 179
• Connecting the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device on page 180
• Connecting the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to a Management Ethernet Device on page 181
• Connecting the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device on page 182
• Connecting PIC Cables to the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 183
• Connecting the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to an External Clocking Device on page 184

Tools and Parts Required to Connect the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to External Devices

To connect the packet transport router to external devices, you need the following tools and parts:

• 2.5-mm flat-blade (−) screwdriver for the alarm relay contacts
• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap (provided in the accessory kit)

Related Documentation

Verifying the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Parts Received on page 151.

- Connecting the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device on page 182

Connecting the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device

Attach one or more management console or auxiliary devices to the Routing Engine ports on each control board for management and service operations (see Figure 72 on page 180).

To connect the cables to a management console or auxiliary device:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. If necessary, turn off the power to the console or auxiliary device.
3. Plug one end of a copper cable with RJ-45 connectors into the CONSOLE or AUXILIARY port on the control board in slot CBO. This port connects to the Routing Engine installed into the control board in slot CBO.
4. Attach the other end of the cable to the console or auxiliary device.
5. Plug one end of another copper cable with RJ-45 connectors into the CONSOLE or AUXILIARY port on CB1. This port connects to the Routing Engine installed into the control in slot CB1.
6. Attach the other end of the cable to the console or auxiliary device.

Figure 72: Connecting to the Console or Auxiliary Port on the Control Board

2-1—Auxiliary portConsole port

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Control Board Description on page 49.

- PTX5000 Management Interface Cable Specifications on page 141

•RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for the PTX5000 Auxiliary and Console Ports on page 142

Connecting the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to a Management Ethernet Device

To connect the Routing Engines in a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to a network for management of the packet transport router, connect a UTP Category 5 Ethernet cable with an RJ-45 connector to the HOST/ETHERNET port on a control board.

NOTE: For packet transport routers with two host subsystems, we recommend that you connect both control boards to a network. One cable is provided in the accessory box. To connect another cable to the HOST/ETHERNET port on the other control board, you must provide an additional cable.

To connect a cable to a network device:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

CAUTION: During the initial installation before the chassis is grounded, you must connect to an approved site ESD point. See the instructions for your site.

1. Plug one end of a UTP Category 5 Ethernet cable (Figure 73 on page 181 shows the connector) into the HOST/ETHERNET port on the control board in slot CBO (see Figure 74 on page 182). This port connects to the Routing Engine installed into the control board in slot CBO.
2. Plug the other end of the cable into the network device.
3. Plug one end of another UTP Category 5 Ethernet cable into the HOST/ETHERNET port on the control board in slot CB1. This port connects to the Routing Engine installed into the control board in slot CB1.
4. Plug the other end of the cable into the network device.

Figure 73: Routing Engine Ethernet Cable Connector

g001063

Figure 74: Connecting to the Host/Ethernet Port on the Control Board

1— Host/Ethernet port

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Control Board Description on page 49.

- PTX5000 Management Interface Cable Specifications on page 141

•RJ-45 Connector Pinouts for the PTX5000 Management HOST/ETHERNET Port on page 143

Connecting the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to an External Alarm-Reporting Device

To connect an external device to an alarm relay contact on the craft interface:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

CAUTION: During the initial installation before the chassis is grounded, you must connect to an approved site ESD point. See the instructions for your site.

1. Prepare the required length of wire with gauge between 28-AWG and 14-AWG (0.08 and 2.08 mm).

2. While the terminal block is not plugged into the relay contact, use a 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver to loosen the small screws on its side. With the small screws on its side facing left, insert wires into the slots in the front of the block based on the wiring for the external device. Connect the major and minor alarm circuits to the NO (normally open) pins on the alarm connectors. Tighten the screws to secure the wire.

NOTE: The top, middle, and bottom slots correspond to NC (normally closed), C (common), and NO (normally open).

1. Plug the terminal block into the relay contact, and use a 2.5-mm flat-blade screwdriver to tighten the screws on the face of the block.

2. Attach the other end of the wires to the external device.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Control Board Description on page 49.

- PTX5000 Alarm Relay Contact Wire Specifications on page 141

Connecting PIC Cables to the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router

The PTX5000 Packet Transport Router supports PICs that use various kinds of network cable, including multimode and single-mode fiber-optic cable. For information about the type of cable used by each PIC, see the PTX Series Interface Module Reference.

You connect PICs to the network by plugging in network cable. To connect cable to the PICs (see Figure 75 on page 184):

1. Have ready a length of the type of cable used by the PIC. See the PTX Series Interface Module Reference.
2. If the PIC cable connector port is covered by a rubber safety plug, remove the plug.

WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

1. Insert the cable connector into the cable connector port on the PIC faceplate.

2. Arrange the cable in the cable management system to prevent it from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop in the cable management system. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

Figure 75: Connecting PIC Cables

Related Documentation

PTX5000 PIC Description on page 59.

•Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 460

•PTX5000 General Laser Safety Guidelines on page 473

• Laser Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 474

Connecting the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to an External Clocking Device

To connect the packet transport router to one or two external clocking devices, connect a cable with RJ-48 connectors to the BITS A or BITS B port on the CCG.

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Plug one end of the cable into the BITS A port on the CCG.
3. Plug the other end of the cable into the T1 external clocking device.
4. Repeat the procedure for the BITS B port on the CCG.

5. Verify that the LINK LED for the port is lit steadily green and that the FAULT LED is not lit.

6. Configure the port. See the synchronization statement for PTX Series Packet Transport Routers in the Junos OS Administration Library for Routing Devices.

7. Issue the show chassis synchronization extensive command to check the status of the port.

user@host> show chassis synchronization extensive

Clock Synchronization Status :

Clock module on CCG 0

Current state	: Online - Master
Validation interval	: 103 seconds
Signal type	: t1
Switching mode	: non-revertive
Line termination	: no-y-cable
Transmitter	: disabled
Current clock state	: locked to gps-0-10mhz
Selected for	: 10 seconds
Selected since	: 2011-09-26 17:04:24 PDT
Deviation (in ppm)	: -0.01
Last deviation (in ppm):	-0.01

Configured sources

Source	Priority	Deviation (in ppm)	Last deviation (in ppm)	Status
bits-a	secondary	-0.01	-0.01	qualif
gps-0-10mhz	primary	-0.01	-0.01	in-use

Clock Synchronization Status :

Clock module on CCG 1

Current state : Online - Standby

Validation interval : 103 seconds

Signal type : t1

Switching mode : non-revertive

Line termination : no-y-cable

Transmitter : disabled

Current clock state : locked to master CCG

Selected for : 10 seconds

Selected since : 2011-09-26 17:04:24 PDT

Configured sources

Source Priority Deviation Last deviation Status

(in ppm) (in ppm)

bits-a secondary +0.05 +0.05 qualified

gps-0-10mhz primary unknown unknown unknown

Related

- PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generator Description on page 22

Documentation

CHAPTER 20

Providing Power to the PTX5000

• Tools and Parts Required to Provide Power to the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 187
• Connecting Power to the PTX5000 60-A DC Input Power Trays on page 188
• Powering On the DC Powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with 60-A DC PDUs and 60-A DC PSMs on page 193
• Connecting Power to the PTX5000 120-A DC Input Power Trays on page 194
• Powering On the DC Powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with 120-A DC PDUs and 120-A DC PSMs on page 197
• Connecting Power to the PTX5000 High Capacity DC PDU on page 199
• Powering On the DC-Powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with High Capacity DC PDUs and High Capacity DC PSMs on page 202
• Installing the PTX5000 Cable Management System for High Capacity DC PDU on page 203
• Connecting Power to the PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC PDUs on page 208
• Connecting Power to the PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC PDUs on page 213
  • Powering On the AC Powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 218
  • Powering Off the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 220

Tools and Parts Required to Provide Power to the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router

• Tools and Parts Required to Provide AC Power on page 187
• Tools and Parts Required to Provide DC Power on page 188

Tools and Parts Required to Provide AC Power

To connect the packet transport router to AC power, you need the following tools and parts:

• AC power cord
• Phillips (+) screwdriver, #2 to access the metal AC wiring compartment and remove or attach the AC power cord.
• 1/5-in. (5.5-mm) slotted screwdriver to attach the ground wire and input terminal wires of the AC power cord.

Tools and Parts Required to Provide DC Power

To connect the packet transport router to DC power, you need the following tools and parts:

- 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, with a minimum of 81 lb-in. (9.0 Nm) tightening torque, for tightening nuts to the terminal studs.

CAUTION: You must use an appropriate torque-controlled tool to tighten the nuts. Applying excessive torque damages the terminal studs. The maximum torque that may be applied to this nut is 99 lb-in. (11 Nm).

• Phillips (+) screwdriver, #2
- DC power cables, which you must provide
- DC power lugs

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Power System Description on page 65.

- PTX5000 AC Power System Description on page 76

- PTX5000 DC Power System Description on page 68

•Connecting Power to the PTX5000 60-A DC Input Power Trays on page 188

•Connecting Power to the PTX5000 120-A DC Input Power Trays on page 194

Connecting Power to the PTX5000 60-A DC Input Power Trays

To connect the DC source power cables to the 60-A DC inputs:

1. Verify that a properly rated customer site circuit breaker for each DC power cable has been installed. See "PTX5000 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines" on page 489 for more information.
2. Switch off the customer site circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during installation.
3. Verify that a licensed electrician has attached appropriate cable lugs to the DC power cables. See "PTX5000 DC Power Cable and Lugs Specifications" on page 131 for more information.
4. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
5. Switch the input power switches on the power distribution unit (PDU) faceplate to the OFF position (O).

6. Loosen the captive screw that fastens the input power tray to the PDU.

7. Grasp the metal handle of the input power tray, and pull it out to remove the input power tray from the PDU. The 60-A DC input power tray weighs 1.6 lb (0.7 kg).

Figure 76: Removing the 60-A DC Input Power Tray

1. Use a Phillips screwdriver to loosen the screw on the metal input power tray cover.
2. Open the metal input power tray cover.
3. Loosen the cable restraints.
4. Remove the nuts from the DC power terminal studs.
5. Route the positive (+) DC source power cable through the cable restraint, and connect it to the RTN-1 input terminal (see Figure 77 on page 190). Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, tighten the nut to secure the cable lug to the input terminal.

CAUTION: You must use an appropriate torque-controlled tool to tighten the nuts. Applying excessive torque damages the terminal studs and power supply. The maximum torque that may be applied to this nut is 99 lb-in. (11 Nm).

Figure 77: 60-A DC Input Terminals

Figure 78: Connecting the DC Source Power Cable Lugs to an Input Power Tray

CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (−) to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply.

CAUTION: All inputs on the DC PDU in slot PDU0 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and all inputs on the DC PDU in slot PDU1 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.

1. Route the positive (+) DC source power cable through the cable restraint, and connect it to the RTN -2 input terminal (see Figure 77 on page 190). Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, tighten the nut to secure the cable lug to the input terminal.

2. Route the negative (−) DC source power cable through the cable restraint, and connect it to the -48 V -1 input terminal (see Figure 77 on page 190). Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, tighten the nut to secure the cable lug to the input terminal.

3. Route the negative (−) DC source power cable through the cable restraint, and connect it to the -48 V -2 input terminal (see Figure 77 on page 190). Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, tighten the nut to secure the cable lug to the input terminal.

4. Tighten the cable restraints over the DC power cables.
5. Verify that the source power cables are connected to the appropriate terminal: the positive (+) source cable to the return terminals (labeled RTN) and the negative (-) source cable to the input terminals (labeled -48V).
6. Close the input power tray cover, and secure it with the screw.
7. Insert the input power tray into the PDU (see Figure 79 on page 192).
8. Repeat the procedure for all input power trays in the PDU.
9. Repeat the procedure for the other PDU.
10. Verify that the DC power cables are not touching or blocking access to the components, and that they do not drape where people could trip on them.

Figure 79: Installing a 60-A DC Input Power Tray

Diagram of a multi-chamber electrical connector with multiple cables and a switch (no text or symbols visible)

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Power System Description on page 65.

•Tools and Parts Required to Provide Power to the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 187

•Powering On the DC Powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with 60-A DC PDUs and 60-A DC PSMs on page 193

Powering On the DC Powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with 60-A DC PDUs and 60-A DC PSMs

To power on the DC-powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with 60-A DC PDUs and 60-A DC PSMs:

NOTE: After powering off a power supply, you must wait at least 60 seconds before powering it on again.

1. Verify that the power distribution units (PDUs) and power supply modules (PSMs) are fully inserted in the chassis and that the captive screws on the faceplates are tightened.

2. Verify that an external management device is connected to one of the Routing Engine ports on the control board (AUXILIARY or CONSOLE).

NOTE: The management Ethernet port labeled HOST/ETHERNET on the control board is not available until after the initial software configuration. You can monitor the startup process during the initial installation using devices connected to the AUXILIARY or CONSOLE ports.

1. Turn on the power to the external management device.

2. Switch on the customer site circuit breakers to provide voltage to the DC power source cables.

3. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

4. Verify that the green DC IN LEDs for both inputs on the PDU faceplate are lit steadily green, indicating that the inputs are receiving power.

5. Switch all the input power switches on one of the PDUs to the on (I) position.

6. Verify that the green SW ON LEDs on the PDU faceplate are lit steadily. The SW ON LEDs blink momentarily, then light steadily to indicate that the input power switches are on.

NOTE: After a PDU is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds for status indicators—such as the LEDs on the PDU and PSMs, the command output displays, and messages on the LCD display on the craft interface—to indicate that the PDU and PSMs are functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.

1. Move the OUTPUT power switch on the PDU to the on (I) position.

2. Verify that the PDU OK LED on the PDU faceplate is lit steadily and that the FAULT LED is off, indicating that the PDU is correctly installed and is functioning properly.

NOTE: If the PDU OK LED does not light steadily, repeat the installation and cabling procedures.

1. Check the LEDs on the PSMs. For each PSM, verify that the Input OK and Output OK LEDs are lit steadily green, and that the Fault LED is off.

NOTE: If the Input OK and Output OK LEDs do not light steadily or if the FAULT LED is lit, see "Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Power System" on page 415.

1. On the external management device connected to the Routing Engine, monitor the startup process to verify that the system has booted properly.
2. Repeat steps 7 through 12 for the other PDU.

NOTE: TheRouting Engineboots as the PDUcompletesitsstartupsequence. If the Routing Engine finishes booting and you need to power off the system, see the "Powering Off the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router" on page 220.

After powering on a power supply, you must wait at least 60 seconds before powering it off.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Power System Description on page 65.

•Connecting Power to the PTX5000 60-A DC Input Power Trays on page 188

• Powering Off the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 220

Connecting Power to the PTX5000 120-A DC Input Power Trays

To connect the DC source power cables to the 120-A DC inputs:

1. Ensure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during installation.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Switch the circuit breakers on the power distribution unit (PDU) faceplate to the OFF position (O).
4. Loosen the captive screw that fastens the input power tray to the PDU.
5. Grasp the metal handle of the input power tray, and pull it out to remove the input power tray from the PDU. The 120-A DC input power tray weighs 1.6 lb (0.7 kg).

Figure 80: Removing the 120-A DC Input Power Tray

1. Use a Phillips screwdriver to loosen the screw on the metal input power tray cover.

2. Open the metal input power tray cover.

3. Loosen the cable restraints.

4. Remove the nuts from the DC power terminal studs.

5. Route the positive (+) DC source power cable lug through the left cable restraint.

6. Secure the positive (+) DC source power cable lug to the RTN (return) terminal, located on the left, with a nut.

Use a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver to tighten the nut.

1. Route the negative (−) DC source power cable lug through the right cable restraint.

2. Attach the negative (−) DC source power cable lug to the -48V (input) terminal, located on the right (see Figure 81 on page 196).

Use a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver to tighten the nut.

CAUTION: You must use an appropriate torque-controlled tool to tighten the nuts. Applying excessive torque damages the terminal studs and power supply. The maximum torque that may be applied to this nut is 99 lb-in. (11 Nm).

CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (−) to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply.

CAUTION: All inputs on the DC PDU in slot PDU0 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and all inputs on the DC PDU in slot PDU1 must be powered by dedicated powerfeeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.

Figure 81: Connecting the DC Source Power Cable Lugs to an Input Power Tray

1. Tighten the cable restraint over the DC power cables.
2. Verify that the source power cables are connected to the appropriate terminal: the positive (+) source cable to the return terminal (labeled RTN) and the negative (−) source cable to the input terminal (labeled -48V).
3. Close the input power tray cover, and secure it with the screw.
4. Insert the input power tray into the PDU see Figure 82 on page 196).
5. Repeat the procedure for all input power trays in the PDU.
6. Repeat the procedure for the other PDU.
7. Verify that the DC power cables are not touching or blocking access to the components, and that they do not drape where people could trip on them.

Figure 82: Installing an 120-A DC Input Power Tray

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Power System Description on page 65.

• Tools and Parts Required to Provide Power to the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 187
  •Powering On the DC Powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with 120-A DC PDUs and 120-A DC PSMs on page 197
  • Powering Off the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 220

Powering On the DC Powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with 120-A DC PDUs and 120-A DC PSMs

To power on the DC-powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with 120-A DC PDUs and 120-A DC PSMs:

NOTE: After powering off a power supply, you must wait at least 60 seconds before powering it on again.

1. Verify that the power distribution units (PDUs) and power supply modules (PSMs) are fully inserted in the chassis and that the captive screws on the faceplates are tightened.
2. Verify that an external management device is connected to one of the Routing Engine ports on the control board (AUXILIARY or CONSOLE).

NOTE: The management Ethernet port labeled HOST/ETHERNET on the control board is not available until after the initial software configuration. You can monitor the startup process during the initial installation using devices connected to the AUXILIARY or CONSOLE ports.

1. Turn on the power to the external management device.
2. Switch on the customer site circuit breakers to provide voltage to the DC power source cables.
3. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
4. Verify that the green -48 V 120 A LEDs on the PDU faceplate are lit steadily green, indicating that the inputs are receiving power.
5. Switch all the circuit breakers on one of the PDUs to the on (I) position.
6. Verify that the green CB ON LEDs on the PDU faceplate are lit steadily. The CB ON LEDs blink momentarily, then light steadily to indicate that the circuit breakers are on.

NOTE: After a PDU is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds for status indicators—such as the LEDs on the PDU and PSMs, the command output displays, and messages on the LCD display on the craft interface—to indicate that the PDU and PSMs are functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.

1. Move the OUTPUT power switch on the PDU to the on (I) position.

2. Verify that the PDU OK LED on the PDU faceplate is lit steadily and that the FAULT LED is off, indicating that the PDU is correctly installed and is functioning properly.

NOTE: If the PDU OK LED does not light steadily, repeat the installation and cabling procedures.

1. Check the LEDs on the PSMs. For each PSM, verify that the Input OK and Output OK LEDs are lit steadily green, and that the Fault LED is off.

NOTE: If the Input OK and Output OK LEDs do not light steadily or if the FAULT LED is lit, see "Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Power System" on page 415.

1. On the external management device connected to the Routing Engine, monitor the startup process to verify that the system has booted properly.

2. Repeat steps 7 through 12 for the other PDU.

NOTE: TheRouting Engine boots asthePDU completes its startup sequence. If the Routing Engine finishes booting and you need to power off the system, see the "Powering Off the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router" on page 220.

After powering on a power supply, you must wait at least 60 seconds before powering it off.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Power System Description on page 65.

•Connecting Power to the PTX5000 120-A DC Input Power Trays on page 194

• Powering Off the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 220

Connecting Power to the PTX5000 High Capacity DC PDU

To connect the DC source power cables to the high capacity DC inputs:

1. Verify that a properly rated customer site circuit breaker for each DC power cable has been installed. See "PTX5000 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines" on page 489 for more information.
2. Switch off the customer site circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during installation.
3. Verify that a licensed electrician has attached appropriate cable lugs to the DC power cables. See "PTX5000 DC Power Cable and Lugs Specifications" on page 131 for more information.
4. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
5. Move the power switch to the standby ( ) position.
6. Unfasten the screw using a Phillips number 2 screw driver and remove the terminal block safety cover.
7. Remove the nuts from the DC power terminal studs.
8. Connect the positive (+) DC source power cable to the RTN input terminal (see Figure 83 on page 200). Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, tighten the nut to secure the cable lug to the input terminal (see Figure 84 on page 200).
   The PSM numbers for the terminal studs are mentioned on the face place. For example, the DC input terminals for PSM0 are PSM0_1 and PSM0_2, in the first and second rows of the terminal blocks. There are sixteen 60-A input terminals for the eight PSMs supported for each PDU.

CAUTION: You must use an appropriate torque-controlled tool to tighten the nuts. Applying excessive torque damages the terminal studs and power supply. The maximum torque that may be applied to this nut is 65 lb-in. (7.3 Nm).

Figure 83: High Capacity DC Input Terminals

Figure 84: Connecting the DC Source Power Cable Lugs to an Input Power Terminal

CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (−) to indicate

their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply.

CAUTION: All inputs on the DC PDU in slot PDU0 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and all inputs on the DC PDU in slotPDU1 must be powered by dedicated powerfeeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.

1. Connect the negative (−) DC source power cable to the -48 V/60A input terminal (see Figure 84 on page 200). Using a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver, tighten the nut to secure the cable lug to the input terminal.
2. Verify that the source power cables are connected to the appropriate terminal: the positive (+) source cable to the return terminals (labeled RTN) and the negative (−) source cable to the input terminals (labeled -48V/60A).
3. Replace the terminal block safety cover and ensure that the cables fit into the slots of the safety cover.
4. Repeat the procedure for the input power terminals for all the PSMs in the PDU.
5. Repeat the procedure for the other PDU.
6. Verify that the DC power cables are not touching or blocking access to the components, and that they do not drape where people could trip on them.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Power System Description on page 65.

• Tools and Parts Required to Provide Power to the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 187
  •Powering On the DC-Powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with High Capacity DC PDUs and High Capacity DC PSMs on page 202
  •Installing the PTX5000 Cable Management System for High Capacity DC PDU on page 203

Powering On the DC-Powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with High Capacity DC PDUs and High Capacity DC PSMs

To power on the DC-powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with High Capacity DC PDUs and High Capacity DC PSMs:

NOTE: After powering off a power supply, you must wait at least 60 seconds before powering it on again.

1. Verify that the power distribution units (PDUs) and power supply modules (PSMs) are fully inserted in the chassis and that the captive screws on the faceplates are tightened.

2. Verify that an external management device is connected to one of the Routing Engine ports on the control board (AUXILIARY or CONSOLE).

NOTE: The management Ethernet port labeled HOST/ETHERNET on the control board is not available until after the initial software configuration. You can monitor the startup process during the initial installation using devices connected to the AUXILIARY or CONSOLE ports.

1. Turn on the power to the external management device.

2. Switch on the customer site circuit breakers to provide voltage to the DC power source cables.

3. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

4. Switch on the PDU power switch (I position).

5. Verify that the green PDU OK LED is lit steadily green, indicating that the inputs are receiving power.

6. Verify that the -1 and -2 LEDs under the PSM_0 through PSM_7 LEDs are lit green. Also check the Input 1 OK, Input 2 OK, Output OK, and Fault LEDs on each PSM.

NOTE: The PSM LEDs are lit depending on the number of PSM connected for each PDU. A minimum of three PSM are required out of a maximum of eight per PDU. Also, each PSM has LEDs indicating input and output status.

NOTE: After a PDU is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds for status indicators—such as the LEDs on the PDU and PSMs, the command output displays, and messages on the LCD display on the craft interface—to indicate that the PDU and PSMs are functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.

NOTE: If the PDU OK and PSM LEDs do not light steadily or if the FAULT LED is lit, see "Troubleshooting the PTX5000 PowerSystem" on page 415.

1. On the external management device connected to the Routing Engine, monitor the startup process to verify that the system has booted properly.
2. Repeat steps 7 through 12 for the other PDU.

NOTE: TheRouting Engineboots as the PDUcompletesitsstartupsequence. If the Routing Engine finishes booting and you need to power off the system, see the "Powering Off the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router" on page 220.

After powering on a power supply, you must wait at least 60 seconds before powering it off.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Power System Description on page 65.

•Connecting Power to the PTX5000 High Capacity DC PDU on page 199

• Powering Off the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 220

Installing the PTX5000 Cable Management System for High Capacity DC PDU

• Identifying the Parts of the Cable Management System on page 203
• Installing the Cable Management Comb Assembly with Extension on page 204
- Widening the Cable Management Comb Assembly Extension on page 206
• Installing the Cable Management Comb Assembly without Extension on page 207

Identifying the Parts of the Cable Management System

NOTE: You cannot install this cable management system on a two-post rack.

1. Remove the cable management system parts from the accessories kit in the shipping crate.
2. Identify all the parts of the cable management system.
3. Two comb panel assemblies—Comb panel, fixed to the extension with four screws, is detachable. See Figure 85 on page 204 for left and right side views of the cable manager.
4. Four number 12 or M6 screws to install the cable manager to the rack (not provided).

Figure 85: Cable Manager for a PTX5000 with High Capacity Power System

Installing the Cable Management Comb Assembly with Extension

NOTE: Ensure that while mounting the PTX5000 chassis on the four-post rack, you leave at least 1.75 in. between the bottom of the PTX5000 router chassis and the floor, so that there is enoughspace to install the High Capacity DC power system and to connect the cables.

To install the comb assembly to the rack:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Align a cable manager assembly for one PDU against the rack vertically. Move the comb assembly up or down so that the mounting holes are aligned to the mounting holes on the rack.

NOTE: The cable manager assembly is installed with the side wall of the comb assembly closer to the PDU but you can also install it with the side wallawayfromthe PDU. The cable manageris symmetricin both positions. It might be easier for you to handle the mounting screws if the extension pieceside wall is closer to the PDUasshownin Figure 86 onpage 205. You may have to remove the comb assembly from the extension pieces and re-install the comb assembly with the extension pieces upside down, so that the side wall is closer to the PDU.

1. Secure the cable manager assembly to the rack by placing four screws and tightening them using a Phillips number 3 screw driver. To widen the cable management comb assembly extension, see "Widening the Cable Management Comb Assembly Extension" on page 206

NOTE: Four number 12 screws are used to fix the comb assembly to the extension pieces. In some cases, you may have to use different type of screws, such as metric screws, to attach the comb assembly to the rack.

CAUTION: Themaximumtorque that maybe applied tonumber 12 screws is 30.0 lb-in.(3.4 Nm).

1. Similarly, secure the cable manager for the other PDU.
2. Connect power cables to the PDU (see "Connecting Power to the PTX5000 High Capacity DC PDU" on page 199).
3. Route the power cables through the comb assembly. Ensure that each row of cables from the PDU is passed through the same row of the comb. For example, route the bottom row cables from the PDU through the bottom comb (see Figure 87 on page 206). You can secure the cables by tie-wrapping the cables to the comb.

Figure 86: Installing the Cable Manager on the Four-post Rack

Figure 87: Routing Power Cables Through the Comb Assembly

Widening the Cable Management Comb Assembly Extension

NOTE: Thecablemanagercombassembly extension is fixed atthe minimum (default) position when shipped. You can widen the comb assembly, if the rear edge of the PTX5000 router is extending out from the rack post and you do not haveenough space to routethe cableswith the default comb assembly extension width.

To widen the comb assembly extension:

1. Unfasten the screws that join the two plates of the cable manager extension panel assembly. Realign the plates along the next set of holes so that the extension is at the maximum length. See Figure 85 on page 204.

2. Reassemble the extension plates by fastening the six screws using a Phillips number 2 screwdriver.

NOTE: Ensure that you fasten at least two rows of screws (four screws on each extension bracket assembly) for required strength to hold the extension plates.

1. See "Installing the Cable Management Comb Assembly with Extension" on page 204 to install the cable management comb assembly.

CAUTION: The maximum torque that may be applied to these screws is 9.0 lb-in.(1.0 Nm).

Installing the Cable Management Comb Assembly without Extension

NOTE: You can use only the comb assembly without the extension, if the rear edge of the PTX5000 chassis is aligning with the four-post rack. In such a scenario, only the comb assembly is sufficient to route the cables.

To install the comb assembly on the four-post rack:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Unfasten the four screws attaching the comb assembly to the extension manager using a Phillips screw driver and separate the comb assembly from the extension.

3. Align a the comb assembly for one PDU against the rack vertically. Move the comb assembly up or down so that the mounting holes are aligned to the mounting holes on the rack.

4. Secure the comb assembly to the rack using the four screws that were removed. See Figure 88 on page 208.

NOTE: Use different type of screws—forexample, metric type—if the comb assembly screws do not match the threads on the rack post.

1. Similarly, secure the comb assembly to the rack for the other PDU.

See "Connecting Power to the PTX5000 High Capacity DC PDU" on page 199 to connect the power cables.

1. Route the power cables through the comb assembly. Ensure that you route each row of cables from the PDU through the corresponding row of the comb (see Figure 87 on page 206).

Figure 88: Installing Comb Assembly Without Extension

Related Documentation

PTX5000 DC Power System Description on page 68.

•Upgrading to High Capacity DC Power System on page 361

Connecting Power to the PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC PDUs

To connect the delta AC power cords to the three-phase delta AC PDUs (see Figure 95 on page 212):

1. Switch off the customer site circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the AC power source is 0 V and that there is no chance that the voltage might become active during installation.
2. Switch the circuit breaker and power OUTPUT switch on the PDU faceplate to the off (O) position.
3. Using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, remove the four screws from the metal retaining bracket located on the lower right of the PDU. Remove the metal retaining bracket from the PDU (see Figure 89 on page 209).

Figure 89: Removing the Metal Retaining Bracket from a Three-Phase Delta AC PDU

Technical line drawing of a mechanical assembly with mounting holes and a bracket (no text or symbols)

1. Unscrew the retaining nut from the AC power cord (see Figure 90 on page 209 and Figure 91 on page 210).

Figure 90: Retaining Nut on a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord

2-1- Three-phase delta AC power cordRetaining nut

Figure 91: Removing the Retaining Nut from a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord

2-1- Three-phase delta AC power cordRetaining nut

1. Put the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the metal retaining bracket, and screw the retaining nut onto the AC power cord to secure it to the metal retaining bracket (see Figure 92 on page 210).

Figure 92: Connecting the Metal Retaining Bracket to Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord

3-1- Three-phase delta AC power cordRetaining nut

2—Metal retaining bracket

1. Using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the two captive screws on the metal AC wiring compartment. Open the metal door of the metal AC wiring compartment. Push the wires of the AC power cord into the area for the metal retaining bracket, and pull the wires to the left toward the metal AC wiring compartment. Using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, use the four screws on the metal retaining bracket to secure the AC power cord to the PDU (see Figure 93 on page 211).

Figure 93: Connecting Power to a Three-Phase Delta AC PDU

1. Connect the wires to the AC terminal block on the three-phase delta AC PDU (Figure 94 on page 211). Using a 1/5-in. (5.5-mm) slotted screwdriver, loosen each of the input terminals or grounding point screws, insert each wire into the grounding point or input terminal, and tighten the screw.

a. Insert the wire labeled GND into the grounding point.
b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the L1 input terminal.
c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the L2 input terminal.
d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the L3 input terminal.

Figure 94: Connecting Ground and Power to a Three-Phase Delta AC PDU

1. Verify that the AC power wiring connections are correct.

2. Close the door to the metal AC wiring compartment, and use a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver to tighten the two captive screws to secure the door to the metal AC wiring compartment.

3. Verify that the AC power cord is not touching or blocking access to packet transport router components, and that it does not drape where people could trip on it.

4. Repeat the procedure for the other three-phase delta AC PDU.

Figure 95: Three-Phase Delta AC PDU

	5-1- Circuit breakerTop installation handle
	6-2- Wiring compartmentFront installation handle
Power OUTPUT switch	7-3- Wiring compartment door
	8-4- Metal retaining bracketAir exhaust ventilation

Connecting Power to the PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC PDUs

To connect an AC power cord to a three-phase wye AC PDU (see Figure 102 on page 217):

1. Switch off the customer site circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the AC power source is 0 V and that there is no chance that the voltage might become active during installation.
2. Switch the circuit breaker and power OUTPUT switch on the PDU faceplate to the off (O) position.
3. Using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the four captive screws that fasten the metal retaining bracket to the PDU, and remove the metal retaining bracket from the PDU (see Figure 96 on page 213).

Figure 96: Removing the Metal Retaining Bracket from a Three-Phase Wye AC PDU

Technical line drawing of a mechanical assembly with mounting holes and a bracket (no text or symbols)

1. Unscrew the retaining nut from the AC power cord (see Figure 97 on page 214 and Figure 98 on page 214).

Figure 97: Retaining Nut on a Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord

Figure 98: Removing the Retaining Nut from a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord

1. Put the wires of the AC power cord through the hole of the metal retaining bracket, and screw the retaining nut onto the AC power cord to secure it to the metal retaining bracket (see Figure 99 on page 215).

Figure 99: Connecting the Metal Retaining Bracket to the Three-Phase Wye AC Power Cord

	3-1- Three-phase wye AC power cordRetaining nut
2-Metal retaining bracket

1. Using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the two captive screws on the metal AC wiring compartment. Open the metal door of the metal AC wiring compartment. Push the wires of the AC power cord into the area for the metal retaining bracket, and pull the wires to the left toward the metal AC wiring compartment. Using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, use the four captive screws on the metal retaining bracket to secure the AC power cord to the PDU (see Figure 100 on page 215).

Figure 100: Connecting Power to a Three-Phase Wye AC PDU

1. Connect the wires to the AC terminal block on the three-phase wye AC power supply (Figure 101 on page 216). Using a 1/5-in. (5.5-mm) slotted screwdriver, loosen each of the input terminals or grounding point screws, insert each wire into the grounding point or input terminal, and tighten the screw.

a. Insert the wire labeled GND into the grounding point.
b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the L1 input terminal.
c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the L2 input terminal.
d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the L3 input terminal.
e. Insert the wire labeled N into the N input terminal

CAUTION: To avoid damage to the PDU, do not connect the neutral wire to the L1, L2, or L3 input terminals.

Figure 101: Connecting Power to the Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply

1. Verify that the AC power wiring connections are correct.
2. Close the door to the metal AC wiring compartment, and use a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver to tighten the two captive screws to secure the door to the metal AC wiring compartment.
3. Verify that the AC power cord is not touching or blocking access to packet transport router components, and that it does not drape where people could trip on it.
4. Repeat the procedure for the other three-phase wye AC PDU.

Figure 102: Three-Phase Wye AC PDU

	5-1- Circuit breakerTop installation handle
	6-2- Wiring compartmentFront installation handle
Power OUTPUT switch	7-3- Wiring compartment door
	8-4- Metal retaining bracketAir exhaust ventilation

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Power System Description on page 65.

-PTX5000 AC Power System Description on page 76

• Powering On the AC Powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 218

• Powering Off the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 220

Powering On the AC Powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router

To power on the AC-powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with three-phase delta AC PDUs or three-phase wye AC PDUs, and with AC PSMs:

NOTE: After powering off a PDU, you must wait at least 60 seconds before powering it on again.

1. Verify that the power distribution units (PDUs) and power supply modules (PSMs) are fully inserted in the chassis and that the captive screws on the faceplates are tightened.

2. Verify that an external management device is connected to one of the Routing Engine ports on the control board (AUXILIARY or CONSOLE).

NOTE: The management Ethernet port labeled HOST/ETHERNET on the control board is not available until after the initial software configuration. You can monitor the startup process during the initial installation using devices connected to the AUXILIARY or CONSOLE ports.

1. Turn on the power to the external management device.
2. Switch on the customer site circuit breakers to provide voltage to the AC power cords.
3. Verify that the PDUs are receiving power.

- On the three-phase wye AC PDUs, verify that the green 220-240 V/346-415 V 30 A 50-60 Hz LED is lit steadily green.

- On the three-phase delta AC PDUs, verify that the green 200-240 V\~ 60 A 50-60 Hz LED is lit steadily green.

1. Switch the circuit breaker on one of the PDUs to the on (I) position.

2. Verify that the green CB ON LEDs on the PDU faceplate are lit steadily. The CB ON LEDs blink momentarily, then light steadily to indicate that the circuit breaker is on.

NOTE: After a PDU is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds for status indicators—such as the LEDs on the PDU and PSMs, the command output displays, and messages on the LCD display on the craft interface—to indicate that the PDU and PSMs are functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.

1. Move the OUTPUT power switch on the PDU to the on (I) position.
2. Verify that the PDU OK LED on the PDU faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the PDU is correctly installed and is functioning properly.

NOTE: If the PDU OK LED does not light steadily, repeat the installation and cabling procedures.

1. Repeat steps 6 through 9 for the other PDU.

2. Check the LEDs on the PSMs. For each PSM, verify that the AC IN OK and DC IN OK LEDs are lit steadily green, and that the Fault LED is off.

NOTE: If the Input OK and Output OK LEDs do not light steadily or if the FAULT LED is lit, see "Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Power System" on page 415.

1. On the external management device connected to the Routing Engine, monitor the startup process to verify that the system has booted properly.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Power Distribution Unit LEDs on page 87.

- PTX5000 Power Supply Module LEDs on page 97

Powering Off the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router

To power off the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router:

NOTE: After powering on a power supply, wait at least 60 seconds before powering it off.

1. On an external management device connected to the Routing Engine, issue the request system halt both-routing-engines operational mode command. The command shuts down the Routing Engines cleanly, so their state information is preserved.

If the packet transport router contains only one Routing Engine, issue the request system halt command.

user@host> request system halt both-routing-engines

Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the operating system has halted.

Halt the system ? [yes, no] (no) yes

*** FINAL System shutdown message from user@host ***

System going down IMMEDIATELY

Terminated

...

syncing disks... 11 8 done

The operating system has halted.

Please press any key to reboot.

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

2. Move the OUTPUT power switch on the PDU to the off (O) position.

3. • 120-A DC PDU—Switch the circuit breakers on the PDU to the off (O) position.

- 60-A DC PDU—Switch the power input switches on the PDU to the off (O) position.

- Three-phase delta AC PDU or three-phase wye AC PDU—Switch the circuit breaker on the PDU to the off (O) position.

1. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for the other PDU.

2. Verify that the PDU OK and the following LEDs on both PDU faceplate are off.

- 120-A DC PDU—Verify that the CB ON LED is off.

- 60-A DC PDU—Verify that the SW ON LED is off.

- Three-phase delta AC PDU or three-phase wye AC PDU—Verify that the CB ON LED is off.

NOTE: After powering off a power supply, you must wait at least 60 seconds before powering it on again.

Related Documentation

- PTX5000 Power System Description on page 65

•Powering On the DC Powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with 60-A DC PDUs and 60-A DC PSMs on page 193

- Powering On the DC Powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with 120-A DC PDUs and 120-A DC PSMs on page 197

CHAPTER 21

Configuring the Junos OS Software

- Performing the Initial Software Configuration for the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 223

Performing the Initial Software Configuration for the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router

These procedures connect a packet transport router to the network but do not enable it to forward traffic. For complete information about enabling the packet transport router to forward traffic, including examples, see the Junos OS configuration guides.

You configure the packet transport router by issuing Junos OS command-line interface (CLI) commands, either on a console device attached to the CONSOLE port, or over a telnet connection to a network connected to the HOST/ETHERNET port.

NOTE: These procedures enable you to use the HOST/ETHERNET management port. For the initial configuration, use a device attached to the CONSOLE port.

1. Preparing to Configure the Packet Transport Router on page 223
2. Entering Configuration Mode on page 224
3. Configuring User Accounts and Passwords on page 224
4. Configuring System Attributes on page 224
5. Committing the Configuration on page 225

Preparing to Configure the Packet Transport Router

Gather the following information before configuring the packet transport router:

• Name the packet transport router will use on the network
• Domain name the packet transport router will use
• IP address and prefix length information for the Ethernet interface
  • IP address of a default packet transport router

• IP address of a DNS server
- Password for the root user

Entering Configuration Mode

1. Verify that the network device is powered on.
2. Log in as the root user. There is no password.
3. Start the CLI.
4. Enter configuration mode.

Amnesiac <ttyd0>
login: root 

root@% cll
root> 

root> configure
Entering configuration mode.
[edit]
root# 

Configuring User Accounts and Passwords

For information about using an encrypted password or an SSH public key string (DSA or RSA), see authentication.

1. Add a password to the root administration user account. Enter a clear-text password.

[edit]
root# set system root-authentication plain-text-password
New password: password
Retype new password: password 

1. Create a management console user account.

[edit]
root# set system login user user-name authentication plain-text-password
New Password: password
Retype new password: password 

1. Set the user account class to super-user.

[edit]
root@# set system login user user-name class super-user 

Configuring System Attributes

1. Configure the name of the packet transport router. If the name includes spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks (" " ).

[edit]
root@# set system host-name host-name 

NOTE: TheDNS server does not use the hostnametoresolvetothe correct IP address. This hostname is used to display the name of the routing engine in the CLI. For example, this hostname shows on the command-line prompt when the user is logged on to the CLI:

user-name@host-name>

1. Configure the IP address of the DNS server.

[edit]

root# set system name-server address

1. Configure the domain name of the packet transport router.

[edit]

root@# set system domain-name domain-name

1. Configure the IP address and prefix length for the packet transport router's management Ethernet interface.

[edit]

root@# set interfaces em0 unit 0 family inet address address/prefix-length

1. For a packet transport router with two routing engines, configure the IP address of a backup routing engine. The backup routing engine is used while the local routing engine is booting and if the routing process fails to start. After the routing process starts, the backup routing engine address is removed from the local routing and forwarding tables.

[edit]

root# set system backup-router address

1. (Optional) Configure the static routes to remote subnets with access to the management port. Access to the management port is limited to the local subnet. To access the management port from a remote subnet, you must add a static route to that subnet within the routing table.

[edit]

root# set routing-options static route remote-subnet next-hop destination-IP retain no-readvertise

1. Configure the telnet service at the [edit system services] hierarchy level.

[edit]

set system services telnet

Committing the Configuration

1. Display the configuration to verify that it is correct.

[edit]

root@# show

system {

host-name host-name;

domain-name domain-name;

backup-router address;

root-authentication {

authentication-method (password | public-key);
}
name-server {
    address;
}
}
interfaces {
    em0 {
    unit 0 {
    family inet {
    address address/prefix-length;
    }
    }
}
} 

1. Commit the configuration to activate it.

[edit]
root@# commit 

1. Optionally, configure additional properties by adding the necessary configuration statements. Then commit the changes to activate them.

[edit]
root@host# commit 

1. When you have finished the configuration, exit configuration mode.

[edit]
root@host# exit
root@host> 

Related Documentation

- PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Description on page 3

- PTX5000 Routing Engine Description on page 32

•Overview of Installing the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 147

PART 4

Installing and Replacing Components

• Overview of Installing and Replacing Components on page 229
• Replacing Chassis Components on page 233
• Replacing Cooling System Components on page 239
• Replacing Host Subsystem Components on page 253
• Replacing Line Card Components on page 273
• Upgrading FPCs on page 289
• Replacing Power System Components on page 307
• Upgrading to the High Capacity DC Power System on page 361
• Replacing Switch Fabric Components on page 365

CHAPTER 22

Overview of Installing and Replacing Components

• PTX5000 Field-Replaceable Units on page 229
• Tools and Parts Required for Replacing PTX5000 Hardware Components on page 230

PTX5000 Field-Replaceable Units

Field-replaceable units (FRUs) are packet transport router components that can be replaced at the customer site. Replacing most FRUs requires minimal packet transport router downtime. The packet transport router uses the following types of FRUs:

• Hot-removable and hot-insertable FRUs—You can remove and replace these components without powering off the packet transport router or disrupting the routing functions.
• Hot-pluggable FRUs—You can remove and replace these components without powering down the packet transport router, but the routing functions of the system are interrupted when the component is removed.

Before you replace a component in the host subsystem, you must take the host subsystem offline.

Table 91 on page 230 lists the FRUs for the packet transport router.

Table 91: Field-Replaceable Units

	Hot-Pluggable FRUsHot-Removable and
Air filters	SIBs if fewer than eight SIBs are operational
Craft interface	Master control board if nonstop active routing is not configured
Horizontal and vertical fan trays	Nonredundant control board
Power distribution units (PDUs)	Master Routing Engine if nonstop active routing is not configured
Power supply modules (PSMs)
Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) if at least eight redundant Routing Engine other SIBs are operational
Backup control boards
Master control boards if nonstop active routing is configured
Backup Routing Engines
Master Routing Engines if nonstop active routing is configured

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Hardware Component Overview on page 5.

- PTX5000 Component Redundancy on page 8

Tools and Parts Required for Replacing PTX5000 Hardware Components

To replace hardware components, you need the tools and parts listed in Table 92 on page 230.

Table 92: Tools and Parts Required for Component Replacement

	Tool or partComponents
All	Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap
AC PDU	Phillips (+) screwdrivers, number 21/5-in. (5.5-mm) slotted screwdriver
AC power cord	Phillips (+) screwdrivers, number 21/5-in. (5.5-mm) slotted screwdriver
	Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2Air filter
Control board	Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2Electrostatic bag or antistatic matBlank panel (if component is not reinstalled)
	Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2CCG
	Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2Craft interface
DC PDU	Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 27/16-in. (11 mm) nut driverCAUTION: You must use an appropriate torque-controlled tool to tighten the nuts. Applying excessive torque damages the terminal studs and the PDU input power trays.
DC power cable	7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driverCAUTION: You must use an appropriate torque-controlled tool to tighten the nuts. Applying excessive torque damages the terminal studs and the PDU input power trays.
	Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2Fan tray
FPC	Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2Blank panel (if component is not reinstalled)Electrostatic bag or antistatic mat
PIC	Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2Rubber safety cap for fiber-optic PICs or fiber-optic PIC cablesElectrostatic bag or antistatic matBlank panel (if component is not reinstalled)
Routing Engine	Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2Electrostatic bag or antistatic matBlank panel (if component is not reinstalled)

Table 92: Tools and Parts Required for Component Replacement (continued)

	Tool or partComponents
SIB	Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2Electrostatic bag or antistatic matBlank panel (if component is not reinstalled)

Related Documentation

•Verifying the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Parts Received on page 151

•Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 460

CHAPTER 23

Replacing Chassis Components

• Replacing a PTX5000 Craft Interface on page 233
• Replacing a Centralized Clock Generator on page 235
• Replacing a Cable Between a PTX5000 CCG and an External Clocking Device on page 236

Replacing a PTX5000 Craft Interface

1. Removing a PTX5000 Craft Interface on page 233
2. Installing a PTX5000 Craft Interface on page 234

Removing a PTX5000 Craft Interface

The craft interface is located on the upper front of the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router. The craft interface weighs approximately 4.0 lb (1.8 kg). The craft interface is hot-insertable and hot-removable.

To remove the craft interface (see Figure 103 on page 234):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Loosen the screws at the four corners of the craft interface, using a #2 Phillips screwdriver.
3. Grasp the craft interface, and support it a few inches in front of the chassis.
4. Locate the ribbon cable behind the left side of the craft interface.
5. Squeeze the latches on either side of the ribbon cable connector where it attaches to the rear of the craft interface, and gently disconnect the cable.

Figure 103: Removing the Craft Interface

Installing a PTX5000 Craft Interface

To install the craft interface (see Figure 104 on page 234):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Locate the ribbon cable on the left side.
3. Squeeze the latches on either side of the ribbon cable connector where it attaches to the rear of the craft interface, and connect the cable.
4. Grasp the craft interface, and press it into the chassis.
5. Tighten the screws at the four corners of the craft interface, using a #2 Phillips screwdriver.

NOTE: After you install the craft interface in an operating packet transport router, allow several minutes for the LEDs on the craft interface to reflect the current state of the packet transport router.

Figure 104: Installing a Replacement Craft Interface

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Craft Interface Description on page 15.

•Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 460

Replacing a Centralized Clock Generator

1. Removing a Centralized Clock Generator on page 235
2. Installing a Centralized Clock Generator on page 236

Removing a Centralized Clock Generator

The packet transport router can have one or two CCGs installed. The CCGs are located in the upper rear of the chassis, above the control boards and Routing Engines. Each CCG weighs approximately 1.9 lb (0.9 kg).

A nonredundant CCG is hot-pluggable. For redundant CCGs, the master CCG is hot-pluggable. The backup CCG is hot-removable and hot-insertable if the master CCG is functioning. Removing the backup CCG does not affect the functioning of the packet transport router. Taking the master CCG offline might result in a brief loss of SONET clock lock while the backup CCG becomes the master.

To remove a CCG (see Figure 105 on page 235):

1. Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Press the online/offline button on the CCG faceplate and hold it down until the LED goes out (about 5 seconds).
4. Loosen the captive screws on the edges of the CCG faceplate.
5. Grasp the CCG by the handle on the faceplate and slide it out of the chassis.
6. Place the CCG on the antistatic mat.

Figure 105: Removing a CCG

Installing a Centralized Clock Generator

To install a replacement CCG (see Figure 106 on page 236):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Carefully align the sides of the CCG with the guides in the CCG slot.
3. Grasp the CCG by its handle and slide it straight into the chassis until it contacts the midplane.
4. Tighten the captive screws on the corners of the CCG faceplate.
5. To bring the CCG online, press the online/offline button until the green OK LED lights.
6. To verify that the CCG is installed correctly and is functioning normally, check the LEDs on the CCG faceplate. The green OK LED should light steadily. If the CCG is the master, the blue MASTER LED should also light steadily.

To check the status of the CCGs, use the following CLI command:

user@host> show chassis environment ccg

Figure 106: Installing a CCG

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generator Description on page 22.

- PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generator LEDs on page 23

•Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generators on page 389

•Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 460

Replacing a Cable Between a PTX5000 CCG and an External Clocking Device

1. Removing a Cable for an External Clocking Device From a PTX5000 CCG on page 237
2. Installing a Cable Between an External Clocking Device and a PTX5000 CCG on page 237

Removing a Cable for an External Clocking Device From a PTX5000 CCG

To remove a cable with RJ-48 connectors from a BITS A or BITS B port on the CCG:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Disconnect the cable from the T1 external clocking device.
3. Disconnect the cable from the BITS A or BITS B port on the CCG.

Installing a Cable Between an External Clocking Device and a PTX5000 CCG

To connect a cable with RJ-48 connectors to an BITS A or BITS B port on the CCG:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Plug one end of the cable into the appropriate BITS A or BITS B port on the CCG.
3. Plug the other end of the cable into the T1 external clocking device.
4. Verify that the LINK LED for the port is lit steadily green, and that the FAULT LED is not lit.
5. Issue the show chassis synchronization command to check the status of the port.

user@host> show chassis synchronization user@host> show chassis synchronization

Clock Synchronization Status :

Clock module on CCG 0

Current state	: Online - Master
Current clock state	: internal
Selected for	: 1 hour, 27 minutes, 26 seconds
Selected since	: 2011-12-09 11:21:07 PST
Deviation (in ppm)	: +0.51
Last deviation (in ppm):	: +0.51

Related Documentation

- PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generator Description on page 22

- PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generator LEDs on page 23

•Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generators on page 389

•Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 460

CHAPTER 24

Replacing Cooling System Components

• Replacing a PTX5000 Horizontal Air Filter on page 239
• Replacing a PTX5000 Vertical Air Filter on page 242
• Replacing a PTX5000 Power Supply Module Air Filter on page 246
• Replacing a PTX5000 Horizontal Fan Tray on page 247
• Replacing a PTX5000 Vertical Fan Tray on page 249

Replacing a PTX5000 Horizontal Air Filter

1. Removing a PTX5000 Horizontal Air Filter on page 239
2. Installing a PTX5000 Horizontal Air Filter on page 241

Removing a PTX5000 Horizontal Air Filter

The horizontal air filter is located below the lower horizontal fan tray. The horizontal air filter weighs approximately 7.1 lb (3.2 kg).

To remove the horizontal air filter:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Loosen the two captive screws on the horizontal air filter tray.
3. Grasp the head of the loosened screws, and pull to remove the air filter tray (see Figure 107 on page 240).

4. Locate the two areas, near each rear corner, where the air filter tray is exposed. Using these air filter tray frame access areas, slide the air filter toward the air filter tray faceplate, and pull up on the air filter to release the rear edge of the air filter from the air filter tray (see Figure 108 on page 240).

5. Remove air filter from the air filter tray.

6. Discard the air filter.

Figure 107: Removing a Horizontal Air Filter Tray

Technical line drawing of an electrical control cabinet with visible internal components and a door panel (no text or labels)

Figure 108: Removing a Horizontal Air Filter

Technical line drawing of a rectangular frame with grid pattern and directional arrows, no text or symbols present

Installing a PTX5000 Horizontal Air Filter

To install the horizontal air filter:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Locate markings on the side of the frame indicating airflow direction.
3. Position the air filter over the air filter tray. Note the correct orientation for airflow direction. The airflow direction is through the perforated faceplate and up through the filter.
4. Engage the edge nearest the perforated faceplate under the front flange, and slide the filter further toward the faceplate.

Engage the opposite filter edge under the retainer bracket at the rear of the air filter tray and snap the air filter into place (see Figure 109 on page 241).

1. Reinstall the horizontal air filter tray into chassis (see Figure 110 on page 242).
2. Tighten captive screws to secure the air filter tray.

Figure 109: Inserting a Horizontal Fan Tray Air Filter

Technical line drawing of a rectangular frame with grid pattern and directional arrows, no text or symbols present

Figure 110: Installing the Horizontal Air Filter

Technical line drawing of an internal server rack unit with multiple ports and a door panel (no text or symbols visible)

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Cooling System Description on page 25.

•Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 460

Replacing a PTX5000 Vertical Air Filter

1. Removing a PTX5000 Vertical Air Filter on page 242
2. Installing a PTX5000 Vertical Air Filter on page 244

Removing a PTX5000 Vertical Air Filter

The vertical air filter is located with the vertical fan tray fan tray 0. The vertical air filter weighs approximately 7.6 lb (3.5 kg).

To remove the vertical air filter:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

2. Loosen the two captive screws on the vertical air filter tray.

3. Grasp the head of the loosened screws, and pull to remove the air filter tray (see Figure 111 on page 243).

4. Locate the two areas near each rear corner, where the air filter tray is exposed. Using these air filter tray frame access areas, slide the air filter toward the air filter tray faceplate, and pull up on the air filter to release the rear edge of the air filter from the air filter tray (see Figure 112 on page 244).
5. Remove the air filter from the air filter tray.
6. Discard the air filter.

Figure 111: Removing a Vertical Air Filter Tray

Technical diagram of a server rack unit with multiple heat exchangers and ventilation grilles (no text or labels)

Figure 112: Removing a Vertical Air Filter

Technical line drawing of a rectangular metal enclosure with internal grid pattern and mounting brackets (no text or symbols)

Installing a PTX5000 Vertical Air Filter

To install the vertical air filter:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Locate markings on the side of the frame indicating airflow direction.
3. Position the air filter over the air filter tray. Note the correct orientation for airflow direction. The airflow direction is front to rear, through the perforated faceplate, and up through the filter.
4. Engage the edge nearest the perforated faceplate under the front flange, and slide the filter further toward the faceplate (see Figure 113 on page 245).
   Engage the opposite filter edge under the retainer bracket at the rear of the air filter tray and snap the air filter into place.
5. Reinstall the vertical air filter tray into chassis (Figure 114 on page 245).
6. Tighten the captive screws to secure the air filter tray.

Figure 113: Inserting a Vertical Air Filter

Isometric view of a rectangular metal enclosure with diagonal mesh pattern and directional arrows indicating flow or movement (no text or symbols)

Figure 114: Installing a Vertical Air Filter Tray

Technical diagram of a server rack with multiple heat exchangers and cooling units, showing no text or symbols.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Cooling System Description on page 25.

•Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 460

Replacing a PTX5000 Power Supply Module Air Filter

1. Removing a PTX5000 Power Supply Module Air Filter on page 246
2. Installing a PTX5000 Power Supply Module Air Filter on page 246

Removing a PTX5000 Power Supply Module Air Filter

The PSM air filter is located inside the PSM door.

To remove the PSM air filter (see Figure 115 on page 246):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Loosen the captive screws on the PSM door, and open the door.
3. Inside the PSM door, locate the air filter retaining bracket at the top of the door. Using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, #2, remove the 2 screws from the air filter retaining bracket, and remove the bracket.
4. Remove the air filter.
5. Discard the air filter.

Figure 115: Removing a PSM Door Air Filter

2-1— Air filterAir filter retaining bracket

Installing a PTX5000 Power Supply Module Air Filter

To install the PSM air filter (see Figure 116 on page 247):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Locate markings on the side of the frame indicating airflow direction.
3. Install the air filter into the door. Note that the correct orientation for airflow direction is through the perforated door and into the PSMs.

4. Engage the edge nearest the perforated faceplate under the front flange, and slide the air filter further toward the faceplate.

5. Reinstall the air filter retainer bracket and secure with two screws.

6. Tighten the captive screws to secure the PSM door.

Figure 116: Installing a PSM Door Air Filter

2-1-Air filter retaining bracketAir filter

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Cooling System Description on page 25.

•Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 460

Replacing a PTX5000 Horizontal Fan Tray

1. Removing a PTX5000 Horizontal Fan Tray on page 247
2. Installing a PTX5000 Horizontal Fan Tray on page 248

Removing a PTX5000 Horizontal Fan Tray

The upper horizontal fan tray is located below the craft interface, and the lower horizontal fan tray is located above the horizontal air filter. Each horizontal fan tray weighs about 16.3 lb (7.4 kg).

CAUTION: Do not remove both horizontal fan trays at the same time. Removing both front fan trays might cause the packet transport router to shut down.

To remove a horizontal fan tray (see Figure 117 on page 248 and Figure 118 on page 248):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Loosen the captive screw on the left side of the fan tray faceplate, using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, #2.
3. Grasp the handle and pull the fan tray until it stops (approximately 1.5 inches out of the chassis).

WARNING: To avoid injury, keep tools and your fingers away from the fans asyouslide the fan tray out of the chassis. The fans might still be spinning.

1. When the fans stop spinning, press the release latch located on the left side of the fan tray.
2. Grasp the handle and pull the fan tray completely out of the chassis.

Figure 117: Removing an Upper Horizontal Fan Tray

Technical line drawing of a device with an open lid and ports, showing no text or symbols.

Figure 118: Removing a Lower Horizontal Fan Tray

Installing a PTX5000 Horizontal Fan Tray

To install a horizontal fan tray (see Figure 119 on page 249 and Figure 120 on page 249):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Grasp the fan tray by its handle and insert it straight into the chassis.
3. Tighten the captive screw on the left side of the fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis, using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, #2.

Figure 119: Installing an Upper Horizontal Fan Tray

Technical line drawing of a device with a scroll wheel and control panel (no text or symbols)

Figure 120: Installing a Lower Horizontal Fan Tray

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Cooling System Description on page 25.

• PTX5000 Craft Interface LEDs on page 17
  •Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Cooling System on page 391
  •Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 460

Replacing a PTX5000 Vertical Fan Tray

1. Removing a PTX5000 Vertical Fan Tray on page 250
2. Installing a PTX5000 Vertical Fan Tray on page 251

Removing a PTX5000 Vertical Fan Tray

The vertical fan tray is located in the front of the chassis. The vertical fan tray contains fourteen fans and weighs about 26.8 lb (12.2 kg).

CAUTION: To maintain proper cooling, do not operate the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with the fan trays removed for more than one minute.

To remove the vertical fan tray (see Figure 121 on page 251):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Loosen the captive screws at the right of the fan tray faceplate, using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, #2.

NOTE: The two captive screws on the left are for the vertical air filter.

1. Grasp the handle and pull the fan tray until it stops (approximately 1.5 inches).

2. Place one hand under the fan tray to support it and pull the fan tray completely out of the chassis.

WARNING: To avoid injury, keep tools and your fingers away from the fans asyouslide the fan trayout of the chassis. The fans might still be spinning.

Figure 121: Removing the Vertical Fan Tray

Technical diagram of a server rack with multiple drive bays and a door, showing no text or symbols.

Installing a PTX5000 Vertical Fan Tray

To install a replacement vertical fan tray (see Figure 122 on page 252):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Grasp the fan tray handle and insert it straight into the chassis.
3. Tighten the captive screw on the bottom of the fan tray faceplate to secure it in the chassis, using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, #2.

Figure 122: Installing a Vertical Fan Tray

Technical diagram of a server rack cabinet with labeled ports and an arrow indicating orientation (no text or symbols beyond labels)

Related Documentation

- PTX5000 Cooling System Description on page 25

- PTX5000 Craft Interface LEDs on page 17

•Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Cooling System on page 391

•Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 460

CHAPTER 25

Replacing Host Subsystem Components

• Understanding the Effect of Taking the PTX5000 Host Subsystem Offline on page 253
- Replacing a PTX5000 C2600 Routing Engine on page 255
- Replacing a CompactFlash Card in a PTX5000 Routing Engine on page 259
- Replacing a Solid-State Disk in a PTX5000 Routing Engine on page 262
- Replacing a PTX5000 Control Board on page 264
- Replacing a PTX5000 Management Console or Auxiliary Port Cable on page 269
- Replacing a PTX5000 Management Ethernet Cable on page 270

Understanding the Effect of Taking the PTX5000 Host Subsystem Offline

• Taking a Nonredundant Host Subsystem Offline on page 253
• Taking a Backup Host Subsystem Offline on page 253
• Taking a Master Host Subsystem Offline on page 253

Taking a Nonredundant Host Subsystem Offline

Taking a nonredundant host subsystem offline shuts down the packet transport router.

Taking a Backup Host Subsystem Offline

Taking a backup host subsystem offline does not interrupt the functioning of the packet transport router. The backup host subsystem is hot-removable and hot-insertable.

Taking a Master Host Subsystem Offline

Removal or failure of the master Routing Engine affects forwarding and routing based on the high availability configuration.

NOTE: For information about configuring high availability features such as graceful Routing Engine switchover (GRES) and nonstop activerouting (NSR), see the Junos OS High Availability Library for Routing Devices.

Both Routing Engines should be running the same Junos OS release.

If the backup Routing Engine's configuration differs from the former master's configuration, packet transport router performance might change. For the most predictable performance, configure the twoRouting Engines identically, except for parameters unique to each Routing Engine.

To configure Routing Engine-specific parameters and still use the same configuration on both Routing Engines, include the appropriate configuration statements under the re0 and rel statements at the [edit groups] hierarchy level and use the apply-groups statement. For instructions, see the Junos OS Administration Library for Routing Devices.

When a master host subsystem is taken offline or during a mastership switch, the backup host subsystem becomes the master, and the backup Routing Engine assumes Routing Engine functions. The master host subsystem is hot-pluggable. During the switchover to the backup Routing Engine:

- Dual Routing Engines without any high availability features enabled—Traffic is interrupted while the Packet Forwarding Engine is reinitialized. Packet forwarding halts while the standby Routing Engine becomes the master and the Packet Forwarding Engine components reset and connect to the new master Routing Engine. All kernel and forwarding processes are restarted. When the switchover to the new master Routing Engine is complete, routing convergence takes place and traffic is resumed.

- GRES is supported on Junos OS Release 12.1x48R1 and later.

GRES is enabled—Graceful Routing Engine switchover preserves interface and kernel information. Traffic is not interrupted. The backup Routing Engine immediately assumes Routing Engine functions and there is no interruption to packet forwarding. However, graceful Routing Engine switchover does not preserve the control plane. Neighboring packet transport routers or routers detect that the packet transport router has restarted and react to the event in a manner prescribed by individual routing protocol specifications. To preserve routing without interruption during a switchover, graceful Routing Engine switchover must be combined with nonstop active routing.

- Nonstop active routing is supported on Junos OS Release 12.1x48R3 and later.

Nonstop active routing is enabled (graceful Routing Engine switchover must be configured for nonstop active routing to be enabled)—Nonstop active routing supports Routing Engine switchover without alerting peer nodes that a change has occurred. Nonstop active routing uses the same infrastructure as graceful Routing Engine switchover to preserve interface and kernel information. However, nonstop active routing also preserves routing information and protocol sessions by running the routing

protocol process (rpd) on both Routing Engines. In addition, nonstop active routing preserves TCP connections maintained in the kernel.

- Graceful restart is configured—Graceful restart provides extensions to routing protocols so that neighboring helper routers restore routing information to a restarting router. These extensions signal neighboring routers about the graceful restart and prevent the neighbors from reacting to the router restart and from propagating the change in state to the network during the graceful restart period. Neighbors provide the routing information that enables the restarting router to stop and restart routing protocols without causing network reconvergence. Neighbors are required to support graceful restart. The routing protocol process (rpd) restarts. A graceful restart interval is required. For certain protocols, a significant change in the network can cause graceful restart to stop.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Host Subsystem Description on page 31.

- PTX5000 Control Board Description on page 49

- PTX5000 Routing Engine Description on page 32

•Replacing a PTX5000 Control Board on page 264

•Replacing a PTX5000 C2600 Routing Engine on page 255

Replacing a PTX5000 C2600 Routing Engine

1. Taking the PTX5000 Host Subsystem Offline on page 256
2. Removing a PTX5000 Routing Engine on page 257
3. Installing a PTX5000 Routing Engine on page 258

Taking the PTX5000 Host Subsystem Offline

Before you replace a Routing Engine, you must take the host subsystem offline. The host subsystem is taken offline and brought online as a unit. Be aware of the effect of taking a host subsystem offline on traffic, forwarding, and routing. See “Understanding the Effect of Taking the PTX5000 Host Subsystem Offline” on page 253.

To take a host subsystem offline:

1. Determine whether the Routing Engine to be replaced is currently functioning as the master or as the backup, using one of the following methods:

- Check the HOST 0 and HOST1 LEDs on the craft interface. If the green MASTER LED is lit, the corresponding host subsystem is functioning as the master.

- Check the MASTER LED on the control board. If the blue MASTER LED is lit, the host subsystem is functioning as the master.

- Issue the show chassis routing-engine command. The master Routing Engine is designated Master in the Current state field.

user@host> show chassis routing-engine
user@host> show chassis routing-engine
Routing Engine status:
    Slot 0:
    Current state    Master
    Election priority    Master (default)
... 

1. If the Routing Engine to be replaced is currently functioning as the master, switch it to backup using the CLI command:

user@host> request chassis routing-engine master switch warning: Traffic will be interrupted while the PFE is re-initialized Toggle mastership between Routing Engines ? [yes,no] (no) yes

Resolving mastership... Complete. The other Routing Engine becomes the master.

1. Halt the host subsystem.

user@host> request system halt Halt the system ? [yes, no] (no) yes

*** FINAL System shutdown message from user@host *** System going down IMMEDIATELY Terminated ... syncing disks... 11 8 done The operating system has halted. Please press any key to reboot.

NOTE: The request system halt command halts the Routing Engine on the control plane from which it was issued. The command shuts down the Routing Engine cleanly, so its state information is preserved. The SIBs might continue forwarding traffic for approximately 5 minutes after the requestsystem halt command has beenissued. To reboot aRouting Engine that has been halted, you must connect through the console.

1. On the console or other management device connected to the other Routing Engine, enter CLI operational mode and issue the following command.

user@host> request chassis cb offline slot n

n is 0 or 1 for the slot number of the host subsystem being taken offline.

1. Verify that the control board is offline:

user@host> show chassis environment cb

Removing a PTX5000 Routing Engine

The PTX5000 Packet Transport Router can have one or two Routing Engines. They are located in a slot inside the control board below the SIBs in the rear of the chassis. Each Routing Engine can weigh up to 10.1 lb (4.6 kg).

To remove a Routing Engine (see Figure 123 on page 258):

1. Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Take the host subsystem offline.
4. Press the red tabs on the ejector handles on both sides of the Routing Engine faceplate.
5. Flip the ejector handles outward to unseat the Routing Engine.
6. Grasp the Routing Engine by the ejector handles and slide it about halfway out of the chassis.
7. Place one of your hands underneath the Routing Engine to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis.
8. Place the Routing Engine on the antistatic mat.

Figure 123: Removing a Routing Engine

Installing a PTX5000 Routing Engine

To install a Routing Engine (see Figure 124 on page 259):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Ensure that the ejector handles are not in the locked position. If necessary, press the red tabs and flip the ejector handles outward.
3. Place one hand underneath the Routing Engine to support it. With the other hand, grasp one of the ejector handles on the faceplate.
4. Carefully align the sides of the Routing Engine with the guides inside the opening on the control board.
5. Slide the Routing Engine into the chassis until you feel resistance, then press the Routing Engine's faceplate until it engages the connectors.
6. Press both the ejector handles inward to seat the Routing Engine.

The Routing Engine might require several minutes to boot. If the packet transport router is powered on and the Routing Engine's corresponding control board is functioning normally, the Routing Engine comes online automatically.

1. Verify that the Routing Engine is installed correctly and functioning properly:

2. Verify that the green ONLINE LED lights steadily.

3. Verify the status of the Routing Engine using the show chassis routing-engine command.

Figure 124: Installing a Routing Engine

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Routing Engine Description on page 32.

- PTX5000 Routing Engine LEDs on page 34

•Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Routing Engines on page 403

•Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 460

Replacing a CompactFlash Card in a PTX5000 Routing Engine

1. Removing a CompactFlash Card from a PTX5000 Routing Engine on page 259
2. Installing a CompactFlash Card in a PTX5000 Routing Engine on page 260
3. Copying the Junos OS to the CompactFlash Card in a PTX5000 Routing Engine on page 261

Removing a CompactFlash Card from a PTX5000 Routing Engine

The CompactFlash card is located in the slot labeled CompactFlash on the Routing Engine faceplate. To remove the CompactFlash card (see Figure 125 on page 260):

1. Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

2. Determine whether the host subsystem is functioning as the master or as the backup, using one of these methods:

3. Check the HOST 0 and HOST1 LEDs on the craft interface. If the green MASTER LED is lit, the corresponding host subsystem is functioning as the master.

4. Check the MASTER LED on the control board. If the blue MASTER LED is lit, the host subsystem is functioning as the master.
5. Issue the following CLI command. The master Routing Engine is designated Master in the Current state field for the Routing Engine in Slot 0:

user@host> show chassis routing-engine

Routing Engine status:

Slot 0:

Current state

Master

...

1. If the host subsystem is functioning as the master, switch it to backup using the request chassis routing-engine master switch command.

2. From the master Routing Engine, issue the request system power-off other-routing-engine to power down the backup Routing Engine.

3. Verify that the Online, Disk1, and CF LEDs on the backup Routing Engine faceplate are off.

4. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

5. Remove the cover from the Routing Engine slots by loosening the captive screws on the corners of the cover (using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver).

CAUTION: Do not remove the cover if any of the LEDs are lit.

1. Press the eject button on the right side of the CompactFlash card slot to release the CompactFlash card.
2. The CompactFlash card pops partially out of the slot. Grasp the card and pull it completely out of the slot.
3. Place the CompactFlash card on the antistatic mat.

Figure 125: Removing a Routing Engine CompactFlash Card

Technical diagram of a computer chassis with an inset close-up showing internal components (no text or labels visible)

Installing a CompactFlash Card in a PTX5000 Routing Engine

To install a CompactFlash card (see Figure 126 on page 261):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Remove the cover from the Routing Engine slots by loosening the captive screws on the corners of the cover (using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver).
3. Insert the CompactFlash card into the CompactFlash card slot on the Routing Engine, with the logo facing up.

CAUTION: Be sure to insert the CompactFlash card with the label facing up. Inserting the CompactFlash card incorrectly might damage the Routing Engine.

1. Press the card firmly all the way into the slot.

2. Reinstall the Routing Engine cover and tighten the screws on the corners of the cover to secure it to the Routing Engine (using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver).

3. From the master Routing Engine, issue the request system power-on other-routing-engine command to power on the Routing Engine.

NOTE: You may get an error message and be prompted for a keystroke. After you press the keystroke, it might take up to 10 minutes for the Routing Engine to reset and for the router to boot from the solid-state disk.

Figure 126: Installing a Routing Engine CompactFlash Card

Technical diagram of a mechanical assembly with an inset showing a component being inserted (no text or symbols visible)

Copying the Junos OS to the CompactFlash Card in a PTX5000 Routing Engine

After installing the CompactFlash card for the first time, you must copy the software from the Routing Engine's solid-state disk (SSD) to the CompactFlash card.

To copy software to the CompactFlash card:

1. On the console or other management device connected to the Routing Engine, enter CLI operational mode, and copy the currently running and active file system partitions on the router to standby partitions on the CompactFlash card. Issue the request system snapshot partition command.
2. Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the snapshot partition procedure is complete.
3. Issue the request system reboot command to reboot the router's software.
4. Issue the show system boot-messages command to verify that the CompactFlash card is listed as the primary boot device. The output lists the devices mounted. The CompactFlash card is located at ad0.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Routing Engine Description on page 32.

- PTX5000 Routing Engine LEDs on page 34

•Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Routing Engines on page 403
•Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 460

Replacing a Solid-State Disk in a PTX5000 Routing Engine

1. Removing a Solid-State Disk From a PTX5000 Routing Engine on page 262
2. Installing a Solid-State Disk in a PTX5000 Routing Engine on page 263
3. Copying the Junos OS to the Solid-State Disk in a PTX5000 Routing Engine on page 264

Removing a Solid-State Disk From a PTX5000 Routing Engine

The solid-state disk (SSD) is located in the slot labeled Disk1 on the Routing Engine faceplate.

NOTE: The Disk 2 slot is not currently supported.

To remove an SSD from a Routing Engine (see Figure 127 on page 263):

1. Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

2. Determine whether the host subsystem is functioning as the master or as the backup, using one of these methods:

3. Check the HOST 0 and HOST 1 LEDs on the craft interface. If the green MASTER LED is lit, the corresponding host subsystem is functioning as the master.

4. Check the MASTER LED on the control board. If the blue MASTER LED is lit, the host subsystem is functioning as the master.
5. Issue the following CLI command. The master Routing Engine is designated Master in the Current state field:

user@host> show chassis routing-engine

Routing Engine status:

Slot 0:

Current state

Master

...

1. If the host subsystem is functioning as the master, switch it to backup using the request chassis routing-engine master switch command.
2. From the master Routing Engine, issue the request system power-off other-routing-engine to power down the backup Routing Engine.
3. Verify that the Online, Disk1, and CF LEDs on the backup Routing Engine faceplate are off.

4. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

5. Remove the cover from the Routing Engine slots by loosening the captive screws on the corners of the cover (using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver).

CAUTION: Do not remove the cover if any of the LEDs on the Routing Engine faceplate are lit.

1. Press the eject button on the right side of the Disk1 slot to release the SSD.
2. The SSD pops partially out of the slot. Grasp the SSD and carefully slide it completely out of the slot.
3. Place the SSD on the antistatic mat.

Figure 127: Removng a Routing Engine SSD

Technical diagram of a computer chassis showing internal components and a magnified view of the device (no text or labels present)

Installing a Solid-State Disk in a PTX5000 Routing Engine

To install an SSD in a Routing Engine (see Figure 128 on page 263):

1. Insert the SSD into the Disk1 slot on the Routing Engine, with the logo facing down.

CAUTION: Be sure to insert the SSD with the label facing down. Inserting the SSD incorrectly might damage the Routing Engine.

Slide the SSD into the slot until you feel resistance, carefully ensuring that it is correctly aligned.

1. Reinstall the Routing Engine cover and tighten the screws on the corners of the cover to secure it to the Routing Engine (using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver).
2. From the master Routing Engine, issue the request system power-on other-routing-engine command to power on the Routing Engine.

Figure 128: Installing a Routing Engine SSD

Technical diagram of a computer chassis showing internal components and a magnified view of the device (no text or symbols present)

Copying the Junos OS to the Solid-State Disk in a PTX5000 Routing Engine

After installing a solid-state disk (SSD) for the first time, you must copy the software from the Routing Engine's CompactFlash card to the SSD.

To copy software to the SSD:

1. On the console or other management device connected to the Routing Engine, enter CLI operational mode.
2. Partition the SSD. Issue the request system partition hard-disk command.
3. Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the partition procedure is complete.
4. Reboot the router's software. Issue the request system reboot command.
5. Back up the currently running and active file system partitions on the router to standby partitions that are not running. Issue the request system snapshot command. Issue the request system snapshot command.
6. Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the snapshot procedure is complete.
7. Reboot the router's software again. Issue the request system reboot command.
8. Verify that the SSD is listed as the secondary boot device. The output lists the devices mounted. The SSD is located at adl, issue the show system boot-messages command.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Routing Engine Description on page 32.

- PTX5000 Routing Engine LEDs on page 34

•Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Routing Engines on page 403

•Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 460

Replacing a PTX5000 Control Board

1. Taking the PTX5000 Host Subsystem Offline on page 265
2. Removing a PTX5000 Control Board on page 266
3. Installing a PTX5000 Control Board on page 267

Taking the PTX5000 Host Subsystem Offline

Before you replace a control board, you must take the host subsystem offline. The host subsystem is taken offline and brought online as a unit. Be aware of the effect of taking a host subsystem offline on traffic, forwarding, and routing. See “Understanding the Effect of Taking the PTX5000 Host Subsystem Offline” on page 253.

To take a host subsystem offline:

1. Determine whether the host subsystem is functioning as the master or as the backup, using one of the two following methods:

- If the green MASTER LED on the Routing Engine is lit, the corresponding host subsystem is functioning as the master.

- Issue the show chassis routing-engine command. The master Routing Engine is designated Master in the Current state field.

user@host> show chassis routing-engine user@host> show chassis routing-engine Routing Engine status:

lot 0: Current state Master Election priority Master (default)

...

1. If the host subsystem is functioning as the master, switch it to backup using the CLI command:

user@host> request chassis routing-engine master switch warning: Traffic will be interrupted while the PFE is re-initialized Toggle mastership between Routing Engines ? [yes, no] (no) yes

Resolving mastership... Complete. The other Routing Engine becomes the master.

1. To halt the host subsystem:

user@host> request system halt Halt the system ? [yes, no] (no) yes

*** FINAL System shutdown message from user@host *** System going down IMMEDIATELY Terminated

... syncing disks... 11 8 done The operating system has halted. Please press any key to reboot.

NOTE: The request system halt command halts the Routing Engine on the control plane from which it was issued. The command shuts down the Routing Engine cleanly, so its state information is preserved. The SIBs might continue forwarding traffic for approximately 5 minutes after the requestsystemhalt command has beenissued. To reboota RoutingEngine that has been halted, you must connect through the console.

1. On the console or other management device connected to the other Routing Engine, enter CLI operational mode and issue the following command.

user@host> request chassis cb offline slot n

n is 0 or 1 for the slot number of the host subsystem being taken offline.

1. Verify that the control board is offline:

user@host> show chassis environment cb

Removing a PTX5000 Control Board

To remove a control board (see Figure 130 on page 267):

1. Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Label and disconnect the cables.
4. Remove the Routing Engine from the control board.
5. Rotate the ejector handles counterclockwise on both sides of the control board faceplate.
6. Grasp the ejector handles and slide the control board about halfway out of the chassis.
7. Place one hand underneath the control board to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis. Place it on the antistatic mat.

CAUTION: Do not stack hardware components on one another after you remove them. Place each component on an antistatic mat resting on a stable, flat surface.

Figure 129: Removing a Routing Engine from a Control Board

Figure 130: Removing a Control Board

Installing a PTX5000 Control Board

To install a control board (see Figure 131 on page 268):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point.
2. Carefully align the bottom and then the top edges of the control board with the guides inside the chassis.
3. Slide the control board into the chassis, carefully ensuring that it is correctly aligned.
4. Twist both ejector handles clockwise to seat the host subsystem until the ejectors latch into the faceplate.
5. Install the Routing Engine into the control board.

NOTE: If power is applied to the Routing Engine and its corresponding control board is functioning normally, the control board comes online automatically.

1. Reconnect the cables.
2. To verify that the control board is installed correctly and functioning normally:

- Connect an Ethernet cable to the HOST/ETHERNET port on the control board. If the host subsystem is operational, the ACT port LED is lit to indicate Ethernet activity. If you can run the CLI from a management device attached to the control board, the control board is installed correctly.

- Verify that the green OK LED on the control board faceplate is lit steadily green. The green OK LED should light steadily a few minutes after the control board is installed.

- Verify that the FAIL on the control board faceplate is not lit. If the FAIL LED is lit steadily, remove and install the control board again. If the FAIL LED still lights

steadily, the control board is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative.

- To verify that the control board is Online, use the show chassis environment cb command.

Figure 131: Installing a Control Board

Figure 132: Installing a Routing Engine into a Control Board

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Control Board Description on page 49.

- PTX5000 Control Board LEDs on page 52

•Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Control Boards on page 405

•Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 460

- request system halt

Replacing a PTX5000 Management Console or Auxiliary Port Cable

1. Removing a Management Console or Auxiliary Port Cable on page 269
2. Installing a Management Console or Auxiliary Port Cable on page 269

Removing a Management Console or Auxiliary Port Cable

To remove a cable from the console or auxiliary port (see Figure 133 on page 269):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Turn off the power to the console or auxiliary device.
3. Pull the cable connector straight out of the port.
4. Disconnect the cable from the console or auxiliary device.

Figure 133: Installing the Console or Auxiliary Port Cable

2—1— Auxiliary portConsole port

Installing a Management Console or Auxiliary Port Cable

To install a management console or auxiliary device cable:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. If necessary, turn off the power to the console or auxiliary device.
3. Plug one end of a copper cable with RJ-45 connectors into the CONSOLE or AUXILIARY port on the control board in slot CBO. This port connects to the Routing Engine installed into the control board in slot CBO.
4. Attach the other end of the cable to the console or auxiliary device.
5. Plug one end of another copper cable with RJ-45 connectors into the CONSOLE or AUXILIARY port on CB1. This port connects to the Routing Engine installed into the control in slot CB1.
6. Attach the other end of the cable to the console or auxiliary device.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Control Board Description on page 49.

- Connecting the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to a Management Console or Auxiliary Device on page 180

•Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 460

Replacing a PTX5000 Management Ethernet Cable

1. Removing a PTX5000 Management Ethernet Cable on page 270
2. Installing a PTX5000 Management Ethernet Cable on page 270

Removing a PTX5000 Management Ethernet Cable

To remove a management Ethernet cable:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Press the tab on the connector and pull the connector straight out of the HOST/ETHERNET port (see Figure 135 on page 270). Figure 134 on page 270 shows the connector.
3. Disconnect the cable from the network device.

Figure 134: Management Ethernet Cable Connector

Figure 135: Host/Ethernet Port on the Control Board

1— Host/Ethernet port

Installing a PTX5000 Management Ethernet Cable

To install a Management Ethernet cable:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

CAUTION: During the initial installation before the chassis is grounded, you must connect to an approved site ESD point. See the instructions for your site.

1. Plug one end of a UTP Category 5 Ethernet cable into the HOST/ETHERNET port on the control board. This port connects to the Routing Engine installed into the control board.
2. Plug the other end of the cable into the network device.

Related Documentation

- PTX5000 Control Board Description on page 49

- Connecting the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router to a Management Ethernet Device on page 181

•Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 460

CHAPTER 26

Replacing Line Card Components

• Replacing a PTX5000 FPC on page 273
• Replacing a PTX5000 PIC on page 278
• Replacing a PTX5000 PIC Cable on page 281
• Replacing a PTX5000 PIC CFP Transceiver on page 284
• Replacing a PTX5000 PIC SFP+ Transceiver on page 286

Replacing a PTX5000 FPC

1. Removing a PTX5000 FPC on page 273
2. Installing a PTX5000 FPC on page 275

Removing a PTX5000 FPC

The PTX5000 Packet Transport Router holds up to eight FPCs, which are installed vertically in the front of the packet transport router. An empty FPC weighs approximately 25 lb (11.3 kg), and an FPC with PICs installed can weigh up to 36.2 lb (16.42kg).

Each FPC slot not occupied by an FPC must be covered by an FPC blank panel. An FPC blank panel weighs 6.9 lb (3.1 kg).

To remove an FPC (see Figure 136 on page 275):

1. Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Use one of the following methods to take the FPC offline:

- Press and hold the FPC online/offline button. The green OK LED next to the button begins to blink. Hold the button down until the LED goes out.

- Issue the following CLI command:

user@host>request chassis fpc slot slot-number offline

1. Disconnect the cables from the PICs installed in the FPC. Immediately cover each transceiver and the end of each cable with a rubber safety cap. Arrange the disconnected cables in the cable management system, to prevent the cables from developing stress points.

WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

1. If necessary, remove each installed PIC from the FPC.
2. After you remove each PIC, immediately place it on an antistatic mat or in an electrostatic bag.
3. Simultaneously turn both the ejector handles counterclockwise to unseat the FPC.
4. Grasp the handles and slide the FPC straight out of the card cage halfway.
5. Place one hand around the front of the FPC (the PIC housing) and the other hand under it to support it. Slide the FPC completely out of the chassis, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.

CAUTION: The weight of the FPC is concentrated in the back end. Be prepared to accept the full weight—up to 30 lb (13.6 kg)—as you slide the FPC out of the chassis.

When the FPC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector handles, bus bars, or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight.

Do not stack FPCs on top of one another after removal. Place each one individually in an electrostatic bag or on its own antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

1. If you are not reinstalling a FPC into the emptied FPC slot within a short time, install a blank FPC panel over the slot to maintain proper airflow in the FPC card cage.

CAUTION: After removing an FPC from the chassis, wait at least 30 seconds before reinserting it, removing an FPC from a different slot, or inserting an FPC into a different slot.

Figure 136: Removing an FPC

Technical line drawing of a server rack cabinet with an open door and internal panel array (no text or symbols)

Installing a PTX5000 FPC

CAUTION: The FPC power connector is located in the corner where the bottom and the connector edges meet. If a power connector prong becomes bent, it no longer aligns with the female connector on the midplane, and the FPC no longer functions.

To install an FPC (see Figure 137 on page 276 and Figure 138 on page 278):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Place the FPC on an antistatic mat.
3. Take each PIC to be installed in the replacement FPC out of its electrostatic bag and identify the slot on the FPC where it will be connected.
4. Verify that each fiber-optic PIC has a rubber safety cap covering the PIC transceiver. If it does not, cover the transceiver with a safety cap.

5. Install each PIC into the appropriate slot on the FPC. For information about installing a PIC, see the installation instructions in "Replacing a PTX5000 PIC" on page 278.

6. Locate the slot in the FPC card cage in which you plan to install the FPC.

7. Inspect the slot in the FPC card cage to verify that there are no missing or bent pins on the midplane.

8. Inspect the FPC to verify that the connectors are not misaligned or damaged.

9. Orient the FPC vertically with the component side facing to the right. Be sure the FPC is right-side up, with the components on the right of the FPC.

CAUTION: When the FPC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector handles, bus bars, or edge connectors. They cannot support its weight.

1. Carefully align the connector edge of the FPC with the appropriate empty slot in the chassis.
2. Lift the FPC into place and carefully align the bottom and top of the FPC with the guides inside the card cage.

Figure 137: Installing an FPC

Technical line drawing of an open industrial server cabinet with internal circuitry and a black arrow indicating a component (no text or symbols present)

1. Gently rest the bottom edge of the FPC on the bottom edge of the slot opening, making contact a short distance forward of the power connector.

CAUTION: Take care not to bend or otherwise damage the power connector prongs.

1. Slowly slide the FPC into the slot until you feel resistance.

2. Align the ejector handles on the FPC faceplate in a position close to horizontal.

3. Simultaneously turn both ejector handles clockwise until you cannot turn them farther.

4. Remove the rubber safety cap from each fiber-optic transceiver and fiber-optic cable.

WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

1. Insert the appropriate cable into the cable connector ports on each PIC on the FPC. Secure the cables so that they are not supporting their own weight. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop, using the cable management system. Placing fasteners on a loop helps to maintain its shape.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. Anarc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

1. Use one of the following methods to bring the FPC online:

- Press and hold the FPC online/offline button until the green OK LED next to the button lights steadily, in about 5 seconds.

- Issue the following CLI command: user@host>request chassis fpc slot slot-numberonline

CAUTION: After the OK LED lights steadily, wait at least 30 seconds before removing the FPC again, removing an FPC from a different slot, or inserting an FPC in a different slot.

You can also verify correct FPC and PIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc and show chassis fpc pic-status commands, as described in "Maintaining the PTX5000 FPCs" on page 377.

Figure 138: Connecting Fiber-Optic Cable to a PIC

Related Documentation

PTX5000 FPC Description on page 55.

- PTX5000 FPC LEDs on page 58

•Troubleshooting the PTX5000 FPCs on page 406

•Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 460

- request system halt

Replacing a PTX5000 PIC

1. Removing a PTX5000 PIC on page 279
2. Installing a PTX5000 PIC on page 280

Removing a PTX5000 PIC

PICs are hot-insertable and hot-removable. When you remove a PIC, the packet transport router continues to function, although the PIC interfaces being removed no longer function.

The PICs are located in the FPCs installed in the front of the packet transport router. A PIC weighs less approximately 5 lb (2.3 kg).

To remove a PIC:

1. Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface to receive the PIC. If the PIC connects to fiber-optic cable, have ready a rubber safety cap for each transceiver and cable.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Use one of the following methods to take the PIC offline:

- Press and hold the online/offline button until the PIC LED goes out (about 5 seconds).

- Issue the following CLI command:

user@host> request chassis pic fpc-slot fpc-slot pic-slot pic-slot offline

1. Label the cables connected to the PIC so that you can later reconnect each cable to the correct PIC.
2. Disconnect the cables from the PIC. Immediately cover each transceiver and the end of each fiber-optic cable with a rubber safety cap.

WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

1. Arrange the cable in the cable management system to prevent it from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop in the cable management system. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

1. Unseat the PIC: Flip the ejector handles outward.
2. Slide the PIC out of the FPC card carrier, and place it in the electrostatic bag or on the antistatic mat.
3. If you are not reinstalling a PIC into the emptied PIC slot within a short time, install a blank PIC panel over the slot to maintain proper airflow in the FPC card cage.

Installing a PTX5000 PIC

To install a PIC:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Verify that there is a rubber safety cap over each fiber-optic transceiver on the faceplate. Install a cap if necessary.
3. Align the notches in the connector at the rear of the PIC with the notches in the PIC slot in the FPC and then slide the PIC in until it lodges firmly in the FPC.

CAUTION: Slide the PIC straight into the slot to avoid damaging the components on the bottom of the PIC.

1. Secure the PIC to the FPC faceplate: Grasp both ejector handles and press them inward to seat the PIC until the ejectors latch into the FPC.
2. Remove the rubber safety cap from each fiber-optic transceiver and the end of each fiber-optic cable.

WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

1. Insert the appropriate cables into the cable connectors on the PIC.
2. Arrange each cable in the cable management system to prevent the cable from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coil loop in the cable management system. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

1. Use one of the following methods to bring the PIC online:

2. Press the PIC offline/online button until the PIC LED lights green.

3. Issue the following CLI command:

user@host> request chassis pic fpc-slot fpc-slot pic-slot pic-slot online

The normal functioning status LED confirms that the PIC is online. You can also verify correct PIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 PIC Description on page 59.

•Troubleshooting PTX5000 PICs and PIC Cables on page 409

•Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 460

Replacing a PTX5000 PIC Cable

1. Removing a PTX5000 PIC Cable on page 281
2. Installing a PTX5000 PIC Cable on page 282

Removing a PTX5000 PIC Cable

Removing and installing PIC cables does not affect packet transport router function, except that a PIC does not receive or transmit data while its cable is disconnected. To remove a PIC cable:

1. Have ready a rubber safety cap for each fiber-optic cable and fiber-optic transceiver.
2. If removing all cables connected to the PIC, use one of the following methods to take the PIC offline:

- Press its online/offline button.

- Issue the following CLI command:

user@host> request chassis pic fpc-slot fpc-slot pic-slot pic-slot offline

1. Unplug the cable from the cable connector port. Immediately cover each fiber-optic transceiver and the end of each fiber-optic cable with a rubber safety cap.

WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

1. Remove the cable from the cable management system and detach it from the destination port.

Installing a PTX5000 PIC Cable

To install a PIC cable (see Figure 139 on page 283):

1. Have ready a length of the type of cable used by the PIC. For cable specifications, see the PTX Series Interface Module Reference.

2. Remove the rubber safety plug from the PIC cable connector port.

WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

1. Insert the cable connector into the cable connector port on the PIC faceplate.

2. Arrange the cable in the cable management system, to prevent it from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop in the cable management system. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage thecable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

1. Insert the other end of the cable into the destination port.
2. Repeat the previous steps for any additional cables.
3. If the PIC is offline (its failure indicator LED is lit), use one of the following methods to bring the PIC online:

- Press the PIC offline/online button until the PIC LED lights green.

- Issue the following CLI command:

user@host>request chassis pic fpc-slot fpc-slot pic-slot pic-slot online

The normal functioning indicator LED confirms that the PIC is online. You can also verify correct PIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command.

Figure 139: Connecting Fiber-Optic Cable to a PIC

Related

Documentation

PTX5000 PIC Description on page 59.

•Troubleshooting PTX5000 PICs and PIC Cables on page 409

•Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 460

Replacing a PTX5000 PIC CFP Transceiver

1. Removing a PTX5000 PIC CFP Transceiver on page 284
2. Installing a PTX5000 PIC CFP Transceiver on page 285

Removing a PTX5000 PIC CFP Transceiver

C form-factor pluggables (CFPs) are transceivers that can be removed from a PIC. CFP transceivers are hot-insertable and hot-removable. Removing a CFP transceiver does not interrupt PIC functioning, but the removed CFP transceiver no longer receives or transmits data.

To remove a CFP transceiver:

1. Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface to receive the CFP transceiver. Have ready a rubber safety cap for the CFP transceiver and the cable.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Label the cable connected to the CFP transceiver so that you can later reconnect it to the correct CFP transceiver.
4. Disconnect the cable from the CFP transceiver. Immediately cover the transceiver and the end of the cable with a rubber safety cap.

WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

1. Arrange the cable in the cable management system to prevent it from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop in the cable management system. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

1. Pull the ejector handle away from the CFP transceiver faceplate to unseat the CFP transceiver from the PIC. Pull the CFP transceiver out of the PIC and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.

Installing a PTX5000 PIC CFP Transceiver

To install a replacement CFP:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

2. Verify that a rubber safety cap covers the CFP transceiver, installing one if necessary.

3. Orient the CFP over the port in the PIC so that the connector end will enter the slot first and the CFP connector faces the appropriate direction.

4. Slide the CFP into the slot. If there is resistance, remove the CFP and flip it so that the connector faces the other direction.

5. Remove the rubber safety cap from the transceiver and the end of the cable, and insert the cable into the transceiver.

WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

1. Arrange the cable in the cable management system to prevent the cable from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coil loop in the cable management system. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

1. Verify that the status LEDs on the PIC faceplate indicate that the CFP is functioning correctly. For more information about the PIC LEDs, see the PTX Series Interface Module Reference. You can also verify PIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 PIC Description on page 59.

•Troubleshooting PTX5000 PICs and PIC Cables on page 409

•Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 460

Replacing a PTX5000 PIC SFP+ Transceiver

1. Removing a PTX5000 PIC SFP+ Transceiver on page 286
2. Installing a PTX5000 PIC SFP+ Transceiver on page 287

Removing a PTX5000 PIC SFP+ Transceiver

Small form-factor pluggables (SFPs) are transceivers that can be removed from a PIC. SFPs are hot-insertable and hot-removable. Removing an SFP does not interrupt PIC functioning, but the removed SFP no longer receives or transmits data.

Figure 140: Small Form-Factor Pluggable (SFP)

To remove an SFP+ transceiver (see Figure 140 on page 286):

1. Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface to receive the SFP+. Have ready a rubber safety cap for the SFP+ transceiver and the cable.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Label the cable connected to the SFP+ so that you can later reconnect it to the correct SFP+.
4. Disconnect the cable from the SFP+. Immediately cover the transceiver and the end of the cable with a rubber safety cap.

WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

1. Arrange the cable in the cable management system to prevent it from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop in the cable management system. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

1. Pull the ejector handle away from the SFP+ faceplate to unseat the SFP+ from the PIC. Pull the SFP+ out of the PIC and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.

Installing a PTX5000 PIC SFP+ Transceiver

To install a replacement SFP+:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Verify that a rubber safety cap covers the SFP+ transceiver, installing one if necessary.
3. Orient the SFP+ over the port in the PIC so that the connector end will enter the slot first and the SFP+ connector faces the appropriate direction.
4. Slide the SFP+ into the slot. If there is resistance, remove the SFP+ and flip it so that the connector faces the other direction.
5. Remove the rubber safety cap from the transceiver and the end of the cable, and insert the cable into the transceiver.

WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

1. Arrange the cable in the cable management system to prevent the cable from dislodging or developing stress points. Secure the cable so that it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coil loop in the cable management system. Placing fasteners on the loop helps to maintain its shape.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

1. Verify that the status LEDs on the PIC faceplate indicate that the PIC is functioning correctly. For more information about the PIC LEDs, see the PTX Series Interface Module Reference. You can also verify PIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command.

Related Documentation

- PTX5000 PIC Description on page 59

•Troubleshooting PTX5000 PICs and PIC Cables on page 409

•Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 460

CHAPTER 27

Upgrading FPCs

• Preparing to Upgrade the FPCs in a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 289
• PTX5000 FPC Upgrade Kit on page 290
- Upgrading the FPCs in an Operational PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 291
- Upgrading the FPCs in an Offline PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 299

Preparing to Upgrade the FPCs in a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router

The PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with FPCs that have four Packet Forwarding Engines provides up to a total of 4800 million packets per second (Mpps) of forwarding. When you upgrade a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with FPCs that have eight Packet Forwarding Engines, the forwarding capacity increases to 9600 Mpps.

To prepare to upgrade the FPCs in a PTX5000:

1. Prepare the installation site for the PTX5000. See "Overview of Preparing the Site for the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router" on page 109

2. Determine the model numbers of the following components already installed:

3. Switch Interface Boards: SIB-I-PTX5008
   • Flexible PIC Concentrator: FPC-PTX-P1-A
   • Power distribution unit (PDU): PDU-PTX-DC-120 or PDU-PTX-DC-60

4. Order the required hardware.

5. Up to eight FPCs—FPC2-PTX-P1A FPCs

6. Nine SIBs—SIB2-I-PTX5K SIBs
   • Power distribution units—PDU2-PTX-DC
   • Power supply modules (PSMs)—PSM2-PTX-DC

NOTE: PTX5K-PSM2TRAY is used only if you are upgrading the power supplies to high capacity PDUs and PSMs.

1. Review all safety guidelines and warnings for the packet transport router.

WARNING: To avoid harm to yourself or the router as you install and maintain it, you must follow the safety procedures for working with Internet routers, as well as the guidelines and warnings for working with and near electrical equipment. However, providing an exhaustive set of guidelines for working with electrical equipment is beyond the scope of this documentation.

See "General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices" on page 457 and "General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices" on page 457.

1. Upgrade the software on the PTX5000.

NOTE: To accommodate the change in the addressing scheme with eight Packet Forwarding Engines in the new FPC, you must upgrade the Junos OS on the PTX5000 to Junos OS Release 14.1. The upgrade to Junos OS Release 14.1 requires a reboot of the PTX5000.

NOTE: The existing PDUs and PSMs can support up to a maximum of six FPC2-PTX-P1A FPCs. Refer to "PTX5000 DC Power Requirement Calculations" on page 129 for more details. To install all eight FPC2-PTX-P1A FPCs, you must upgrade the PDUs and PSMs with PDU2-PTX-DC and PSM2-PTX-DC, respectively.

PTX5000 FPC Upgrade Kit

- The following components are required for the upgrade of FPCs in a PTX5000:

• FPC2-PTX-P1A FPCs
• SIB2-I-PTX5K SIBs
• Power distribution unit (PDU2-PTX-DC)
• Power supply module (PSM2-PTX-DC)

NOTE: PTX5K-PSM2TRAY is used only if you are upgrading the power supplies to high capacity PDUs and PSMs.

Related Documentation

Upgrading the FPCs in an Operational PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 291.

•Upgrading the FPCs in an Offline PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 299

•Upgrading to High Capacity DC Power System on page 361

Upgrading the FPCs in an Operational PTX5000 Packet Transport Router

This topic describes the steps you take to upgrade your operational PTX5000 with FPC2-PTX-P1A FPCs.

NOTE: This topic does not describe the steps required to update an offline router with FPC2-PTX-P1A FPCs. See “Upgrading the FPCs in an Offline PTX5000 Packet Transport Router” on page 299 for more information.

Before you begin to upgrade:

• Ensure that you understand how to prevent ESD damage.
• Unpack the upgrade components and verify the parts received.

• Gather the following tools required for the upgrade and integration:

• Antistatic mat or antistatic bag for any components you remove from the chassis

• Dust-free resealable plastic bags for temporary storage of port dust covers
  • ESD grounding wrist strap
  • Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2

NOTE: Before you upgrade the FPCs, you must upgrade Junos OS and the SIBs on the PTX5000.

WARNING: To avoid harm to yourself or the PTX5000 as you install and maintain it, you must follow the safety procedures for working with Internet routers, as well as the guidelines and warnings for working with and near electrical equipment. However, providing an exhaustive set of guidelines for working with electrical equipment is beyond the scope of this documentation.

See “General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices” on page 457 and “General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices” on page 457.

To upgrade your operational PTX5000 with FPC2-PTX-P1A FPCs follow these procedures:

1. Upgrading Junos OS on an Operational PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 292
2. Removing and Replacing SIBs in an Operational PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 292
3. Upgrading the FPCs in an Operational PTX5000 on page 294

Upgrading Junos OS on an Operational PTX5000 Packet Transport Router

Upgrade Junos OS on the PTX5000 to Junos OS Release 14.1 or later. See the Installation and Upgrade Guide.

Removing and Replacing SIBs in an Operational PTX5000 Packet Transport Router

To remove a SIB:

1. Prepare the chassis for the upgrade by issuing the set chassis fabric upgrade-mode default command at the [edit] hierarchy level.
2. Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
3. Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
4. Take the SIB offline. Press and hold the ONLINE/OFFLINE button on the SIB faceplate. The green OK LED on the faceplate turns off. Hold the button down until the LED completely turns off.
5. Twist the ejector handles counterclockwise to unseat the SIB.
6. Grasp both ejector handles, pull firmly, and slide the SIB about three-quarters of the way out of the chassis.

Figure 141: Removing a SIB

1. Place one hand underneath the SIB to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis. Place it on the antistatic mat.

CAUTION: Do not stack hardware components on one another after you remove them. Place each component on an antistatic mat resting on a stable, flat surface.

To install the SIB2-I-PTX5K SIBs:

Figure 142: Installing a SIB

1. Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

2. Press and hold the ONLINE/OFFLINE button on the SIB faceplate. The green OK LED on the faceplate turns off. Hold the button down until the LED completely turns off.

3. Place one hand underneath the SIB to support it. With the other hand, hold one of the ejector handles on the SIB faceplate.

4. Carefully align the sides of the SIB with the guides inside the chassis.

5. Slide the SIB into the chassis, carefully ensuring that it is correctly aligned.

6. Twist the ejector handles clockwise until they stop.

7. Bring the SIB online by using one of the following methods:

- Press and hold the ONLINE/OFFLINE button on the SIB faceplate. The green OK LED on the faceplate begins to blink. Hold the button down until the LED blinks.

- Issue the following CLI command on the packet transport router: user@host> request chassis sib online slot slot slot number

1. Install all the SIBs one by one.

2. To verify that all the new SIBs are installed, use the show chassis hardware command. The new SIBs are displayed as SIB-I-8SE in the command output.

To verify the status of the SIBs:

- Issue the show chassis fabric errors command at the [edit] hierarchy level to verify the link status for each SIB.

Use the show chassis fabric slbs command to check the link status for each SIB.

- Issue the show chassis fabric fpcs command at the [edit] hierarchy level to check whether any fabric error is logged.

• Use the show chassis fabric topology to check the link status of all the SIBs and Packet Forwarding Engines.
• If there are any errors in the replaced SIB, debug the errors. See "Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Switch Interface Boards" on page 427.
• If all the replaced SIBs are functioning correctly, issue the delete chassis fabric upgrade-mode default to exit the upgrade mode.

Upgrading the FPCs in an Operational PTX5000

NOTE: The existing PDUs and PSMs can only support up to a maximum of six FPC2-PTX-P1A FPCs. Refer to "PTX5000 DC Power Requirement Calculations" on page 129 for more details. To install all eight FPC2-PTX-P1A FPCs, you must upgrade the PDUs and PSMs with PDU2-PTX-DC and PSM2-PTX-DC, respectively.

Before you begin upgrading the FPCs, verify that all the SIBs on the PTX5000 are SIB-I-8SE by using the show chassis hardware command.

If you are planning to replace all eight FPCs with FPC2-PTX-P1A FPCs, you must install the PDU2-PTX-DC PDU and the PSM2-PTX-DC PSM. See “Upgrading to High Capacity DC Power System” on page 361.

To remove an existing FPC:

1. Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
2. Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

3. Use one of the following methods to take the FPC offline:

4. Press and hold the FPC ONLINE/OFFLINE button. The green OK LED next to the button begins to blink. Hold the button down until the LED turns off.

- Issue the following CLI command:

user@host>request chassis fpc slot slot-number offline

1. Disconnect the cables from the PICs installed in the FPC. Immediately cover each transceiver and the end of each cable with a rubber safety cap. Arrange the disconnected cables in the cable management system, to prevent the cables from developing stress points.

WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

1. If necessary, remove each installed PIC from the FPC.
2. After you remove each PIC, immediately place it on an antistatic mat or in an electrostatic bag.
3. Simultaneously turn both the ejector handles counterclockwise to unseat the FPC.
4. Grasp the handles and slide the FPC straight out of the card cage halfway.

Figure 143: Removing an FPC from PTX5000

Line drawing of an internal server rack cabinet with open door and black arrow indicating internal structure (no text or symbols)

1. Place one hand around the front of the FPC (the PIC housing) and the other hand under it to support it. Slide the FPC completely out of the chassis, and place it on the antistatic mat or in the electrostatic bag.

CAUTION: The weight of the FPC is concentrated in the back end. Be prepared to accept the full weight—up to 36.2 lb (16.42kg)—as you slide the FPC out of the chassis.

When the FPC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector handles, bus bars,oredge connectors. These components cannot support its weight.

Do not stack FPCs on top of one another after removal. Place each one individually in an electrostatic bag or on its own antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.

1. If you are not reinstalling an FPC into the emptied FPC slot within a short time, install a blank FPC panel over the slot to maintain proper airflow in the FPC card cage.

CAUTION: After removing an FPC from the chassis, wait at least 30 seconds before reinserting it, installing another FPC in that slot, removing an FPC from a different slot, or inserting an FPC into a different slot.

To install the FPC2-PTX-P1A FPC:

CAUTION: TheFPCpowerconnector is located in the cornerwhere the bottom and the connector edges meet. If a power connector prong becomes bent, it no longer aligns with the female connector on the midplane, and the FPC no longer functions.

1. Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Place the FPC on an antistatic mat.
3. Take each PIC to be installed in the replacement FPC out of its electrostatic bag and identify the slot on the FPC where it will be connected.
4. Verify that each fiber-optic transceiver has a rubber safety cap covering the transceiver. If it does not, cover the transceiver with a safety cap.
5. Install each PIC into the appropriate slot on the FPC. See "PTX Series PIC/FPC Compatibility" on page 62 for installing the supported PICs on the FPC. For information about installing a PIC, see the installation instructions in "Replacing a PTX5000 PIC" on page 278.
6. Locate the slot in the FPC card cage in which you plan to install the FPC.
7. Inspect the slot in the FPC card cage to verify that there are no missing or bent pins on the midplane.

8. Inspect the FPC to verify that the connectors are not misaligned or damaged.

9. Orient the FPC vertically with the component side facing to the right. Be sure the FPC is right-side up, with the components on the right of the FPC.

CAUTION: When the FPC is out of the chassis, do not hold it by the ejector handles, busbars, oredgeconnectors. These components cannot support its weight.

1. Carefully align the connector edge of the FPC with the appropriate empty slot in the chassis.
2. Lift the FPC into place and carefully align the bottom and top of the FPC with the guides inside the card cage.

Figure 144: Installing an FPC into PTX5000

Technical line drawing of an internal server rack cabinet with open door and black arrow indicating internal structure (no text or symbols)

1. Gently rest the bottom edge of the FPC on the bottom edge of the slot opening, making contact a short distance forward of the power connector.

CAUTION: Take care not to bend or otherwise damage the power connector prongs.

1. Slowly slide the FPC into the slot until you feel resistance.

2. Align the ejector handles on the FPC faceplate in a position close to horizontal.

3. Simultaneously turn both ejector handles clockwise until you cannot turn them further.
4. Remove the rubber safety cap from each fiber-optic transceiver and fiber-optic cable.

WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.

1. Insert the appropriate cable into the cable connector ports on each PIC on the FPC. Secure the cables so that they are not supporting their own weight. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop, using the cable management system. Placing fasteners on a loop helps to maintain its shape.

CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.

CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.

1. Use one of the following methods to bring the FPC online:

2. Press and hold the FPC ONLINE/OFFLINE button until the green OK LED next to the button begins to blink, in about 5 seconds.

3. Issue the following CLI command: user@host>request chassis fpc slot slot-numberonline

CAUTION: After the OK LED lights steadily, wait at least 30 seconds before removing the FPC again, removing an FPC from a different slot, or inserting an FPC in a different slot.

1. Verify that all the eight FPCs are installed properly and working by using the show chassis fpc command. The replaced FPCs are displayed as FPC E in the command output.

You can also verify correct FPC and PIC functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc and show chassis fpc pic-status commands, as described in "Maintaining the PTX5000 FPCs" on page 377.

Upgrading the FPCs in an Offline PTX5000 Packet Transport Router

This topic describes the steps you take to upgrade your offline PTX5000 with FPC2-PTX-P1A FPCs.

NOTE: This topic does not describe the steps required to update an operational router with FPC2-PTX-P1A FPCs. See “Upgrading the FPCs in an Operational PTX5000 Packet Transport Router” on page 291 for more information.

Before you begin to upgrade:

• Perform the tasks described in "Preparing to Upgrade the FPCs in a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router" on page 289.
• Ensure that you understand how to prevent ESD damage.
• Unpack the upgrade components and verify the parts received.
• Gather the tools required for the upgrade and integration.
• Antistatic mat or antistatic bag for any components you remove from the chassis
• Dust-free resealable plastic bags for temporary storage of port dust covers
  • ESD grounding wrist strap
  • Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2

WARNING: To avoid harm to yourself or the PTX5000packet transportrouter as you install and maintain it, you must follow the safety procedures for working with Internet routers, as well as the guidelines and warnings for workingwithandnearelectrical equipment. However, providing an exhaustive set of guidelines for working with electrical equipment is beyond the scope of this documentation.

See “General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices” on page 457 and “General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices” on page 457.

To upgrade your offline PTX5000 with FPC2-PTX-P1A FPCs:

1. Upgrading Junos OS on an Offline PTX5000 on page 300
2. Powering Off the PTX5000 on page 300
3. Removing and Replacing SIBs in a PTX5000 on page 301
4. Powering On the PTX5000 on page 302
5. Verifying the Replaced SIBs on page 304
6. Upgrading the FPCs on page 304

Upgrading Junos OS on an Offline PTX5000

Upgrade Junos OS on an PTX5000 to Junos OS Release 14.1 or later. See the Installation and Upgrade Guide.

Powering Off the PTX5000

To power off the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router, follow these steps:

1. On an external management device connected to the Routing Engine, issue the request system halt both-routing-engines operational mode command. The command shuts down the Routing Engines cleanly, so their state information is preserved.

If the packet transport router contains only one Routing Engine, issue the request system halt command.

user@host> request system halt both-routing-engines

1. Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the operating system has halted.

Halt the system ? [yes, no] (no) yes

*** FINAL System shutdown message from user@host ***

System going down IMMEDIATELY

Terminated

...

syncing disks... 11 8 done

The operating system has halted.

Please press any key to reboot.

1. Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

2. Move the OUTPUT power switch on one PDU to the off (O) position.

3. • On a 120-A DC PDU, switch the circuit breaker on the PDU to the off (O) position.

- On a 60-A DC PDU, switch the power input switches on the PDU to the off (O) position.

- On a three-phase delta AC PDU or three-phase wye AC PDU, switch the circuit breaker on the PDU to the off (O) position.

1. Repeat step 4 and step 5 for the other PDU.

2. Verify that the PDU OK and the following LEDs on both PDU faceplates are off.

- 120-A DC PDU—Verify that the CB ON LED is off.

- 60-A DC PDU—Verify that the SW ON LED is off.

- Three-phase delta AC PDU or three-phase wye AC PDU—Verify that the CB ON LED is off.

NOTE: After powering off a power supply, you must wait at least 60 seconds before powering it on again.

Removing and Replacing SIBs in a PTX5000

To remove a SIB:

1. Prepare the chassis for the upgrade by issuing the set chassis fabric upgrade-mode default command at the [edit] hierarchy level.
2. Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
3. Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
4. Take the SIB offline. Press and hold the ONLINE/OFFLINE button on the SIB faceplate. The green OK LED on the faceplate turns off. Hold the button down until the LED completely turns off.
5. Twist the ejector handles counterclockwise to unseat the SIB.
6. Grasp both ejector handles, pull firmly, and slide the SIB about three-quarters of the way out of the chassis.

Figure 145: Removing a SIB

1. Place one hand underneath the SIB to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis. Place it on the antistatic mat.

CAUTION: Do not stack hardware components on one another after you remove them. Place each component on an antistatic mat resting on a stable, flat surface.

To install the SIB2-I-PTX5K SIBs:

Figure 146: Installing a SIB

1. Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Press and hold the ONLINE/OFFLINE button on the SIB faceplate. The green OK LED on the faceplate turns off. Hold the button down until the LED completely turns off.
3. Place one hand underneath the SIB to support it. With the other hand, hold one of the ejector handles on the SIB faceplate.
4. Carefully align the sides of the SIB with the guides inside the chassis.
5. Slide the SIB into the chassis, carefully ensuring that it is correctly aligned.
6. Twist the ejector handles clockwise until they stop.
7. Install all the SIBs one by one.

Powering On the PTX5000

1. Verify that the PDUs and power supply modules (PSMs) are fully inserted in the chassis and that the captive screws on the faceplates are tightened by using a number-2 philips screw driver.
2. Power on the router. Depending on the power supplies used on the router, see "Powering On the DC Powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with 120-A DC PDUs and 120-A DC PSMs" on page 197 or "Powering On the AC Powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router" on page 218 or "Powering On the DC Powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with 60-A DC PDUs and 60-A DC PSMs" on page 193.
   To power on the DC-powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with 120-A DC PDUs and 120-A DC PSMs, follow these steps:

NOTE: After powering off a power supply, you must wait at least 60 seconds before powering it on again.

1. Verify that an external management device is connected to one of the Routing Engine ports on the control board (AUXILIARY or CONSOLE).

NOTE: The management Ethernet port labeled HOST/ETHERNET on the Control Board is not available until after the initial software configuration. You can monitor the startup process during the initial installation by using devices connected to the AUXILIARY or CONSOLE ports.

1. Turn on power to the external management device.

2. Switch on the customer site circuit breakers to provide voltage to the DC power source cables.

3. Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

4. Verify that the green -48 V 120 A LEDs on the PDU faceplate are lit steadily green, indicating that the inputs are receiving power.

5. Switch all the circuit breakers on one of the PDUs to the on (I) position.

6. Verify that the green CB ON LEDs on the PDU faceplate are lit steadily. The CB ON LEDs blink momentarily, and then light steadily to indicate that the circuit breakers are on.

NOTE: After a PDU is powered on, it can take up to 60 seconds for status indicators—such as the LEDs on the PDU and PSMs, the command output displays, and messages on the LCD display on the craft interface—to indicate that the PDU and PSMs are functioning normally. Ignore error indicators that appear during the first 60 seconds.

1. Move the OUTPUT power switch on the PDU to the on (I) position.

2. Verify that the PDU OK LED on the PDU faceplate is lit steadily and that the FAULT LED is off, indicating that the PDU is correctly installed and is functioning properly.

NOTE: If the PDU OK LED does not light steadily, repeat the installation and cabling procedures.

1. Check the LEDs on the PSMs. For each PSM, verify that the Input OK and Output OK LEDs are lit steadily green, and that the FAULT LED is off.

NOTE: If the Input OK and Output OK LEDs do not light steadily or if the FAULT LED is lit, see "Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Power System" on page 415.

1. On the external management device connected to the Routing Engine, monitor the startup process to verify that the system has booted properly.

2. Repeat step 11 through step 14 for the other PDU.

NOTE: The Routing Engine boots as the PDU completes its startup sequence.

After powering on a power supply, you must wait at least 60 seconds before powering it off.

Verifying the Replaced SIBs

1. Bring the SIB online by using one of the following methods:

2. Press and hold the ONLINE/OFFLINE button on the SIB faceplate. The green OK LED on the faceplate begins to blink. Hold the button down until the LED blinks.

3. Issue the following CLI command on the packet transport router: user@host> request chassis sib online slot slot slot number

4. To verify that all the new SIBs are installed, use the show chassis hardware command. The new SIBs are displayed as SIB-I-8SE in the command output.

To verify the status of the SIBs:

• Issue the show chassis fabric errors command at the [edit] hierarchy level to verify the link status for each SIB.
  Also use the show chassis fabric sibs command to check the link status for each SIB.
• Issue the show chassis fabric fpcs command at the [edit] hierarchy level to check whether any fabric error is logged.

• Use the show chassis fabric topology to check the link status of all the SIBs and Packet Forwarding Engines.

• If there are any errors in the replaced SIB, debug the errors. See "Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Switch Interface Boards" on page 427.

• If all the replaced SIBs are functioning correctly, issue the delete chassis fabric upgrade-mode default to exit the upgrade mode.

Upgrading the FPCs

To upgrade the FPCs:

1. Verify that all the SIBs on the PTX5000 packet transport router are SIB-I-8SE by using the show chassis hardware command.

2. Replace the FPC-PTX-P1-A FPCs on the PTX5000 packet transport router with the new FPC2-PTX-P1A FPCs. Follow the replacement procedure in "Replacing a PTX5000 FPC" on page 273.

3. Verify that all the eight FPCs are installed properly and working by using the show chassis fpc command. The replaced FPCs are displayed as FPC E in the command output.

CHAPTER 28

Replacing Power System Components

• Replacing a PTX5000 60-A DC PDU on page 307
• Replacing a PTX5000 60-A DC PDU Power Cable on page 311
• Replacing a PTX5000 120-A DC PDU on page 315
• Replacing a PTX5000 120-A DC PDU Power Cable on page 319
• Replacing a PTX5000 High Capacity DC PDU on page 323
• Replacing a PTX5000 60-A or 120-A DC PSM on page 325
  • Installing the High Capacity DC PSM Sleeves on page 327
• Replacing a PTX5000 High Capacity DC PSM on page 329
• Replacing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC PDU on page 330
• Replacing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC PDU Power Cord on page 339
• Replacing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC PDU on page 344
• Replacing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC PDU Power Cord on page 353
• Replacing a PTX5000 AC PSM on page 357

Replacing a PTX5000 60-A DC PDU

1. Removing a PTX5000 60-A DC PDU on page 307
2. Installing a PTX5000 60-A DC PDU on page 310

Removing a PTX5000 60-A DC PDU

The PTX5000 Packet Transport Router has two redundant, load-sharing PDUs. Each PDU is hot-insertable and hot-removable. The PDU weighs 60 lb (27.3 kg). Each input power tray weighs 1.6 lb (0.7 kg).

To remove a 60-A DC PDU:

1. Switch off the customer site circuit breakers to the PDU being removed.
2. Move the OUTPUTpower switch on the PDU to the off (O) position.

3. Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cables might become active during the removal process. Verify that the -48 V 120 A LEDs on the PDU faceplate are off.

4. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis at the front of the chassis.

5. Remove the PSMs in the front of the chassis from the PDU being removed
6. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis at the back of the packet transport router.
7. Switch all input power switches on the PDU faceplate to the off (O) position.

NOTE: After powering off a PDU, you must wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.

1. Loosen the captive screws that secure the input power trays to the PDU.
2. Remove each input power tray from the PDU.

Figure 147: Removing the 60-A Input Power Tray

Diagram of a network connection device with multiple cables and connectors (no text or symbols visible)

NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the powercables from the input power trays when you are replacing the PDU.

1. Loosen the four captive screws attaching the PDU handle to the PDU and chassis.
2. Grasp the handle on the PDU faceplate and pull firmly down toward you. Slide the PDU halfway out of the chassis (see Figure 148 on page 309).

Figure 148: Removing a 60-A DC PDU

1. Place one hand underneath the PDU to support it and slide it partly out of the chassis until you can reach the two handles located on each side of the PDU.

2. Use the two handles on each side of the PDU to support it and slide the PDU completely out of the chassis.

WARNING: Do not touch the power connectors on the rear of the PDU. They can contain dangerous voltages.

CAUTION: Each PDU weighs approximately 60 lb (27.3 kg). Be prepared to support the full weight of the PDU as you remove it from the packet transport router.

CAUTION: Do not leave a PDU slot empty for more than a short time while the packet transport router is operational. For proper airflow, the PDU must remain in the chassis or a blank panel must be used in an empty slot.

Installing a PTX5000 60-A DC PDU

Each PDU without the input power trays weighs approximately 53.6 lb (24.4 kg). The input power tray weighs 1.6 lb (0.7 kg). To install a PDU:

1. Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cables might become active during installation.
2. Verify that the input power switches on the PDU faceplate of the replacement PDU are in the OFF position (O).
3. Verify that the DC IN LEDs on the PDU faceplate are off.
4. Remove the input power trays from the replacement PDU. Store the input power trays.
5. Using both hands, slide the PDU into the chassis until you feel resistance (see Figure 149 on page 310).

Figure 149: Installing a 60-A DC PDU

1. Push the metal handle up toward the PDU.
2. Tighten the captive screws on the metal handle. Use a Phillips screwdriver.
3. Slide the input power trays into the new PDU (Figure 150 on page 311).

Figure 150: Installing a 60-A Input Power Tray

Diagram of a network connection device with multiple cable arrays and a central switch (no text or symbols visible)

1. Tighten the captive screws on the input power tray. Use a Phillips screwdriver.
2. Reinstall the PSMs at the front of the chassis.
3. Switch on the customer site circuit breakers.
4. Verify that the DC IN LEDs on the PDU faceplate are lit steadily, indicating that the inputs are receiving power.
5. Move the input power switch on the PDU to the on (|) position.
6. Verify that the SW ON LEDs are lit steadily, indicating that the input power switch for each input power tray is on.
7. Verify that the PDU OK LED on the PDU faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the PDU is correctly installed and is functioning properly.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Power System Description on page 65. •PTX5000 Power Distribution Unit LEDs on page 87

Replacing a PTX5000 60-A DC PDU Power Cable

1. Removing a PTX5000 60-A DC PDU Power Cable on page 311
2. Installing a PTX5000 60-A DC PDU Power Cable on page 313

Removing a PTX5000 60-A DC PDU Power Cable

Each 60-A DC PDUPDU has eight input power trays. Each input power tray is hot-insertable and hot-removable, and weighs 1.6 lb (0.7 kg).

To remove a 60-A DC power cable (see Figure 152 on page 312):

1. Switch off the customer site circuit breakers to the input power tray that contains the DC power cable being removed.
2. Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cables might become active during the removal process. On the PDU faceplate, verify that the DC IN LEDs are off for both inputs in the input power tray being removed

3. On the PDU faceplate, switch the input power switch for the input power tray to the off (O) position.

4. Loosen the captive screws that secure the input power tray to the PDU.

5. Remove the input power tray from the PDU.

Figure 151: Removing the Input Power Tray

Diagram of a network connection device with multiple cables and connectors (no text or symbols visible)

1. Use a Phillips screwdriver to loosen the screw on the metal input power tray cover.
2. Open the metal input power tray cover.
3. Loosen the cable restraints.
4. Use a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver to loosen the nuts, and remove the nuts from the DC power terminal stud.
5. Remove the DC source power cable lug from the DC power terminal stud.

Figure 152: Disconnecting the 60-ADC Source Power Cable Lugs from an Input Power Tray

Installing a PTX5000 60-A DC PDU Power Cable

To install a 60-A DC power cable:

1. Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cables might become active. Verify that the DC IN LEDs on the PDU faceplate are off.
2. On the PDU faceplate, switch the input power switch for the input power tray to the off (O) position.
3. Route the DC source power cable lug through the cable restraint.
4. Secure the DC source power cable lug to the terminal with a nut (see Figure 154 on page 314 and Figure 155 on page 315).
   Use a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver to tighten the nut.
5. Tighten the cable restraint over the DC power cables.
6. Verify that the source power cables are connected to the appropriate terminal: the positive (+) source cable to the return terminal (labeled RTN) and the negative (−) source cable to the input terminal (labeled -48V).
7. Close the input power tray cover, and secure it with the screw.
8. Insert the input power tray into the PDU.

Figure 153: Installing a 60-A Input Power Tray

Diagram of an electrical connector with multiple wires and a central switch, no visible text or symbols

Figure 154: 60-A DC Input Power Terminals

Figure 155: Connecting the 60-A DC Source Power Cable Lugs to an Input Power Tray

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Power System Description on page 65. •PTX5000 Power Distribution Unit LEDs on page 87

Replacing a PTX5000 120-A DC PDU

1. Removing a PTX5000 120-A DC PDU on page 315
2. Installing a PTX5000 120-A DC PDU on page 318

Removing a PTX5000 120-A DC PDU

The PTX5000 Packet Transport Router has two redundant, load-sharing PDUs. Each PDU is hot-insertable and hot-removable. The PDU weighs 60 lb (27.3 kg). Each input power tray weighs 1.6 lb (0.7 kg).

To remove a PDU:

1. Switch off the customer site circuit breakers to the PDU being removed.
2. Move the power switch on the PDU to the off (O) position.
3. Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cables might become active during the removal process. Verify that the -48 V 120 A LEDs on the PDU faceplate are off.

4. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis at the front of the chassis.

5. Remove the PSMs in the front of the chassis from the PDU being removed

6. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis at the back of the packet transport router.

7. Switch the circuit breakers on the PDU faceplate to the off (O) position.

NOTE: After powering off a PDU,youmustwaitat least 60 secondsbefore turning it back on.

1. Loosen the captive screws that secure the input power trays to the PDU.
2. Remove each input power tray from the PDU.

Figure 156: Removing a 120-A Input Power Tray

Diagram of an electrical connector with cable routing and a black arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols present)

NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the power cables from the input power trays when you are replacing the PDU.

1. Loosen the four captive screws attaching the PDU handle to the PDU and chassis.
2. Grasp the handle on the PDU faceplate and pull firmly down toward you. Slide the PDU halfway out of the chassis (see Figure 157 on page 317).

Figure 157: Removing a 120-A DC PDU

1. Place one hand underneath the PDU to support it and slide it partly out of the chassis until you can reach the two handles located on each side of the PDU.
2. Use the two handles on each side of the PDU to support it and slide the PDU completely out of the chassis.

WARNING: Do not touch the power connectors on the rear of the PDU. They can contain dangerous voltages.

CAUTION: Each PDU weighs approximately 60 lb (27.3 kg). Be prepared to support the full weight of the PDUasyou remove it from the packet transport router.

CAUTION: Do not leave a PDU slot empty for more than a short time while the packet transport router is operational. For proper airflow, the PDU must remain in the chassis or a blank panel must be used in an empty slot.

Installing a PTX5000 120-A DC PDU

Each PDU without the input power trays weighs approximately 53.6 lb (24.4 kg). The input power tray weighs 1.6 lb (0.7 kg). To install a PDU:

1. Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cables might become active during installation.
2. Verify that the -48 V 120 A LEDs on the PDU faceplate are off.
3. Switch the circuit breakers on the PDU faceplate to the OFF position (O).
4. Remove the input power trays from the replacement PDU. Store the input power trays.
5. Using both hands, slide the PDU into the chassis until you feel resistance (see Figure 158 on page 318).

Figure 158: Installing a 120-A DC PDU

1. Push the metal handle up toward the PDU.
2. Tighten the captive screws on the metal handle. Use a Phillips screwdriver.
3. Slide the input power trays into the new PDU (Figure 159 on page 319).

Figure 159: Installing a 120-A Input Power Tray

1. Tighten the captive screws on the input power tray. Use a Phillips screwdriver.
2. Reinstall the PSMs at the front of the chassis.
3. Switch on the customer site circuit breakers.
4. Verify that the -48 V 120 A LEDs on the PDU faceplate are lit steadily, indicating that the inputs are receiving power.
5. Switch the circuit breakers on the PDU to the on (I) position.
6. Verify that the CB ON LEDs are lit steadily, indicating that the circuit breaker for each input power tray is on.
7. Verify that the PDU OK LED on the PDU faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the PDU is correctly installed and is functioning properly.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Power System Description on page 65.

- PTX5000 Power Distribution Unit LEDs on page 87

Replacing a PTX5000 120-A DC PDU Power Cable

1. Removing a PTX5000 120-A DC PDU DC Power Cable on page 319
2. Installing a PTX5000 120-A DC PDU Power Cable on page 321

Removing a PTX5000 120-A DC PDU DC Power Cable

Each PDU has eight input power trays. Each input power tray is hot-insertable and hot-removable, and weighs 1.6 lb (0.7 kg).

To remove a DC power cable:

1. Switch off the customer site circuit breakers to the input power tray that contains the DC power cable being removed.
2. Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cables might become active during the removal process. Verify that the -48 V 120 A LEDs on the PDU faceplate are off.

3. Switch the circuit breaker for the input power tray on the PDU faceplate to the off (O) position.

4. Loosen the captive screws that secure the input power tray to the PDU.

5. Remove the input power tray from the PDU.

Figure 160: Removing the Input Power Tray

1. Use a Phillips screwdriver to loosen the screw on the metal input power tray cover.
2. Open the metal input power tray cover.
3. Loosen the cable restraints.
4. Use a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver to loosen the nuts, and remove the nuts from the DC power terminal stud.
5. Remove the DC source power cable lug from the DC power terminal stud.

Figure 161: Disconnecting the DC Source Power Cable Lugs to an Input Power Tray

Installing a PTX5000 120-A DC PDU Power Cable

To install a DC power cable:

1. Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cables might become active. Verify that the -48 V 120 A LEDs on the PDU faceplate are off.
2. Switch the circuit breaker for the input power tray on the PDU faceplate to the off (O) position.
3. Route the positive (+) DC source power cable lug through the left cable restraint.
4. Secure the positive (+) DC source power cable lug to the RTN (return) terminal, located on the left, with a nut.
   Use a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver to tighten the nut.
5. Route the negative (−) DC source power cable lug through the right cable restraint.
6. Attach the negative (−) DC source power cable lug to the -48V (input) terminal, located on the right.

Use a 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver to tighten the nut.

CAUTION: You must use an appropriate torque-controlled tool to tighten the nuts. Applying excessivetorquedamagestetherminal studsandpower supply. The maximum torque that may be applied to this nut is 99 lb-in. (11 Nm).

CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (−) to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply.

CAUTION: All inputs on the DC PDU in slot PDU0 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and all inputs on the DC PDU in slotPDU1 must be powered by dedicated powerfeeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.

Figure 162: Connecting the DC Source Power Cable Lugs to a 120-A Input Power Tray

1. Tighten the cable restraint over the DC power cables.
2. Verify that the source power cables are connected to the appropriate terminal: the positive (+) source cable to the return terminal (labeled RTN) and the negative (−) source cable to the input terminal (labeled -48V).
3. Close the input power tray cover, and secure it with the screw..
4. Insert the input power tray into the PDU.

Figure 163: Installing a 120-A Input Power Tray

Diagram of a cable connector assembly with wiring and connectors (no text or symbols visible)

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Power System Description on page 65. •PTX5000 Power Distribution Unit LEDs on page 87

Replacing a PTX5000 High Capacity DC PDU

1. Removing a PTX5000 High Capacity DC PDU on page 323
2. Installing a PTX5000 60-A DC PDU on page 324

Removing a PTX5000 High Capacity DC PDU

The PTX5000 Packet Transport Router has two redundant, load-sharing PDUs. Each PDU is hot-insertable and hot-removable. The PDU weighs 67 lb (30.3 kg) without PSMs.

To remove a high capacity DC PDU:

1. Switch off the customer site circuit breakers to the PDU being removed.
2. Move the power switch to the standby ( ) position.

NOTE: After powering off aPDU, you must wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.

1. Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cables might become active during the removal process.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis at the front of the chassis.
3. Remove the PSMs in the front of the chassis from the PDU being removed. See "Replacing a PTX5000 High Capacity DC PSM" on page 329 for details.
4. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis at the back of the packet transport router.
5. Remove the power cables from the power terminal block.

CAUTION: Before removing the power input cables, verify that power is turned off. You can take the help a licensedelectrician to remove the cable lugs and the DC power input cables connected to the PDU.

1. Loosen the four captive screws attaching the PDU handle to the PDU and chassis.
2. Grasp the handle on the PDU faceplate and pull firmly down toward you. Slide the PDU halfway out of the chassis (see Figure 164 on page 324).

Figure 164: Removing a High Capacity DC PDU

1. Place one hand underneath the PDU to support it and slide it partly out of the chassis until you can reach the two handles located on each side of the PDU.
2. Use the two handles on each side of the PDU to support it and slide the PDU completely out of the chassis.

WARNING: Do not touch the power connectors on the rear of the PDU. They can contain dangerous voltages.

CAUTION: Each PDU weighs approximately 67 lb (30.3 kg). Be prepared to support the full weight of the PDU asyouremoveit from the packet transport router.

CAUTION: Do not leave a PDU slot empty for more than a short time while the packet transport router is operational. For proper airflow, the PDU must remain in the chassis or a blank panel must be used in an empty slot.

Installing a PTX5000 60-A DC PDU

Each PDU without the PSMs weighs approximately 67 lb (30.3 kg). To install a PDU:

1. Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cables might become active during installation.

2. Verify that power switch on the PDU is in the standby ( ) position.

3. Verify that the DC power input cables are disconnected.

4. Using both hands, slide the PDU into the chassis until you feel resistance (see Figure 165 on page 325).

Figure 165: Installing a High Capacity DC PDU

1. Push the metal handle up toward the PDU.
2. Tighten the captive screws on the metal handle. Use a Phillips #2 screwdriver.
3. Connect the DC input power cables to the DC power terminal blocks. See "Connecting Power to the PTX5000 High Capacity DC PDU" on page 199 for details.
4. Install the PSMs at the front of the chassis. See "Replacing a PTX5000 High Capacity DC PSM" on page 329 for details.
5. Switch on the customer site circuit breakers.
6. Move the input power switch on the PDU to the on (I) position.
7. Verify that the PDU OK LED on the PDU faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the PDU is correctly installed and is functioning properly.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Power System Description on page 65.

- PTX5000 Power Distribution Unit LEDs on page 87

Replacing a PTX5000 60-A or 120-A DC PSM

1. Removing a PTX5000 60-A or 120-A DC PSM on page 326
2. Installing a PTX5000 60-A or 120-A DC PSM on page 326

Removing a PTX5000 60-A or 120-A DC PSM

To remove a 60-A or 120-A DC PSM:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Loosen the captive screws on the door covering the PSM and open the door.
3. Loosen the captive screw on the PSM ejector handle.
4. Grasp the ejector handle and pull to eject the PSM. Slide it halfway out of the chassis (see Figure 166 on page 326).

CAUTION: Each DC PSM weighs approximately 10.6 lb. (4.8 kg). Be prepared to support the full weight of the PSM as you remove it from the packet transport router.

1. Place one hand underneath the PSM to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis.

Figure 166: Removing a PSM

Technical line drawing of an open server rack unit with multiple panels and a black arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols)

Installing a PTX5000 60-A or 120-A DC PSM

Each DC PSM weighs approximately 10.6 lb. (8.4 kg). To install a 60-A or 120-A DC PSM:

1. Using both hands, slide the PSM into the chassis until you feel resistance .
2. Actuate the ejector handle to insert the PSM into the chassis.
3. Tighten the captive screw on the PSM.
4. Verify that the INPUT OK LED on the PSM faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the PSM is receiving power.
5. Verify that the OUTPUT OK LED on the PSM faceplate is lit steadily.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Power System Description on page 65. •PTX5000 Power Distribution Unit LEDs on page 87

Installing the High Capacity DC PSM Sleeves

The High Capacity DC PSMs are smaller than the Delta DC PSMs (1.7 in. (4.3 cm) wide, 5.7 in. (14.4 cm) high, and 21.75 in.(55.2 cm) deep) and eight PSMs can be installed in a chassis. You must insert the PSM metal sleeves, provided with the High Capacity power system upgrade kit, in front of the PTX5000 router chassis before installing the PSMs. To install the PSM sleeve, you require the following tools and parts:

• Phillips # 1 screw driver (not provided)
- PSM sleeve and bracket - eight for each chassis
- PSM inlay or label - two for each chassis

- Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap (not provided)

To install the High Capacity DC PSM sleeve assembly:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Remove the existing PSMs from the chassis. See "Replacing a PTX5000 60-A or 120-A DC PSM" on page 325 for details.
3. Take out the PSM sleeve assembly from the upgrade kit and remove the bracket using a Phillips #1 screw driver.
4. Insert the sleeve into one of the empty PSM slots and push the sleeve in until it is aligned flush against the side of the chassis (see Figure 167 on page 327).

Figure 167: Inserting High Capacity PSM Sleeve

Technical diagram of a mechanical assembly with a box and panel, showing internal components and a blue arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols present)

1. Align and fix the sleeve bracket tabs in to the slots at the top and bottom of the sleeve (see Figure 168 on page 328).

Figure 168: Fixing PSM Sleeve Bracket

Technical diagram of a mechanical assembly with two views showing internal components and directional arrows (no text or symbols)

1. Fasten the sleeve bracket screws to the chassis using a Phillips #1 screw driver.
2. Remove the old PSM overlay, that is, the sticker with PSM slots. You can lift a corner and peel off the overlay.
3. Remove the sticker liner at the backside of the new PSM overlay and stick it centering over screws.

Figure 169: Applying New PSM Overlay

1. Repeat steps 1 to 8 for the other sleeve assemblies. Each sleeve can house two PSMs.

Related Documentation

Replacing a PTX5000 High Capacity DC PSM on page 329.

Replacing a PTX5000 High Capacity DC PSM

1. Removing a PTX5000 High Capacity DC PSM on page 329
2. Installing a PTX5000 High Capacity DC PSM on page 330

Removing a PTX5000 High Capacity DC PSM

To remove a high capacity DC PSM:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Loosen the captive screws on the door covering the PSM and open the door.
3. Press down the locking tab and then pull out the PSM using the ejector handle.

CAUTION: EachDCPSM weighs approximately 15.4 lb.(7 kg). Be prepared to support the full weight of the PSM as you remove it from the packet transport router.

1. Place one hand underneath the PSM to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis.

Figure 170: Removing a High Capacity DC PSM

Installing a PTX5000 High Capacity DC PSM

The high capacity PSMs are smaller in dimensions compared to the Delta PSMs. So, you must install the PSM sleeves to install the high capacity PSMs in the chassis. See "Installing the High Capacity DC PSM Sleeves" on page 327 for details. Each high capacity DC PSM weighs approximately 15.4 lb. (7 kg).

To install a high capacity DC PSM:

1. Using both hands, slide the PSM into the chassis until you feel resistance (see Figure 171 on page 330).
2. Actuate the ejector handle to insert the PSM into the chassis until is it fully seated.
3. Verify that the Input 1 OK LED on the PSM faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the PSM is receiving power.
4. Verify that the Input 2 OK LED on the PSM faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the power output is steady.

Figure 171: Installing a High Capacity DC PSM

Technical diagram of an electrical enclosure with a power unit and fan array (no text or symbols)

Related Documentation

Installing the High Capacity DC PSM Sleeves on page 327.

- PTX5000 Power System Description on page 65

- PTX5000 Power Distribution Unit LEDs on page 87

Replacing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC PDU

1. Removing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC PDU on page 330
2. Installing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC PDU on page 335

Removing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC PDU

The PTX5000 Packet Transport Router has two redundant, load-sharing PDUs. Each PDU is hot-insertable and hot-removable. The PDU weighs 51.2 lb. (23.2 kg).

To remove a three-phase delta PDU:

1. Switch off the customer site circuit breakers to the PDU being removed.
2. Switch the circuit breaker and the power OUTPUT switch located on the faceplate of the PDU to the off (O) position.
3. Disconnect the AC power cord from the power source.

NOTE: After powering off a PDU, you must wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.

1. Make sure that the voltage across the AC power cord is 0 V and that there is no chan that the AC power cord might become active during the removal process. Verify that the 200-240 V \~ 60 A 50-60 Hz LED on the PDU faceplate is off.
2. Remove the power supply modules (PSMs) in the front of the chassis from the PDU to be removed (see Figure 172 on page 331). Loosen the captive screws on the door covering the PSMs and open the door. Loosen the captive screw on the PSM ejector handle. Grasp the ejector handle and pull to eject the PSM. Slide the PSM halfway out of the chassis. Place one hand underneath the PSM to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis. Repeat this step for the remaining PSMs in the PDU.

Figure 172: Removing the AC Power Supply Modules

Technical line drawing of an open industrial control panel with hexagonal lattice and grid panels, showing a black arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols present)

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis at the back of the packet transport router.

2. Open the door of the metal wiring compartment.

3. Disconnect the wires from the AC terminal block on the three-phase delta AC power supply (Figure 173 on page 332). Using a 1/5-in. (5.5-mm) slotted screwdriver, loosen the input terminal or grounding point screw, and remove each wire from the input terminal or grounding point.

a. Remove the wire labeled L3 from the L3 input terminal.
b. Remove the wire labeled L2 from the L2 input terminal.
c. Remove the wire labeled L1 from the L1 input terminal.
d. Remove the wire labeled GND from the grounding point.

Figure 173: Disconnecting AC Power Wires from a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply

1. Using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the captive screws that secure the metal retaining bracket and AC power cord to the PDU. While gently removing the wires of the AC power cord from the wiring compartment, remove the metal retaining bracket and AC power cord from the PDU. See Figure 174 on page 332.

Figure 174: Removing the Metal Retaining Bracket and AC Power Cord

1. Loosen the four captive screws attaching the front PDU handle to the PDU and chassis.

2. Grasp the front PDU handle on the PDU faceplate and pull firmly down toward you.

Slide the PDU halfway out of the chassis until you can reach the installation handle located on top of the PDU. (See Figure 176 on page 335).

CAUTION: Each PDU weighs approximately 61.7 lb (28.0 kg). Be prepared to support the full weight of the PDU as you remove it from the packet transport router.

1. Use the installation handle to slide the PDU completely out of the chassis.

2. Use the captive screws on the metal retaining bracket to reattach it to the PDU being removed.

WARNING: Do not touch the power connectors on the rear of the PDU. They can contain dangerous voltages.

CAUTION: Do not leave a PDU slot empty for more than a short time while the packet transport router is operational. For proper airflow, the PDU must remain in the chassis or a blank panel must be used in an empty slot.

Figure 175: Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply

	5-1- Circuit breakerTop installation handle
	6-2- Metal wiring compartmentFront installation handle
	7-3- Metal wiring compartment doorOutput power switch
	8-4- Metal retaining bracketAir exhaust ventilation

Figure 176: Removing a Three-Phase Delta AC PDU

Installing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC PDU

To install a three-phase delta AC PDU:

1. Ensure that the voltage across the AC power source is 0 V and that there is no chance that the voltage might become active during installation.
2. Switch the circuit breaker and the power OUTPUT switch located on the faceplate of the PDU to the off (O) position.
3. Grasp the front installation handle and top installation handle, and insert the PDU into the PDU slot.
4. Using both hands, slide the PDU into the chassis until you feel resistance.

5. Push the front installation handle up toward the PDU, and secure the handle with the captive screws.

6. Using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the four captive screws that secure the metal retaining bracket to the newly installed PDU. Remove the metal retaining bracket from the PDU.

7. Using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the two captive screws on the metal AC wiring compartment of the replacement PDU. Open the metal door of the metal AC wiring compartment.
8. Using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, use the four captive screws on the metal retaining bracket to secure the AC power cord to the PDU.

Figure 177: Connecting the Metal Retaining Bracket and AC Power Cord to the Three-Phase Delta PDU

1. Connect the wires to the AC terminal block on the three-phase delta AC PDU (Figure 178 on page 337). Using a 1/5-in. (5.5-mm) slotted screwdriver, loosen the input terminal or grounding point screw, insert each wire into the grounding point or input terminal, and tighten the screw.

a. Insert the wire labeled GND into the grounding point.
b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the L1 input terminal.
c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the L2 input terminal.
d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the L3 input terminal.

Figure 178: Connecting Grounding and AC Power Wires to a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply

1. Verify that the AC power and grounding wiring connections are correct.

2. Using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, tighten the two captive screws on the metal AC wiring compartment.

3. Verify that the AC power cord is not touching or blocking access to packet transport router components, and that it does not drape where people could trip on it.

4. Reconnect the AC power cord to the power source.

NOTE: After powering on a PDU, you must wait at least 60 seconds before turning it off.

1. Switch on the customer site circuit breaker to the PDU.

2. Verify that the 200-240 V \~ 60 A 50-60 Hz LED on the PDU faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the PDU is receiving voltage.

3. Loosen the captive screws on the door covering the PSMs and open the door. Reinstall the PSMs into the PDU. Place one hand underneath the PSM to support it and slide

it into the PSM slot. Push the ejector handle toward the PSM, and tighten the captive screw on the ejector handle to secure it to the PSM. Repeat the step for all the other PSMs in the PDU.

1. Move the circuit breaker on the PDU to the on (I) position.
2. Verify that the CB ON LED on the PDU faceplate is lit steadily.
3. Move the power OUTPUT switch on the PDU to the on (I) position.
4. Verify that the AC IN LED and DC IN LED on the faceplate of each PSM in the PDU are lit steadily, indicating that each PSM is receiving power. Verify that the FAULT LED is off.
5. Verify that the PDU OK LED on the PDU faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the PDU is functioning normally.

Figure 179: Installing a Three-Phase Delta AC PDU

Related Documentation

PTX5000 AC Power System Description on page 76. •PTX5000 Power Distribution Unit LEDs on page 87

- PTX5000 Power Supply Module LEDs on page 97

Replacing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC PDU Power Cord

1. Removing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC PDU Power Cord on page 339
2. Installing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC PDU Power Cord on page 341

Removing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC PDU Power Cord

To remove a three-phase delta PDU power cord:

1. Switch off the customer site circuit breakers to the PDU being removed.
2. Move the circuit breaker and power OUTPUT switch located on the faceplate of the PDU to the off (O) position.
3. Disconnect the AC power cord from the power source.

NOTE: After powering off a PDU,youmustwaitatleast60 secondsbefore turning it back on.

1. Make sure that the voltage across the AC power cord is 0 V and that there is no chan that the AC power cord might become active during the removal process. Verify that the 200-240 V \~ 60 A 50-60 Hz LED on the PDU faceplate is off.

2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis at the back of the packet transport router.

3. Open the door of the metal wiring compartment. Disconnect the wires from the AC terminal block on the three-phase delta AC power supply (Figure 180 on page 340).

Using a 1/5-in. (5.5-mm) slotted screwdriver, loosen the input terminal or grounding point screw, and remove each wire from the input terminal or grounding point.

a. Remove the wire labeled L3 from the L3 input terminal.
b. Remove the wire labeled L2 from the L2 input terminal.
c. Remove the wire labeled L1 from the L1 input terminal.
d. Remove the wire labeled GND into the grounding point.

Figure 180: Disconnecting AC Power Wires from a Three-Phase Delta AC PDU

1. Using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the captive screws that secure the metal retaining bracket and AC power cord to the PDU. While gently removing the wires of the AC power cord from the wiring compartment, remove the metal retaining bracket and AC power cord from the PDU. See Figure 181 on page 341.

Figure 181: Removing the Metal Retaining Bracket and AC Power Cord

1. Unscrew the retaining nut from the AC power cord, and detach the AC power cord from the metal retaining bracket.

NOTE: Reserve the retaining nut to attach the metal retaining bracket to the replacement AC power cord.

Figure 182: Removing the Metal Retaining Bracket from the AC Power Cord

	3—1— Three-phase delta AC power cordRetaining nut
2—Metal retaining bracket

Installing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC PDU Power Cord

To install a three-phase delta AC power cord:

1. Ensure that the voltage across the AC power source is 0 V and that there is no chance that the voltage might become active during installation.
2. Switch the circuit breaker and power OUTPUT switch on the PDU to the off (O) position.
3. Gently push the AC power cord wires through the hole in the metal retaining bracket. Screw the retaining nut onto the AC power cord to secure the metal retaining bracket to the replacement AC power cord.

Figure 183: Attaching the Metal Retaining Bracket to the Three-Phase Delta AC Power Cord

	3-1- Three-phase delta AC power cordRetaining nut
2-Metal retaining bracket

1. Using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the two captive screws on the metal AC wiring compartment. Open the metal door of the metal AC wiring compartment.
2. Gently push the wires of the AC power cord into the area for the metal retaining bracket, and pull the wires to the left toward the metal AC wiring compartment.
3. Using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, use the four screws on the metal retaining bracket to secure the AC power cord to the PDU.

Figure 184: Connecting the Metal Retaining Bracket and AC Power Cord to the Three-Phase Delta PDU

1. Connect the wires to the AC terminal block on the three-phase delta AC PDU (Figure 185 on page 343). Using a 1/5-in. (5.5-mm) slotted screwdriver, loosen the input terminal or grounding point screw, insert each wire into the grounding point or input terminal, and tighten the screw.

a. Insert the wire labeled GND into the grounding point.
b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the L1 input terminal.
c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the L2 input terminal.
d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the L3 input terminal.

Figure 185: Connecting Grounding and AC Power Wires to a Three-Phase Delta AC Power Supply

1. Verify that the AC power and grounding wiring connections are correct.
2. Using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, tighten the two captive screws on the metal AC wiring compartment.
3. Verify that the AC power cord is not touching or blocking access to packet transport router components, and that it does not drape where people could trip on it.
4. Reconnect the AC power cord to the power source.

NOTE: After powering on a PDU, you must wait at least 60 seconds before turning it off.

1. Switch on the customer site circuit breaker to the PDU.
2. Verify that the 200-240 V \~ 60 A 50-60 Hz LED on the PDU faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the PDU is receiving voltage.
3. Move the circuit breaker on the PDU to the on (I) position.

4. Verify that the CB ON LED on the PDU faceplate is lit steadily.

5. Move the power OUTPUT switch on the PDU to the on (I) position.

6. Verify that the AC IN LED and DC IN LED on the faceplate of each PSM in the PDU are lit steadily, indicating that each PSM is receiving power. Verify that the FAULT LED is off.
7. Verify that the PDU OK LED on the PDU faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the PDU is functioning normally.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 AC Power System Description on page 76.

- PTX5000 Power Distribution Unit LEDs on page 87

•PTX5000 Power Supply Module LEDs on page 97

Replacing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC PDU

1. Removing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC PDU on page 344
2. Installing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC PDU on page 349

Removing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC PDU

The PTX5000 Packet Transport Router has two redundant, load-sharing PDUs. Each PDU is hot-insertable and hot-removable. The PDU weighs 51.2 lb. (23.2 kg).

To remove a three-phase wye PDU:

1. Switch off the customer site circuit breakers to the PDU being removed.
2. Move the circuit breaker and power OUTPUT switch located on the faceplate of the PDU to the off (O) position.
3. Disconnect the AC power cord from the power source.

NOTE: After powering off a PDU, you must wait at least 60 seconds before turning it back on.

1. Make sure that the voltage across the AC power cord is 0 V and that there is no chan that the AC power cord might become active during the removal process. Verify that the 200-240 V/346-415 \~ 30 A 50-60 Hz LED on the PDU faceplate is off.
2. Remove the power supply modules (PSMs) in the front of the chassis from the PDU to be removed (see Figure 186 on page 345). Loosen the captive screws on the door covering the PSMs and open the door. Loosen the captive screw on the PSM ejector handle. Grasp the ejector handle and pull to eject the PSM. Slide the PSM halfway out of the chassis. Place one hand underneath the PSM to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis. Repeat this step for the remaining PSMs in the PDU.

Figure 186: Removing the AC Power Supply Modules

Technical line drawing of an open server rack unit with hexagonal ventilation grilles and a black arrow indicating direction (no text or symbols)

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis at the back of the packet transport router.

2. Using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the two captive screws to the metal wiring compartment door. Open the door of the metal wiring compartment. Disconnect the wires from the AC terminal block on the three-phase wye AC PDU (Figure 187 on page 346). Using 1/5-in. (5.5-mm) slotted screw, loosen the input terminal or grounding point screw, and remove each wire from the input terminal or grounding point.

a. Remove the wire labeled L3 from the L3 input terminal.
b. Remove the wire labeled L2 from the L2 input terminal.
c. Remove the wire labeled L1 from the L1 input terminal.
d. Remove the wire labeled GND into the grounding point.

Figure 187: Disconnecting AC Power Wires from a Three-Phase Wye AC PDU

1. Using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the screws that secure the metal retaining bracket and AC power cord to the PDU. While gently removing the wires of the AC power cord from the wiring compartment, remove the metal retaining bracket and AC power cord from the PDU. See Figure 188 on page 347.

Figure 188: Removing the Metal Retaining Bracket and AC Power Cord

1. Loosen the four captive screws attaching the front PDU handle to the PDU and chassis.

2. Grasp the front installation handle on the PDU faceplate and pull the handle firmly down toward you. Slide the PDU halfway out of the chassis until you can reach the top installation handle. (See Figure 190 on page 349.)

3. Use the top and front installation handle to slide the PDU completely out of the chassis.

CAUTION: Each PDU weighs approximately 51.2 lb. (23.2 kg). Be prepared to support the full weight of the PDU as you remove it from the packet transport router.

WARNING: Do not touch the power connectors on the rear of the PDU. They can contain dangerous voltages.

CAUTION: Do not leave a PDU slot empty for more than a short time while the packet transport router is operational. For proper airflow, the PDU must remain in the chassis or a blank panel must be used in an empty slot.

Figure 189: Three-Phase Wye AC PDU

	5-1- Circuit breakerTop installation handle
	6-2- Metal wiring compartmentFront installation handle
Power OUTPUT switch	7-3- Metal wiring compartment door
	8-4- Metal retaining bracketAir exhaust ventilation

Figure 190: Removing a Three-Phase Wye AC PDU

Installing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC PDU

To install a three-phase wye AC PDU:

1. Ensure that the voltage across the AC power source is 0 V and that there is no chance that the voltage might become active during installation.
2. Switch the circuit breaker on the PDU to the off (O) position.
3. Grasping both the front and top installation handle, insert the replacement PDU into the PDU slot.
4. Using both hands, slide the PDU into the chassis until you feel resistance.
5. Push the front installation handle up toward the PDU. Using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, tighten the captive screws on the handle.
6. Using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the four captive screws on the metal retaining bracket located on the lower right of the newly installed PDU. Remove the metal retaining bracket from the PDU.

Figure 191: Removing the Metal Retaining Bracket from the Three-Phase Wye PDU

Technical line drawing of a mechanical assembly with mounting holes and a bracket (no text or symbols)

1. Using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the two captive screws on the metal AC wiring compartment of the replacement PDU. Open the metal door of the metal AC wiring compartment.
2. Gently push the wires of the AC power cord into the area for the metal retaining bracket, and pull the wires to the left toward the metal AC wiring compartment.
3. Using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, tighten the four captive screws on the metal retaining bracket to secure the AC power cord to the PDU.

Figure 192: Connecting the Metal Retaining Bracket and AC Power Cord to the Three-Phase Wye PDU

1. Connect the wires to the AC terminal block on the three-phase wye AC PDU (Figure 193 on page 351). Using a 1/5-in. (5.5-mm) slotted screwdriver, loosen the input terminal or grounding point screw, and insert each wire into the grounding point or input terminal, and tighten the screw.

a. Insert the wire labeled GND into the grounding point.
b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the L1 input terminal.
c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the L2 input terminal.
d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the L3 input terminal.
e. Insert the wire labeled N into the N input terminal.

Figure 193: Connecting Grounding and AC Power Wires to a Three-Phase Wye AC PDU

1. Verify that the AC power and grounding wire connections are correct.
2. Using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, tighten the two captive screws on the metal AC wiring compartment.
3. Verify that the AC power cord is not touching or blocking access to packet transport router components, and that it does not drape where people could trip on it.
4. Reconnect the AC power cord to the power source.

NOTE: After powering on aPDU, you must wait at least 60 seconds before turning it off.

1. Switch on the customer site circuit breaker to the PDU.

2. Verify that the 200-240 V/346-415 \~ 30 A 50-60 Hz LED on the PDU faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the PDU is receiving voltage.

3. Loosen the captive screws on the door covering the PSMs and open the door. Reinstall the PSMs into the PDU. Place one hand underneath the PSM to support it and slide it into the PSM slot. Push the ejector handle toward the PSM, and tighten the captive screw on the ejector handle to secure it to the PSM. Repeat the step for all the other PSMs in the PDU.

4. Move the circuit breaker on the PDU to the on (I) position.
5. Verify that the CB ON LED on the PDU faceplate is lit steadily.
6. Move the power OUTPUT switch on the PDU to the on (1) position.
7. Verify that the AC IN LED and DC IN LED on the faceplate of each PSM in the PDU are lit steadily, indicating that each PSM is receiving power. Verify that the FAULT LED is off.
8. Verify that the PDU OK LED on the PDU faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the PDU is functioning normally.

Figure 194: Installing a Three-Phase Wye AC PDU

Related Documentation

PTX5000 AC Power System Description on page 76.

- PTX5000 Power Distribution Unit LEDs on page 87

- PTX5000 Power Supply Module LEDs on page 97

Replacing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC PDU Power Cord

1. Removing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC PDU Power Cord on page 353
2. Installing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC PDU Power Cord on page 355

Removing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC PDU Power Cord

To remove a three-phase wye PDU power cord:

1. Switch off the customer site circuit breakers to the PDU for the AC power cord being removed.
2. Move the circuit breaker and output power switch located on the faceplate of the PDU to the off (O) position.
3. Disconnect the AC power cord from the power source.

NOTE: Afterpowering off a PDU,youmustwaitatleast 60 secondsbefore turning it back on.

1. Make sure that the voltage across the AC power cord is 0 V and that there is no chan that the AC power cord might become active during the removal process. Verify that the 200-240 V/346-415 \~ 30 A 50-60 Hz LED on the PDU faceplate is off.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis at the back of the packet transport router.

3. Open the door of the metal wiring compartment.

4. Disconnect the wires from the AC terminal block on the three-phase delta AC power supply (Figure 195 on page 354). Using a 1/5-in. (5.5-mm) slotted screwdriver, loosen the input terminal or grounding point screw, and remove each wire from the input terminal or grounding point.

a. Remove the wire labeled N from the N input terminal.
b. Remove the wire labeled L3 from the L3 input terminal.
c. Remove the wire labeled L2 from the L2 input terminal.
d. Remove the wire labeled L1 from the L1 input terminal.
e. Remove the wire labeled GND into the grounding point.

Figure 195: Disconnecting AC Power Wires from a Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply

1. Using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the captive screws that secure the metal retaining bracket and AC power cord to the PDU. While gently removing the wires of the AC power cord from the wiring compartment, remove the metal retaining bracket and AC power cord from the PDU. See Figure 196 on page 355.

Figure 196: Removing the Metal Retaining Bracket and AC Power Cord

Installing a PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC PDU Power Cord

To install a three-phase wye AC power cord:

1. Ensure that the voltage across the AC power source is 0 V and that there is no chance that the voltage might become active during installation.
2. Switch the circuit breaker and power OUTPUT switch on the PDU to the off (O) position.
3. Gently push the AC power cord wires through the hole in the metal retaining bracket. Screw the retaining nut onto the AC power cord to secure the metal retaining bracket to the replacement AC power cord (see Figure 197 on page 355).

Figure 197: Attaching the Metal Retaining Bracket to the AC Power Cord

	3-1- Three-phase wye AC power cordRetaining nut
2-Metal retaining bracket

1. Using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, loosen the two captive screws on the metal AC wiring compartment. Open the metal door of the metal AC wiring compartment.
2. Gently push the wires of the AC power cord into the area for the metal retaining bracket, and pull the wires to the left toward the metal AC wiring compartment. Using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, use the four screws on the metal retaining bracket to secure the AC power cord to the PDU (see Figure 198 on page 356).

Figure 198: Connecting the Metal Retaining Bracket and AC Power Cord to the Three-Phase Wye PDU

1. Connect the wires to the AC terminal block on the three-wye AC PDU (Figure 199 on page 356). Using a 1/5-in. (5.5-mm) slotted screwdriver, loosen each of the input terminals or grounding point screws, insert each wire into the grounding point or input terminal, and tighten the screw.

a. Insert the wire labeled GND into the grounding point.
b. Insert the wire labeled L1 into the L1 input terminal.
c. Insert the wire labeled L2 into the L2 input terminal.
d. Insert the wire labeled L3 into the L3 input terminal.
e. Insert the wire labeled N into the N input terminal.

Figure 199: Connecting Grounding and AC Power Wires to a Three-Phase Wye AC Power Supply

1. Verify that the AC power and grounding wiring connections are correct.

2. Using a #2 Phillips (+) screwdriver, tighten the two captive screws on the metal AC wiring compartment.

3. Verify that the AC power cord is not touching or blocking access to packet transport router components, and that it does not drape where people could trip on it.
4. Reconnect the AC power cord to the power source.

NOTE: After powering on aPDU,youmustwaitatleast 60 seconds before turning it off.

1. Switch on the customer site circuit breaker to the PDU.
2. Verify that the 200-240 V/346-415 \~ 30 A 50-60 Hz LED on the PDU faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the PDU is receiving voltage.
3. Move the circuit breaker on the PDU to the on (I) position.
4. Verify that the CB ON LED on the PDU faceplate is lit steadily.
5. Move the power OUTPUT switch on the PDU to the on (|) position.
6. Verify that the AC IN LED and DC IN LED on the faceplate of each PSM in the PDU are lit steadily, indicating that each PSM is receiving power. Verify that the FAULT LED is off.
7. Verify that the PDU OK LED on the PDU faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the PDU is functioning normally.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 AC Power System Description on page 76.

•PTX5000 Power Distribution Unit LEDs on page 87

- PTX5000 Power Supply Module LEDs on page 97

Replacing a PTX5000 AC PSM

1. Removing a PTX5000 AC PSM on page 357
2. Installing a PTX5000 AC PSM on page 358

Removing a PTX5000 AC PSM

To remove an AC PSM:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Loosen the captive screws on the door covering the PSM and open the door.
3. Loosen the captive screw on the PSM ejector handle.
4. Grasp the ejector handle and pull to eject the PSM. Slide it halfway out of the chassis (see Figure 200 on page 358).

CAUTION: Each AC PSM weighs approximately 10.5 lb. (4.8 kg). Be prepared to support the full weight of the PSM as you remove it from the packet transport router.

1. Place one hand underneath the PSM to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis.

Figure 200: Removing a PSM

Technical line drawing of an internal server rack unit with a black arrow indicating a directional change (no text or symbols present)

Installing a PTX5000 AC PSM

To install an AC PSM:

1. Using both hands, slide the PSM into the chassis until you feel resistance. Each AC PSM weighs approximately 10.5 lb. (8.4 kg).
2. Push the ejector handle toward the PSM, and tighten the captive screw on the PSM.
3. Verify that the AC IN OK LED on the PSM faceplate is lit steadily, indicating that the PSM is receiving power.
4. Verify that the DC IN OK LED on the PSM faceplate is lit steadily.

Figure 201: Installing a PSM

Technical line drawing of an open server rack unit with ventilation grilles and a black arrow indicating a component (no text or symbols present)

Related Documentation

- PTX5000 AC Power System Description on page 76

- PTX5000 Power Distribution Unit LEDs on page 87

- PTX5000 Power Supply Module LEDs on page 97

CHAPTER 29

Upgrading to the High Capacity DC Po System

- Upgrading to High Capacity DC Power System on page 361

Upgrading to High Capacity DC Power System

Before you upgrade a PTX5000 to the High Capacity DC power system from the 60-A or 120-A DC power system, ensure that the router has a fully-redundant power supply for all the current FRUs. To verify:

• Run the show chassis alarms from the PTX5000 router to ensure that No Redundant Power for System alarm is not displayed.
• Both the current PDUs fulfill the power requirements of the router.

Also, ensure that the PTX5000 runs Junos OS 14.1 or later.

To upgrade to the High Capacity DC power system:

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Remove the existing power supply modules (PSMs) from one of the power distribution units (PDUs). See "Replacing a PTX5000 60-A or 120-A DC PSM" on page 325 for details.

Removing the PSMs causes a No Redundant Power for System alarm.

1. Remove the PDU from which PSMs have been removed and install a High Capacity DC PDU. See "Replacing a PTX5000 High Capacity DC PDU" on page 323 for details.
2. Insert the High Capacity DC PSM sleeve to install the PSMs. See "Installing the High Capacity DC PSM Sleeves" on page 327 for details.
3. Install the PSMs in the new PDU and power on the PDU. See "Replacing a PTX5000 High Capacity DC PSM" on page 329 for details.

Now there are two types of PDUs in the chassis, resulting in Mix of PDUs or Power

Manager Non Operational alarms. When the PDU is operational, the PDU and PSMs independently fulfil the power requirements of the PTX5000 router. Also, the No

Redundant Power for System alarm is not displayed when you run the show chassis alarms command.

CAUTION: Do not replace FRUs or perform online operations when you upgrade the PDU to ensure smooth upgrade of the power system

1. Repeat steps 2 to 5 to replace the second PDU with a High Capacity DC PDU.

2. Run the show chassis alarms command to verify that there is no No Redundant Power for System alarm.

3. Run the show chassis hardware command to verify if the PDUs and PSMs are connected.

user@host> show chassis hardware Hardware inventory:

Item	Version	Part number	Serial number	Description
Chassis			JN120A713AJA	PTX5000
Midplane	REV 16	750-035893	ACAW7978	Midplane-8S
FPM	REV 12	760-030647	BBBD5622	Front Panel Display
PDU 0	Rev 02	740-036336	1GB93330016	Gen2 DC PDU
PSM 0	Rev 02	740-046988	1GB63360009	Gen2 DC PSM
PSM 1	Rev 02	740-046988	1GB63360002	Gen2 DC PSM
PSM 2	Rev 02	740-046988	1GB63360017	Gen2 DC PSM
PSM 3	Rev 02	740-046988	1GB63360005	Gen2 DC PSM
PDU 1	Rev 02	740-036336	1GB93330009	Gen2 DC PDU
PSM 0	Rev 02	740-046988	1GB63360023	Gen2 DC PSM
PSM 1	Rev 02	740-046988	1GB63360027	Gen2 DC PSM
PSM 2	Rev 02	740-046988	1GB63360030	Gen2 DC PSM
PSM 3	Rev 02	740-046988	1GB63360021	Gen2 DC PSM

NOTE: The High Capacity DC PDU and PSM are displayed as Gen2 DC PDU and Gen2 DC PSM in the command output (which is truncated).

1. Run the show chassis environment pdu slot-number command to verify the state of the upgraded PDUs and PSMs.

user@host> show chassis environment pdu0

The following example shows output for High Capacity PDU 0.

user@host> show chassis environment pdu 0

PDU 0 status:

State	Online
BoostConv	OK
Hours Used	69
Firmware Version (MCU1)	02.16
PDU 0 PSM 0 status:
State	Online
Temperature	OK 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
Fans	OK
DC Input	OK
DC Output	OK
Hours Used	69
Firmware Version	01.46
PDU 0 PSM 1 status:
State	Online
Temperature	OK 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
Fans	OK
DC Input	OK
DC Output	OK
Hours Used	69
Firmware Version	01.46
PDU 0 PSM 2 status:
State	Online
Temperature	OK 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
Fans	OK
DC Input	OK
DC Output	OK
Hours Used	69
Firmware Version	01.46
PDU 0 PSM 3 status:
State	Online
Temperature	OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
Fans	OK
DC Input	OK
DC Output	OK
Hours Used	69
Firmware Version	01.46
PDU 0 PSM 4 status:
State	Online
Temperature	OK 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
Fans	OK
DC Input	OK
DC Output	OK
Hours Used	68
Firmware Version	01.46
PDU 0 PSM 5 status:
State	Online
Temperature	OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
Fans	OK
DC Input	OK
DC Output	OK
Hours Used	69
Firmware Version	01.46
PDU 0 PSM 6 status:
State	Online
Temperature	OK 38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
Fans	OK
DC Input	OK
DC Output	OK
Hours Used	68
Firmware Version	01.46
PDU 0 PSM 7 status:
State	Online
Temperature	OK 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
Fans	OK
DC Input	OK
DC Output	OK
Hours Used	69
Firmware Version	01.46

Related Documentation

- PTX5000 DC Power System Description on page 68

CHAPTER 30

Replacing Switch Fabric Components

- Replacing a PTX5000 Switch Interface Board on page 365

Replacing a PTX5000 Switch Interface Board

1. Removing a PTX5000 Switch Interface Board on page 365
2. Installing a PTX5000 Switch Interface Board on page 366

Removing a PTX5000 Switch Interface Board

Nine SIBs are installed in the packet transport router. The SIBs are located in the rear of the chassis in the slots marked SIB0 through SIB8. Each SIB weighs approximately 6.0 lb (2.7 kg).

To remove the SIBs (see Figure 202 on page 366):

1. Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3. Twist the ejector handles counterclockwise to unseat the SIB.
4. Grasp both ejector handles, pull firmly, and slide the SIB about three-quarters of the way out of the chassis.
5. Place one hand underneath the SIB to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis. Place it on the antistatic mat.

CAUTION: Do not stack hardware components on one another after you remove them. Place each component on an antistatic mat resting on a stable, flat surface.

Figure 202: Removing a SIB

Installing a PTX5000 Switch Interface Board

Each SIB weighs approximately 6.0 lb (2.7 kg). To install a SIB (see Figure 203 on page 367):

1. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
2. Place one hand underneath the SIB to support it. With the other hand, hold one of the ejector handles on the SIB faceplate.
3. Carefully align the sides of the SIB with the guides inside the chassis.
4. Slide the SIB into the chassis, carefully ensuring that it is correctly aligned.
5. Twist the ejector handles clockwise until they stop.
6. Bring the SIB online using one of the following methods:

- Press and hold the ONLINE/OFFLINE button on the SIB faceplate. The green OK LED on the faceplate begins to blink. Hold the button down until the LED blinks.

- Issue the following CLI command on the packet transport router:

user@host> request chassis sib online slot 0

Figure 203: Installing a SIB

Related Documentation

- PTX5000 Switch Interface Board Description on page 103

- PTX5000 Switch Interface Board LEDs on page 104

•Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Switch Interface Boards on page 427

•Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 460

PART 5

Maintaining the Chassis and Component

• Routine Maintenance Procedures on page 371
- Maintaining Components on page 373

CHAPTER 31

Routine Maintenance Procedures

• Routine Maintenance Procedures for the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 371

Routine Maintenance Procedures for the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router

Purpose For optimum performance, perform preventive maintenance procedures.

Action On a regular basis:

• Inspect the installation site for moisture, loose wires or cables, and excessive dust. Make sure that airflow is unobstructed around the packet transport router and into the air intake vents.
• Check the status-reporting devices on the craft interface: system alarms, LEDs, and the craft interface display.
• Inspect all air filters in the packet transport router for dust and debris.

As a general guideline, we recommended that you replace the filter elements every 6 months for routers operating in a typical environment. The filter elements degrade over time, and replacement intervals will vary by operating environment.

NOTE: Do not run the packet transport router for more than a few minutes without all the air filters in place.

Related •PTX5000 Craft Interface Description on page 15 Documentation •Maintaining the PTX5000 Air Filters on page 374

CHAPTER 32

Maintaining Components

• Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Components on page 373
• Maintaining the PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generators on page 374
• Maintaining the PTX5000 Air Filters on page 374
• Maintaining the PTX5000 Fan Trays on page 375
• Maintaining the PTX5000 Host Subsystem on page 375
• Maintaining the PTX5000 Routing Engines on page 376
• Maintaining the PTX5000 Control Boards on page 376
• Maintaining the PTX5000 FPCs on page 377
• Maintaining the PTX5000 PICs on page 378
• Maintaining the PTX5000 PIC Cables on page 378
• Maintaining the PTX5000 Power System on page 379
• Maintaining the PTX5000 Switch Interface Boards on page 381

Tools and Parts Required to Maintain the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Components

To maintain the hardware components, you need the following tools and parts:

• ESD grounding wrist strap
- Flat-blade (−) screwdriver
• Phillips (+) screwdriver, #1
• Phillips (+) screwdriver, #2

Related Documentation

Routine Maintenance Procedures for the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 371.

- Maintaining the PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generators on page 374

- Maintaining the PTX5000 Control Boards on page 376

•Maintaining the PTX5000 Air Filters on page 374

- Maintaining the PTX5000 Fan Trays on page 375

•Maintaining the PTX5000 FPCs on page 377
- Maintaining the PTX5000 Host Subsystem on page 375
•Maintaining the PTX5000 PICs on page 378
- Maintaining the PTX5000 PIC Cables on page 378
- Maintaining the PTX5000 Power System on page 379
- Maintaining the PTX5000 Routing Engines on page 376
- Maintaining the PTX5000 Switch Interface Boards on page 381

Maintaining the PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generators

Purpose For optimum performance, verify the condition of the CCGs.

Action On a regular basis:

• Check the CCG LEDs. For more information, see "PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generator LEDs" on page 23.
  During normal operations:
  •The green OK LED on the CCG faceplate is lit.
  • The yellow FAIL LED on the CCG faceplate is not lit.
• Issue the show chassis environment ccg command to display information about the CCGs.

Related Documentation PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generator Description on page 22. •Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generators on page 389

Maintaining the PTX5000 Air Filters

Purpose For optimum cooling, verify the condition of the air filters.

Action On a regular basis:

- Check the air filters for dust and debris.

As a general guideline, we recommended that you replace the filter elements every 6 months for routers operating in a typical environment. The filter elements degrade over time, and replacement intervals will vary by operating environment.

•We recommend that you use spare filter elements within 1 year of manufacture. Check the date of manufacture printed on the filter. Store spare filter elements in a dark, cool, and dry place. Storing the filter elements at higher temperatures, or where they can be exposed to ultraviolet (UV) radiation, hydrocarbon emissions, or vapors from solvents, can significantly reduce their life.

CAUTION: Always keep the air filters in place while the packet transport router is operating. The fans are very powerful, and could pull small bits of wire or other materials into the packettransport router through the unfiltered air intake. This could damage the packet transport router components.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Cooling System Description on page 25.

- Maintaining the PTX5000 Fan Trays on page 375

•Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Cooling System on page 391

Maintaining the PTX5000 Fan Trays

Purpose For optimum cooling, verify the condition of the fan trays.

Action On a regular basis:

- Check the fan tray LEDs on the craft interface. During normal operation, the LEDs are lit green to indicate that the cooling system is functioning normally.

- Place your hand near the exhaust vents at the rear of the chassis to determine whether the fans are pushing air out of the chassis.

• Zone 0: The air exhausts from the left side of the SIBs.

• Zone 1: The exhaust vent is located at the upper rear of the chassis.

•Power system: The air exhausts from the power supply modules (PSMs).

- Monitor the status of the fans. During normal operation, the fans in each fan tray are functioning at less than full speed.

The fan trays each contain multiple fans that work in unison to cool the packet transport router components. If one fan fails, the host subsystem adjusts the speed of the remaining fans to maintain proper cooling. A red alarm is triggered when a fan fails, and a yellow alarm is triggered when a fan tray is removed.

To display the status of the fans, issue the show chassis fan command.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Cooling System Description on page 25.

- Maintaining the PTX5000 Air Filters on page 374

•Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Cooling System on page 391

Maintaining the PTX5000 Host Subsystem

Purpose For optimum packet transport router performance, verify the condition of the host subsystem. Each host subsystem comprises a Routing Engine and an adjacent control board functioning together.

Action On a regular basis:

- Check the host subsystem LEDs OK and Fail on the craft interface for (HOST0 and HOST1. For more information about the LEDs on the craft interface, see "PTX5000 Craft Interface LEDs" on page 17.

During normal operations:

• The green host subsystem OK LED on the craft interface is lit.
• The red host subsystem FAIL LED on the craft interface is not lit.

Related Documentation

Maintaining the PTX5000 Control Boards on page 376.

• Maintaining the PTX5000 Routing Engines on page 376
  •Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Host Subsystem on page 402
  •Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Control Boards on page 405
  •Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Routing Engines on page 403

Maintaining the PTX5000 Routing Engines

Purpose For optimum performance, verify the condition of the Routing Engines.

Action On a regular basis:

• Check the host subsystem LEDs on the craft interface. During normal operations, the OK LED is lit green, and the FAIL LED is not lit. See "PTX5000 Craft Interface LEDs" on page 17.
• Check the LEDs on the Routing Engine. During normal operation, the ONLINE LED on each Routing Engine is lit green, indicating that the Routing Engine is functional. See "PTX5000 Routing Engine LEDs" on page 34.
• Look at the LCD display on the craft interface to view information about the status of the Routing Engines.
• Issue the show chassis routing-engine command to verify that the Routing Engines are operating properly.

Related Documentation

Maintaining the PTX5000 Host Subsystem on page 375.

•Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Host Subsystem on page 402
•Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Routing Engines on page 403

Maintaining the PTX5000 Control Boards

Purpose For optimum performance, verify the condition of the control boards.

Action On a regular basis:

- Check the host subsystem LEDs on the craft interface. See "PTX5000 Craft Interface LEDs" on page 17.

During normal operations:

• The green host subsystem OK LED on the craft interface is lit.
• The red host subsystem FAIL LED on the craft interface is not lit.

- Look at the LEDs on the control board faceplates to see information about the control boards.

During normal operations:

•The green OK LED on the control board faceplate is lit.
- The yellow FAIL LED on the control board faceplate is not lit.
- Issue the show chassis environment cb command to verify that the control boards are operating properly.

Related Documentation

• PTX5000 Host Subsystem Description on page 31PTX5000 Control Board LEDs on page 52
• PTX5000 Control Board Description on page 49
  •Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Control Boards on page 405

Maintaining the PTX5000 FPCs

Purpose For optimum packet transport router performance, verify the condition of the FPCs.

Action On a regular basis:

- Check the LEDs on the FPC. During normal operation:

The green OK LED located the bottom of the FPC lights steadily when the FPC is online and functioning normally. The green OK LED blinks during startup.

• Issue the CLI show chassis fpc command to check the status of installed FPCs. The value Online in the column labeled State indicates that the FPC is functioning normally.
• Issue the CLI show chassis environment fpc command to check the temperature and power of installed FPCs. The temperature values should be below the preconfigured thresholds. The power values provide Information about the voltage supplied to the FPC. The left column displays the required power, in volts. The right column displays the measured power, in millivolts.
• Issue the show chassis fabric topology command. During normal operations, the output for the command shows that the state of the online SIBs and FPCs links are in the OK state.

Related PTX5000 FPC Description on page 55.

Documentation

•Troubleshooting the PTX5000 FPCs on page 406

Maintaining the PTX5000 PICs

Purpose For optimum performance, verify the condition of the PICs.

Action On a regular basis:

- Check the LEDs on PIC faceplates. The meaning of the LED states differs for various PICs. For more information, see the PTX Series Interface Module Reference. If the FPC that houses the PIC detects a PIC failure, the FPC generates an alarm message to be sent to the Routing Engine.

A PIC LED lit green indicates that the PIC is functioning normally.

- Issue the CLI show chassis fpc pic-status command. The PIC slots in an FPC are numbered from 0 through 1, top to bottom.

Related PTX5000 PIC Description on page 59.

Documentation

- Maintaining the PTX5000 PIC Cables on page 378

•Troubleshooting PTX5000 PICs and PIC Cables on page 409

Maintaining the PTX5000 PIC Cables

Purpose For optimum performance, verify the condition of the cables.

Action Use the cable management system (shown in "PTX5000 Cable Management System" on page 14) to support cables and prevent cables from dislodging or developing stress points.
- Place excess cable out of the way in the cable management system. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle from the connector or cable management system, because this stresses the cable at the fastening point. Putting fasteners on the loops helps to maintain their shape.
- Keep the cable connections clean and free of dust and other particles, which can cause drops in the received power level. Always inspect cables and clean them if necessary before connecting an interface.
- Label both ends of the cables to identify them.
- When you unplug a fiber-optic cable from a transceiver, always place a rubber safety plug over the transceiver on the faceplate and on the end of the cable.
- Anchor fiber-optic cable to avoid stress on the connectors. When attaching fiber to a transceiver, be sure to secure the fiber so it is not supporting its own weight as it hangs to the floor. Never let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector.

• Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
• Frequent plugging and unplugging of fiber-optic cable into and out of optical instruments, such as analyzers, can cause damage to the instruments that is expensive to repair. Instead, attach a short fiber extension to the optical equipment. Any wear and tear due to frequent plugging and unplugging is then absorbed by the short fiber extension, which is easy and inexpensive to replace.
• Keep fiber-optic cable connections clean. Small microdeposits of oil and dust in the canal of the transceiver or cable connector could cause loss of light, reducing signal power and possibly causing intermittent problems with the optical connection.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 PIC Description on page 59.

• Maintaining the PTX5000 PICs on page 378
  •Troubleshooting PTX5000 PICs and PIC Cables on page 409

Maintaining the PTX5000 Power System

Purpose For optimum performance, verify the condition of the power distribution units (PDUs), power supply modules (PSMs), DC power cables, and grounding cables.

Action On a regular basis:

• Periodically inspect the site to ensure that the grounding and DC power cables connected to the packet transport router are securely in place and that no moisture is accumulating near the packet transport router. To review grounding and site wiring requirements for the packet transport router, see “PTX5000 Chassis Grounding Cable and Lug Specifications” on page 116 and “Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices” on page 493.
• Check the status of the PDUs by issuing the show chassis environment pdu command.
• Make sure that the DC power cables are arranged so that they do not obstruct access to other packet transport router components.
• Routinely check the status LEDs on the PDU and PSM faceplates and the craft interface to verify that the power system is functioning normally.

During normal operation of the 60-A and 120-A DC PDU and PSM:

• The green PDU OK LEDs light to indicate that the PDUs are functioning normally.
  • Each green DC IN LED on a 60-A DC PDU lights when the input is receiving source DC power.

• Each green -48 V 120 A LED on a 120-A DC PDU lights when the input is receiving source DC power.
  • Each SW ON LED on a 60-A DC PDU lights when the input power switch is on.
  • Each CB ON LED on a 120-A DC PDU lights when the circuit breaker is on.

• The green INPUT OK LED on a power supply module lights when the PSM is receiving voltage.

• The green OUTPUT OK LED on a power supply module lights when the circuit breaker on the PDU is on.

During normal operation of the High Capacity DC PDU and PSM:

• The green PDU OK LEDs light to indicate that the PDUs are functioning normally.
• Each green PSM LED, PSM_0 through PSM_7 on a PDU, lights when the input is receiving appropriate source DC power.
• The green INPUT1 OK LED on a power supply module lights when the input 1 of the PSM is receiving voltage.
• The green INPUT2 OK LED on a power supply module lights when the input 2 of the PSM is receiving voltage.
• The green OUTPUT OK LED on a power supply module lights when power supply output is functioning normally.

For more information about the PDU and PSM LEDs, see “PTX5000 Power Distribution Unit LEDs” on page 87 and “PTX5000 Power Supply Module LEDs” on page 97.

- Check the red and yellow alarm LEDs and the LCD display on the craft interface. PDU and PSM failure or removal triggers an alarm that causes one or both of the LEDs to light and an error message to appear on the LCD display. You can display the associated error messages by issuing the following CLI command:

user@host> show chassis alarms

For a list of possible alarm messages, see "Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Power System" on page 415.

•The power system requires an unobstructed airflow at both the front and rear of the chassis. Periodically check the site to ensure that both the air intake at the bottom front of the chassis and the exhaust from the PSM faceplates are unobstructed.

- To check the power usage in watts for all PDUs and PSMs, issue the show chassis power command.

Chassis Power	Input(V)	Used(W)
Total Power		3810
PDU 0		3810
PSM 0
Input 1	54	331
PSM 1
Input 1	54	661
PSM 2
Input 1	54	1432
PSM 3
Input 1	54	1386

Issue the show chassis power detail command to check the power usage in watts for hardware components such as FPCs, fan trays, Routing Engine and control board, and SIB, CCG, and craft interface.

user@host> show chassis power detail Chassis Power Used(W)

Total Power	4890
PDU 0	2447
PSM 0	1292
PSM 1	702
PSM 2	210
PSM 3	243

PDU 1	2443
PSM 0	1291
PSM 1	685
PSM 2	196
PSM 3	271

Item	Used(W)
Fan Tray 0	194
Fan Tray 1	482
Fan Tray 2	488
RE0/CB0	107
RE1/CB1	108
SIB/CCG/FPD	63
FPC 0	0
FPC 1	0
FPC 2	0
FPC 3	0
FPC 4	0
FPC 5	0
FPC 6	8
FPC 7	0

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Power System Description on page 65.

- PTX5000 Power Distribution Unit LEDs on page 87

- PTX5000 Power Supply Module LEDs on page 97

Maintaining the PTX5000 Switch Interface Boards

Purpose For optimum performance, verify the status of the switch interface boards (SIBs).

Action On a regular basis:

- Check the LEDs on the SIB faceplate and craft interface.

During normal operations:

•The green OK LED on the SIB faceplate is lit.

- The yellow FAIL LED on the SIB faceplate is not lit.

• Issue the show chassis fabric topology command. During normal operations, the output for the command shows that the state of the online SIBs and FPCs links are in the OK state.
• Issue the show chassis environment sib command.

Related Documentation

- PTX5000 Switch Interface Board Description on page 103

- PTX5000 Switch Interface Board LEDs on page 104

- Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Switch Interface Boards on page 427

PART 6

Troubleshooting Hardware

- Troubleshooting Components on page 385

CHAPTER 33

Troubleshooting Components

• PTX5000 Troubleshooting Resources Overview on page 385
• PTX5000 LED Overview on page 386
• PTX5000 Alarm Messages Overview on page 387
- Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generators on page 389
- Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Cooling System on page 391
- Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Host Subsystem on page 402
- Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Routing Engines on page 403
- Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Control Boards on page 405
- Troubleshooting the PTX5000 FPCs on page 406
- Troubleshooting PTX5000 PICs and PIC Cables on page 409
- Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Power System on page 415
- Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Switch Fabric on page 424
- Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Switch Interface Boards on page 427

PTX5000 Troubleshooting Resources Overview

To troubleshoot a packet transport router, you use the Junos OS command-line interface (CLI), LCD, alarms, devices connected to the alarm relay contacts, and LEDs on both the components and craft interface.

• LEDs—When the Routing Engine detects an alarm condition, it lights the red or yellow alarm LED on the craft interface as appropriate. In addition, you can also use the component-specific LEDs on the craft interface and on the faceplate of a component to troubleshoot the packet transport router.
• LCD—When a red or yellow alarm occurs, the cause of the alarm messages is displayed on the craft interface LCD. Use the CLI to display more information about the alarm.
• Alarm devices connected to the alarm relay contact—When a red or yellow alarm occurs, it trips the corresponding alarm relay contact.
• CLI—The CLI is the primary tool for controlling and troubleshooting hardware, Junos OS, routing protocols, and network connectivity. CLI commands display information from routing tables, information specific to routing protocols, and information about network connectivity derived from the ping and traceroute utilities. For information

about using the CLI to troubleshoot the Junos OS, see the appropriate Junos OS configuration guide.

- JTAC—If you need assistance during troubleshooting, you can contact the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) by using the Web or by telephone. If you encounter software problems, or problems with hardware components not discussed here, contact JTAC.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Craft Interface Description on page 15.

- PTX5000 Alarm Messages Overview on page 387

- PTX5000 LED Overview on page 386

- Contacting Customer Support on page 433

PTX5000 LED Overview

• Craft Interface LEDs on page 386

• Component LEDs on page 387

Craft Interface LEDs

The craft interface displays system status messages and allows you to troubleshoot the packet transport router. See "PTX5000 Craft Interface LEDs" on page 17.

NOTE: The FPC LEDs are located on the FPC faceplate.

LEDs on the craft interface include:

- Red and yellow alarm LEDs—One large red circular LED and one large yellow triangular LED indicate two levels of alarm conditions. You can determine the cause of the alarm condition by looking at the LCD on the craft interface.

- SIB LEDs—One bicolor green and red OK indicates the status of each SIB. One green (ACT) LED indicates if the SIB is active and passing traffic. The SIB LEDs are located on the left of the craft interface, and are labeled SIB0 through SIB8.

- Host subsystem LEDs—Three LEDs (one green MASTER, one green OK, and one red FAIL) indicate the status of each host subsystem. The host subsystem LEDs are located on the upper right of the craft interface, and are labeled HOST0 and HOST1.

- CCG LEDs—Three LEDs (one green MASTER, one green OK, and one red FAIL) indicate the status of each host subsystem. The CCG LEDs are located on the upper left of the craft interface, and are labeled CCG0 and CCG1.

- Fan tray LEDs—One bicolor green and red LED for each fan tray labeled 0, 1, and 2 that indicates the status of the fan tray.

• PDU LEDs—One bicolor green and red OK LED for each PDU labeled 0 and 1, which indicates the status of the PDU.
• PSM LEDs—One bicolor green and red LED for each PSM labeled 0 and, 1, 2, and 3, which indicates the status of the PSM.

Component LEDs

The following LEDs are located on various packet transport router components and display the status of those components:

• SIB LEDs—Three LEDs on each SIB faceplate—ACTIVE, OK, and FAIL—indicate the status of that SIB.
  See "PTX5000 Switch Interface Board LEDs" on page 104.
• Control board LEDs—Three LEDs on each control board faceplate—ACTIVE, OK, and FAIL—indicate the status of that control board. Two port LEDs—HOST/ETHERNET and ACT—indicate the port speed and status.
  See "PTX5000 Control Board LEDs" on page 52.
• CCG LEDs—Three LEDs on each CCG faceplate indicate the status of that SCG. If no LEDs are lit, the CCG is not receiving power.
  See "PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generator LEDs" on page 23.
• PIC LEDs—Each port on each PIC has an LED that indicates the status of the port. See the PTX Series Interface Module Reference.
• PDU LEDs—Three LEDs on each PDU faceplate—PDU OK, -48 V 120 A, and CB ON—indicate the status of that PDU.
  See "PTX5000 Power Distribution Unit LEDs" on page 87.
• PSM LEDs—Three LEDs on each PSM faceplate—INPUT OK, OUTPUT OK, and FAULT—indicate the status of that PSM.
  See "PTX5000 Power Supply Module LEDs" on page 97.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Craft Interface Description on page 15.

PTX5000 Alarm Messages Overview

When the Routing Engine detects an alarm condition, it lights the red or yellow alarm LED on the craft interface as appropriate, trips the corresponding alarm relay contact, and reports the cause of the alarm in the craft interface LCD.

• Chassis Alarm Messages on page 388
• Interface Alarm Messages on page 388

Chassis Alarm Messages

Chassis alarm messages Indicate a problem with a chassis component such as the cooling system or power system. To view a more detailed description of the alarm cause, issue the show chassis alarms CLI command:

user@host> show chassis alarms

17 alarms currently active
Alarm time		Class	Description
2011-12-07	11:28:52	PST	Minor	SIB 8 FPC Link Error
2011-12-07	11:28:52	PST	Minor	SIB 7 FPC Link Error
2011-12-07	11:28:52	PST	Minor	SIB 6 FPC Link Error
2011-12-07	11:28:52	PST	Minor	SIB 5 FPC Link Error
2011-12-07	11:28:52	PST	Minor	SIB 4 FPC Link Error
2011-12-07	11:28:52	PST	Minor	SIB 3 FPC Link Error
2011-12-07	11:28:52	PST	Minor	SIB 2 FPC Link Error
2011-12-07	11:28:52	PST	Minor	SIB 1 FPC Link Error
2011-12-07	11:28:52	PST	Minor	SIB 0 FPC Link Error
2011-12-07	11:15:42	PST	Minor	No Redundant Power for FPC 0-7
2011-12-07	11:15:42	PST	Minor	No Redundant Power for Rear Chassis
2011-12-07	11:15:42	PST	Minor	No Redundant Power for Fan 0-2
2011-12-07	11:15:42	PST	Minor	PDU 1 PSM 3 Absent
2011-12-07	11:15:42	PST	Minor	PDU 1 PSM 2 Absent
2011-12-07	11:15:42	PST	Minor	PDU 1 PSM 1 Absent
2011-12-07	11:15:42	PST	Minor	PDU 1 PSM 0 Absent
2011-12-07	11:15:42	PST	Minor	PDU 1 Absent

For more information and troubleshooting for chassis alarms, see the following documentation:

• See "Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Cooling System" on page 391.
• See "Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generators" on page 389.
• See “Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Control Boards” on page 405.
• See "Troubleshooting the PTX5000 FPCs" on page 406.
• See “Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Host Subsystem” on page 402.
• See “Troubleshooting PTX5000 PICs and PIC Cables” on page 409.
• See "Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Power System" on page 415.
  • See "Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Routing Engines" on page 403
• See "Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Switch Interface Boards" on page 427.

Interface Alarm Messages

Interface alarms indicate a problem with a specific network interface.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Craft Interface Description on page 15.

•System-Wide Alarms and Alarms for Each Interface Type

Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generators

Problem Description:

The following alarms and LEDs indicate a problem with a CCG:

•Table 93 on page 390 lists the alarms.
•Table 94 on page 390 lists the CCG LEDs.
•Table 95 on page 390 lists the CCG port LEDs.

Solution To troubleshoot the CCGs:

1. Use the CLI to check for alarms. Issue the show chassis alarms command to view the alarms.

show chassis alarms

10 alarms currently active

Alarm time Class Description

2012-11-03 05:02:14 PDT Major CCG 1 Failure

1. Check the LEDs on the faceplate of each CCG and on the craft interface.
2. Issue the show chassis environment ccg command to check the status of the CCGs.

user@host> show chassis environment ccg

CCG 0 status:
State	Online - Master clock
Temperature	36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
Power
1.2 V bias	1200 mV
1.8 V	1800 mV
3.3 V	3299 mV
3.3 V bias	3300 mV
Bus Revision	135
CCG 1 status:
State	Online - Standby
Temperature	37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
Power
1.2 V bias	1199 mV
1.8 V	1799 mV
3.3 V	3300 mV
3.3 V bias	3300 mV
Bus Revision	135

In Table 93 on page 390, the text in the column labeled "LCD Message" appears in the display of the craft interface. The text in the column labeled "CLI Message" appears in the output from the show chassis alarms command.

Table 93: Troubleshooting Chassis Alarm Messages for the CCGs

			Alarm ConditionCLI Messag
Red	CCG CCG-numberFailure	Failure	A CCG has failed.CCG CCG-number
		No CG OnlineNo CG	OnlineCGs are installed, or the CCGs installed are not online
	CCG CCG-number LOS	Ext-ACCG CCG-number External-A LOS	Loss of signal has occurred on the Bits-A port configured to be the primary or secondary clocking source, .
	CCG CCG-number LOS	Ext-BCCG CCG-number External-B LOS	Loss of signal has occurred on the Bits-B port configured to be the primary or secondary clocking source.
	CCG CCG-number SYNC UNSUPP	EXT CCG CCG-number EXT SYNC UNSUPP	External synchronization is not supported.
Yellow	CCG CCG-number Online	Not Online	A CCG is offline.CCG CCG-number Not

Table 94: Troubleshooting CCG LEDs

			Label	Recovery Description State
FAIL	Yellow	On steadily	The CCG has detected a failure.	Replace the CCG.
OK	-	Off	The CCG is not online or is being the CCG online. powered on.

Table 95: Troubleshooting CCG Port LEDs

Label	Color	State	Description
FAULT	Yellow	On steadily	The CCG has detected a failure.
LINK	Yellow	On steadily	BITS loss of signal
NOTE: The LINK LEDs are supported only for the BITS ports. This LED is not supported for the GPS ports.		Off	No loss of signal

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generator Description on page 22

• PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generator LEDs on page 23
• Maintaining the PTX5000 Centralized Clock Generators on page 374

Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Cooling System

• Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Fan Trays on page 391
• Troubleshooting Temperature Alarms on page 393

Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Fan Trays

Problem Description:

The following alarms and LEDs indicate a problem with the fan trays:

•Table 96 on page 393 lists the alarms.

•Table 97 on page 393 lists the LEDs.

Solution To troubleshoot the fan trays:

1. Check the alarms.

- Issue the show chassis alarms command to get information about the source of an alarm condition:

user@host> show chassis alarms

- Find the source of the problem by looking at the display on the craft interface. The number of alarm conditions, as well as the source of each alarm, appears on the screen.

1. Use the show chassis fan command to verify that the status of each fan is OK.

NOTE: Fan Tray 0 and Fan Tray 1 refer to the fans in the horizontal fan trays that cool zone 1, and Fan Tray 2 refers to fans in the vertical fan tray that cools zone 0.

1. If only one fan has failed and the other fans are functioning normally, the fan is probably faulty and you need to replace the fan tray.

2. Use the show chassis zones command to verify the status of each cooling zone.

user@host> show chassis zones

ZONE 0 Status

Driving FRU	Routing Engine 0
Temperature	72 degrees C / 161 degrees F
Condition	OK
Num Fans Missing	0
Num Fans Failed	0
Fan Duty Cycle	0

ZONE 1 Status

Driving FRU	FPC 5 TL1
Temperature	66 degrees C / 150 degrees F
Condition	OK
Num Fans Missing	0
Num Fans Failed	0
Fan Duty Cycle	0

1. Use the show chassis zones detail command to verify the status of each component in cooling zone 0 and cooling zone 1.

user@host> show chassis zones detail

ZONE 0 Status

Item	Status	Measurement
CB 0	OK
CB 1	OK
Routing Engine 0	OK
Routing Engine 1	OK
SIB 0	OK
SIB 1	OK
SIB 2	OK
SIB 3	OK
SIB 4	OK
SIB 5	OK
SIB 6	OK
SIB 7	OK
SIB 8	OK
Fan Tray 0	OK	Spinning at 35% fan tray speed
ZONE 1 Status
Item	Status	Measurement
FPC 0	OK
PIC 0/0	Absent
PIC 0/1	Absent
FPC 1	OK

PIC 1/0	Absent
PIC 1/1	Absent
FPC 2	OK
PIC 2/0	OK
PIC 2/1	OK
FPC 3	Absent
FPC 4	Absent
FPC 5	OK
PIC 5/0	OK
PIC 5/1	OK
FPC 6	OK
PIC 6/0	Absent
PIC 6/1	Absent
FPC 7	OK
PIC 7/0	OK
PIC 7/1	OK
Fan Tray 1	OK
Fan Tray 2	OK

Spinning at 31% fan tray speed
Spinning at 32% fan tray speed

In Table 96 on page 393, the text in the column labeled "LCD Message" appears in the display of the craft interface. The text in the column labeled "CLI Message" appears in the output from the show chassis alarms command.
Table 96: Troubleshooting Fan Tray Alarms

Alarm Type				RecoveryAlarm ConditionCLI Messag
Red	Fan Failure	fan-name Failure	A fan has failed.	Replace the fan tray.
	Fans Missing	Too many fans missing or failing	or too many fan trays have failed.	Reinstall the fan tray in the chassis.A fan tray is miss
		fan-name Removed	Fan Removed removed.	Reinstall the fan tray in the chassis.A fan tray has be

Table 97: Troubleshooting Fan Tray LEDs on the Craft Interface

Color	State	Description	Recovery
Red	On steadily	The fan tray has failed.	Replace the fan tray.
-	Off	The fan tray is offline or absent.	Reinstall the fan tray in the chassis.

Troubleshooting Temperature Alarms

Problem Description:

The following alarms or other conditions indicate a problem with the temperature of the hardware components:

• Table 98 on page 401 lists the alarms.

- The packet transport router is powered off immediately if the temperature of a packet transport router component exceeds the preconfigured maximum Fire Shutdown threshold.

Solution To troubleshoot temperature alarms:

1. Find the source of the problem by looking at the display on the craft interface. The number of alarm conditions, as well as the source of each alarm, appears on the screen. Issue the show chassis alarms command to get information about the source of an alarm condition:

user@host> show chassis alarms

1. Verify that there is sufficient air flow. See "PTX5000 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance" on page 115, "Maintaining the PTX5000 Fan Trays" on page 375, and "Maintaining the PTX5000 Air Filters" on page 374.

Place your hand near the exhaust vents at the rear of the chassis to determine whether the fans are pushing air out of the chassis.

•Zone 0: The air exhausts from the left side of the SIBs.

• Zone 1: The exhaust vent is located at the upper rear of the chassis.

•Power system: The air exhausts from the power supply modules (PSMs).

1. Verify that the cooling system in the chassis is operating properly. See “Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Fan Trays” on page 391.

2. Verify that the room temperature is within acceptable limits. Use the show chassis temperature-thresholds to show the temperature thresholds for various components.

NOTE: Exhaust A, Exhaust B, TLn, TQn, TLn, Ambient, Exhaust, and Junction correspond to temperature sensors located on the respective hardware component.

user@host> show chassis temperature-thresholds show chassis temperature-thresholds

Item	Fan speed (degrees C)		Yellow alarm (degrees C)		Red alarm (degrees C)		Fire Shutdown (degrees C)
	Normal	High	Normal	Bad fan	Normal	Bad fan	Normal
Routing Engine 0	80	90	95	85	105	95	115
CB 0 Exhaust A	60	65	78	75	85	80	95
CB 0 Exhaust B	60	65	78	75	85	80	95
CB 1 Exhaust A	60	65	78	75	85	80	95
CB 1 Exhaust B	60	65	78	75	85	80	95
FPC 3 Exhaust A	80	90	95	85	105	95	115
FPC 3 Exhaust B	80	90	95	85	105	95	115
FPC 3 TL5	80	90	95	85	105	95	115
FPC 3 TQ5	80	90	95	85	105	95	115
FPC 3 TL6	80	90	95	85	105	95	115
FPC 3 TQ6	80	90	95	85	105	95	115
FPC 3 TL1	80	90	95	85	105	95	115
FPC 3 TQ1	80	90	95	85	105	95	115
FPC 3 TL2	80	90	95	85	105	95	115
FPC 3 TQ2	80	90	95	85	105	95	115
FPC 3 TL4	80	90	95	85	105	95	115
FPC 3 TQ4	80	90	95	85	105	95	115
FPC 3 TL7	80	90	95	85	105	95	115
FPC 3 TQ7	80	90	95	85	105	95	115
FPC 3 TL0	80	90	95	85	105	95	115
FPC 3 TQ0	80	90	95	85	105	95	115
FPC 3 TL3	80	90	95	85	105	95	115
FPC 3 TQ3	80	90	95	85	105	95	115
SIB 0 Exhaust	60	65	78	75	85	80	95
SIB 0 Junction	75	80	90	85	105	95	115
SIB 1 Exhaust	60	65	78	75	85	80	95
SIB 1 Junction	75	80	90	85	105	95	115
SIB 2 Exhaust	60	65	78	75	85	80	95
SIB 2 Junction	75	80	90	85	105	95	115
SIB 3 Exhaust	60	65	78	75	85	80	95
SIB 3 Junction	75	80	90	85	105	95	115
SIB 4 Exhaust	60	65	78	75	85	80	95
SIB 4 Junction	75	80	90	85	105	95	115
SIB 5 Exhaust	60	65	78	75	85	80	95
SIB 5 Junction	75	80	90	85	105	95	115
SIB 6 Exhaust	60	65	78	75	85	80	95
SIB 6 Junction	75	80	90	85	105	95	115
SIB 7 Exhaust	60	65	78	75	85	80	95
SIB 7 Junction	75	80	90	85	105	95	115
SIB 8 Exhaust	60	65	78	75	85	80	95
SIB 8 Junction	75	80	90	85	105	95	115

1. Look at the PDU and PSM LEDs on the craft interface.

2. If both PDUs fail, the system temperature might have exceeded the threshold, causing the system to shut down. If the temperature exceeds the acceptable maximum, the control board turns off the PDUs.

3. Check the temperature of components that are monitored for temperature alarms by issuing the show chassis environment monitored command. For more information about temperature alarms, see Table 98 on page 401.

Verify that the status of each component is OK.

NOTE: Exhaust A, Exhaust B, TLn, TQn, Ambient, Exhaust, and Junction correspond to temperature sensors located on the respective hardware component.

The output is similar to the following:

user@host> show chassis environment monitored

Class Item	Status	Measurement
Routing Engine 0 CPU	OK	69 degrees C / 156 degrees F
Routing Engine 1 CPU	OK	60 degrees C / 140 degrees F
CB 0 Exhaust A	OK	44 degrees C / 111 degrees F
CB 0 Exhaust B	OK	40 degrees C / 104 degrees F
CB 1 Exhaust A	OK	38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
CB 1 Exhaust B	OK	35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
SIB 0 Exhaust	OK	36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
SIB 0 Junction	OK	40 degrees C / 104 degrees F
SIB 1 Exhaust	OK	35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
SIB 1 Junction	OK	42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
SIB 2 Exhaust	OK	36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
SIB 2 Junction	OK	40 degrees C / 104 degrees F
SIB 3 Exhaust	OK	38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
SIB 3 Junction	OK	41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
SIB 4 Exhaust	OK	42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
SIB 4 Junction	OK	51 degrees C / 123 degrees F
SIB 5 Exhaust	OK	42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
SIB 5 Junction	OK	60 degrees C / 140 degrees F
SIB 6 Exhaust	OK	39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
SIB 6 Junction	OK	63 degrees C / 145 degrees F
SIB 7 Exhaust	OK	39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
SIB 7 Junction	OK	62 degrees C / 143 degrees F
SIB 8 Exhaust	OK	40 degrees C / 104 degrees F
SIB 8 Junction	OK	64 degrees C / 147 degrees F
FPC 0 Exhaust A	OK	50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
FPC 0 Exhaust B	OK	43 degrees C / 109 degrees F
FPC 0 TL0	OK	48 degrees C / 118 degrees F
FPC 0 TQ0	OK	52 degrees C / 125 degrees F
FPC 0 TL1	OK	56 degrees C / 132 degrees F
FPC 0 TQ1	OK	57 degrees C / 134 degrees F
FPC 0 TL2	OK	54 degrees C / 129 degrees F
FPC 0 TQ2	OK	55 degrees C / 131 degrees F
FPC 0 TL3	OK	58 degrees C / 136 degrees F
FPC 0 TQ3	OK	58 degrees C / 136 degrees F
FPC 2 Exhaust A	OK	50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
FPC 2 Exhaust B	OK	51 degrees C / 123 degrees F
FPC 2 TL0	OK	53 degrees C / 127 degrees F
FPC 2 TQ0	OK	52 degrees C / 125 degrees F
FPC 2 TL1	OK	57 degrees C / 134 degrees F
FPC 2 TQ1	OK	57 degrees C / 134 degrees F
FPC 2 TL2	OK	54 degrees C / 129 degrees F
FPC 2 TQ2	OK	59 degrees C / 138 degrees F
FPC 2 TL3	OK	60 degrees C / 140 degrees F
FPC 2 TQ3	OK	63 degrees C / 145 degrees F
PIC 2/0 Ambient	OK	48 degrees C / 118 degrees F

1. If there is a temperature alarm for a hardware component, issue on the following commands for more detail.

- Use the show chassis environment routing-engine command to check the temperature of each Routing Engine.

user@host> show chassis environment routing-engine

Routing Engine 0 status:

State

Temperature

CPU Temperature

Routing Engine 1 status:

State

Temperature

CPU Temperature

Online Master

55 degrees C / 131 degrees F

66 degrees C / 150 degrees F

Online Standby

52 degrees C / 125 degrees F

64 degrees C / 147 degrees F

- Use the show chassis environment cb command to check the temperature of each control board.

NOTE: Exhaust A and Exhaust B correspond to temperature sensors located on the control boards.

user@host> show chassis environment cb

CB 0 status:

State	Online Master
Intake Temperature	38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
Exhaust A Temperature	45 degrees C / 113 degrees F
Exhaust B Temperature	42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
Power 1
1.2 V	1200 mV
1.25 V	1250 mV
2.5 V	2500 mV
3.3 V	3300 mV
Power 2
1.0 V	1000 mV
3.3 V bias	3293 mV
3.9 V	3921 mV
Bus Revision	132
FPGA Revision	27

CB 1 status:

State	Online Standby
Intake Temperature	34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
Exhaust A Temperature	39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
Exhaust B Temperature	36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
Power 1
1.2 V	1199 mV
1.25 V	1250 mV
2.5 V	2499 mV
3.3 V	3299 mV
Power 2
1.0 V	1000 mV
3.3 V bias	3312 mV
3.9 V	3961 mV
Bus Revision	132
FPGA Revision	28

- Use the show chassis environment sib command to check the temperature of each SIB. In this example, SIB 3 status is not listed.

NOTE: Intake, Exhaust, and Junction correspond to temperature sensors located on the sibs.

user@host> show chassis environment sib

SIB 0 status:

State	Online
Intake Temperature	39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
Exhaust Temperature	37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
Junction Temperature	43 degrees C / 109 degrees F
Power
1.0 V	1000 mV
1.5 V	1499 mV
1.2 V	1199 mV
3.3 V	3300 mV
0.9 V	900 mV
2.5 V	2500 mV
3.3 V bias	3298 mV
SIB 1 status:
State	Online
Intake Temperature	39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
Exhaust Temperature	36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
Junction Temperature	45 degrees C / 113 degrees F
Power
1.0 V	1000 mV
1.5 V	1500 mV
1.2 V	1200 mV
3.3 V	3300 mV
0.9 V	900 mV
2.5 V	2499 mV
3.3 V bias	3321 mV
SIB 2 status:
State	Online
Intake Temperature	37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
Exhaust Temperature	37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
Junction Temperature	41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
Power
1.0 V	999 mV
1.5 V	1499 mV
1.2 V	1199 mV
3.3 V	3299 mV
0.9 V	900 mV
2.5 V	2500 mV
3.3 V bias	3339 mV
SIB 4 status:
State	Online
Intake Temperature	47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
Exhaust Temperature	45 degrees C / 113 degrees F
Junction Temperature	57 degrees C / 134 degrees F
Power
1.0 V	1000 mV
1.5 V	1500 mV
1.2 V	1199 mV
3.3 V	3299 mV
0.9 V	900 mV
2.5 V	2499 mV
3.3 V bias	3333 mV
...

- Use the show chassis environment fpc command to check the temperature of FPC.

NOTE: PMB, Intake, Exhaust A, Exhaust B, TLn, and TQn correspond to temperature sensors located on the FPCs.

user@host> show chassis environment fpc

FPC 0 status:

State		Online
PMB Temperature		35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
Intake Temperature		33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
Exhaust A Temperature		51 degrees C / 123 degrees F
Exhaust B Temperature		43 degrees C / 109 degrees F
TLO Temperature		48 degrees C / 118 degrees F
TQO Temperature		53 degrees C / 127 degrees F
TL1 Temperature		56 degrees C / 132 degrees F
TQ1 Temperature		58 degrees C / 136 degrees F
TL2 Temperature		55 degrees C / 131 degrees F
TQ2 Temperature		57 degrees C / 134 degrees F
TL3 Temperature		59 degrees C / 138 degrees F
TQ3 Temperature		59 degrees C / 138 degrees F
Power
PMB	1.05v	1049 mV
PMB	1.5v	1500 mV
PMB	2.5v	2500 mV
PMB	3.3v	3299 mV
PFE0	1.5v	1500 mV
PFE0	1.0v	999 mV
TQ0	0.9v	900 mV
TL0	0.9v	900 mV
PFE1	1.5v	1499 mV
PFE1	1.0v	999 mV
TQ1	0.9v	899 mV
TL1	0.9v	900 mV
PFE2	1.5v	1500 mV
PFE2	1.0v	1000 mV
TQ2	0.9v	900 mV
TL2	0.9v	900 mV
PFE3	1.5v	1499 mV
PFE3	1.0v	1000 mV
TQ3	0.9v	900 mV
TL3	0.9v	900 mV
Bias	3.3v	3327 mV
FPC	3.3v	3300 mV
FPC	2.5v	2500 mV
SAM	0.9v	900 mV
A	12.0v	2014 mV
B	12.0v	2030 mV

1. Use the show chassis environment command to verify that the status of each component is OK.

NOTE: Exhaust A, Exhaust B, TLn, TQn, Ambient, Intake, Exhaust, and Junction correspond to temperature sensors located on the respective hardware component.

user@host> show chassis environment

Class	Item	Status	Measurement
Temp	PDU 0	OK
	PDU 0 PSM 0	OK	35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
	PDU 0 PSM 1	OK	37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
	PDU 0 PSM 2	OK	37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
	PDU 0 PSM 3	OK	37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
	PDU 1	Absent
	CCG 0	OK	43 degrees C / 109 degrees F
	CCG 1	Absent
	Routing Engine 0	OK	61 degrees C / 141 degrees F
	Routing Engine 0 CPU	OK	74 degrees C / 165 degrees F
	Routing Engine 1	OK	50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
	Routing Engine 1 CPU	OK	63 degrees C / 145 degrees F
	CB 0 Intake	OK	39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
	CB 0 Exhaust A	OK	45 degrees C / 113 degrees F
	CB 0 Exhaust B	OK	41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
	CB 1 Intake	OK	35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
	CB 1 Exhaust A	OK	38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
	CB 1 Exhaust B	OK	36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
	SIB 0 Intake	OK	39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
	SIB 0 Exhaust	OK	36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
	SIB 0 Junction	OK	43 degrees C / 109 degrees F
	SIB 1 Intake	OK	39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
	SIB 1 Exhaust	OK	36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
	SIB 1 Junction	OK	45 degrees C / 113 degrees F
	SIB 2 Intake	OK	37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
	SIB 2 Exhaust	OK	36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
	SIB 2 Junction	OK	42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
	SIB 3 Intake	OK	40 degrees C / 104 degrees F
	SIB 3 Exhaust	OK	40 degrees C / 104 degrees F
	SIB 3 Junction	OK	46 degrees C / 114 degrees F
	SIB 4 Intake	OK	47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
	SIB 4 Exhaust	OK	44 degrees C / 111 degrees F
	SIB 4 Junction	OK	58 degrees C / 136 degrees F
	SIB 5 Intake	OK	57 degrees C / 134 degrees F
	SIB 5 Exhaust	OK	42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
	SIB 5 Junction	OK	69 degrees C / 156 degrees F
	SIB 6 Intake	OK	56 degrees C / 132 degrees F
	SIB 6 Exhaust	OK	41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
	SIB 6 Junction	OK	63 degrees C / 145 degrees F
	SIB 7 Intake	OK	56 degrees C / 132 degrees F
	SIB 7 Exhaust	OK	41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
	SIB 7 Junction	OK	64 degrees C / 147 degrees F
	SIB 8 Intake	OK	57 degrees C / 134 degrees F
	SIB 8 Exhaust	OK	42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
	SIB 8 Junction	OK	68 degrees C / 154 degrees F
	FPC 0 PMB	OK	34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
	FPC 0 Intake	OK	32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
	FPC 0 Exhaust A	OK	50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
	FPC 0 Exhaust B	OK	43 degrees C / 109 degrees F
	FPC 0 TLO	OK	47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
	FPC 0 TQO	OK	52 degrees C / 125 degrees F
	FPC 0 TL1	OK	55 degrees C / 131 degrees F
	FPC 0 TQ1	OK	57 degrees C / 134 degrees F
	FPC 0 TL2	OK	54 degrees C / 129 degrees F
	FPC 0 TQ2	OK	55 degrees C / 131 degrees F
	FPC 0 TL3	OK	57 degrees C / 134 degrees F
	FPC 0 TQ3	OK	57 degrees C / 134 degrees F
	FPC 2 PMB	OK	34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
	FPC 2 Intake	OK	33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
	FPC 2 Exhaust A	OK	50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
	FPC 2 Exhaust B	OK	51 degrees C / 123 degrees F
	FPC 2 TLO	OK	52 degrees C / 125 degrees F
	FPC 2 TQO	OK	52 degrees C / 125 degrees F
	FPC 2 TL1	OK	56 degrees C / 132 degrees F
	FPC 2 TQ1	OK	57 degrees C / 134 degrees F
	FPC 2 TL2	OK	53 degrees C / 127 degrees F
	FPC 2 TQ2	OK	58 degrees C / 136 degrees F
	FPC 2 TL3	OK	59 degrees C / 138 degrees F
	FPC 2 TQ3	OK	62 degrees C / 143 degrees F
	PIC 2/0 Ambient	OK	48 degrees C / 118 degrees F
	FPM I2CS	OK	36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
Fans	Fan Tray 0 Fan 1	OK	2700 RPM
	Fan Tray 0 Fan 2	OK	2528 RPM
	Fan Tray 0 Fan 3	OK	2700 RPM

Fan Tray 0 Fan 4	OK	2742 RPM
Fan Tray 0 Fan 5	OK	2700 RPM
Fan Tray 0 Fan 6	OK	2700 RPM
Fan Tray 0 Fan 7	OK	2700 RPM
Fan Tray 0 Fan 8	OK	2700 RPM
Fan Tray 0 Fan 9	OK	2657 RPM
Fan Tray 0 Fan 10	OK	2871 RPM
Fan Tray 0 Fan 11	OK	2871 RPM
Fan Tray 0 Fan 12	OK	2871 RPM
Fan Tray 0 Fan 13	OK	2785 RPM
Fan Tray 0 Fan 14	OK	2742 RPM

In Table 98 on page 401, the text in the column labeled "LCD Message" appears in the display of the craft interface. The text in the column labeled "CLI Message" appears in the output from the show chassis alarms command. An alarm indicates that the temperature for packet transport router component exceeds the preconfigured temperature warm or temperature hot threshold.

Table 98: Troubleshooting Temperature Alarms

Alarm Type				SolutionAlarm ConditionCLI Message
	Sensor FailureRed	Temperaturesensor failure	failed.	Contact JTAC.A temperature sensor
	cb-number Hot	cb-numer Temperature Hot	The control board temperature exceeded the hot temperature threshold. If this condition persists, the control board shuts down.	Issue the show chassis routing-engine command.
	FPC FPC-number PIC PIC-number Hot	FPC FPC-number PIC PIC-number Temperature Hot	The FPC temperature exceeded the hot temperature threshold. If this condition persists, the FPC shuts down.	Issue the show chassis fpc command.Verify that the room temperature is within acceptable limits.Verify that there is sufficient air flow.Verify that the cooling system in the chassis is operating properly.
	sib-number Hot	sib-number Temperature Hot	The SIB temperature exceeded the hot temperature threshold. If this condition persists, the SIB shuts down.	Issue the show chassis sib command.Verify that the room temperature is within acceptable limits.Verify that there is sufficient air flow.Verify that the cooling system in the chassis is operating properly.
	cb-number WarmYellowdb-numberTemperatureWarm		The control board temperature exceeded the warm temperature threshold.	Verify that fans in the vertical fan tray have not failed.Verify that fans in the vertical fan tra are running at appropriate speed. Issue the show chassis routing-engine command.
	sib-number Warm	sib-number Temperature Warm	The SIB temperature exceeded the warm temperature threshold.	·Verify that the fans in the vertical fan tray have not failed.·Verify that fans in the vertical fan tray are running at appropriate speed.·Issue the show chassis sib command.·Verify that there is sufficient air flow to the rear fan tray.
	FPC FPC-number PIC PIC-number Warm	FPC FPC-number PIC PIC-numberTemperature Warm	The FPC temperature exceeded the warm temperature threshold.	·Verify that the fans in the horizontal fan trays have not failed.·Verify that fans in the horizontal fan trays are running at the appropriate speed.·Issue the show chassis fpc command.

Related Documentation	PTX5000 Cooling System Description on page 25.
	•PTX5000 Craft Interface Description on page 15
	•PTX5000 Craft Interface LEDs on page 17
	•Maintaining the PTX5000 Air Filters on page 374
	•Maintaining the PTX5000 Fan Trays on page 375
	•Replacing a PTX5000 Horizontal Fan Tray on page 247
	•Replacing a PTX5000 Vertical Fan Tray on page 249

Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Host Subsystem

Problem Description:

The following alarms and LEDs indicate a problem with a host subsystem control board or Routing Engine:

•Table 99 on page 403 lists the alarms.

•Table 100 on page 403 lists the LEDs.

Solution To troubleshoot the host subsystems:

1. Check the LEDs on the craft interface.

If the red HOST0 FAIL or HOST1 FAIL LED is lit, look at the LCD on the craft interface to get more information about the cause of the problem.

1. Check the LEDs on the faceplate of each control board and Routing Engine. See "Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Control Boards" on page 405 and "Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Routing Engines" on page 403.

2. Use the CLI to check for alarms. Issue the show chassis alarms command to view the alarms.

In Table 99 on page 403, the text in the column labeled "LCD Message" appears in the display of the craft interface. The text in the column labeled "CLI Message" appears in the output from the show chassis alarms command.

Table 99: Troubleshooting Host Subsystem Alarm Messages

				RecoveryConditionCLI Me
Red	Host host-number Removed	Host host-number Removed	The Routing Engine or controlReinstall the Routing Engine board has been removed. and control board.
Yellow	Host host-number Failure	Host host-number Failure	The Routing Engine or controlReplace the Routing Engine board has been failed. or control board.

Table 100: Troubleshooting Host Subsystem LEDs

				RecoveryDescriptionStateColorLabel
OK	-	Off	Host subsystem is offline or absent.	If the host subsystem is absent, reinstall the Routing Engine or control board.Bring the host subsystem online.
FAIL	Red	On steadily	Host subsystem has failed.	Replace the Routing Engine or control board.

Related PTX5000 Host Subsystem Description on page 31
Documentation
- PTX5000 Control Board Description on page 49
- PTX5000 Control Board LEDs on page 52
-PTX5000 Routing Engine Description on page 32
- PTX5000 Routing Engine LEDs on page 34
•Maintaining the PTX5000 Control Boards on page 376
- Maintaining the PTX5000 Routing Engines on page 376
•Replacing a PTX5000 Control Board on page 264
•Replacing a PTX5000 C2600 Routing Engine on page 255

Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Routing Engines

Problem Description:

The following indicate a problem with the Routing Engine:

•Table 101 on page 405 lists the LEDs.

•An alarm indicates that a host subsystem has been removed or failed.

- The ONLINE LED on the Routing Engine faceplate is lit steadily red.

Solution 1. Issue the show chassis alarms command to check for alarms.

1. Check the display on the craft interface to determine the source of a yellow or red alarm). Junos OS constantly updates the screen with status information for each component.

2. Check the ONLINE LED on the Routing Engine faceplate. If the ONLINE LED is red, issue the chassis routing-engine command to check the status of the Routing Engine.

user@host> show chassis routing-engine

user@host> show chassis routing-engine

Routing Engine status:

Slot 0:

Current state

Election priority

Temperature

CPU temperature

DRAM

Memory utilization

CPU utilization:

User

Background

Kernel

Interrupt

Idle

Model

Serial ID

Start time

Uptime

Last reboot reason

Load averages:

Master

Master (default)

60 degrees C / 140 degrees F

73 degrees C / 163 degrees F

17152 MB

11 percent

0 percent

0 percent

4 percent

1 percent

94 percent

RE-DUO-2600

P737A-002231

2011-12-07 09:54:43 PST

3 hours, 9 minutes, 55 seconds

Router rebooted after a normal shutdown.

1 minute 5 minute 15 minute

0.04

0.04

0.01

Routing Engine status:

Slot 1:

Current state

Election priority

Temperature

CPU temperature

DRAM

Memory utilization

CPU utilization:

User

Background

Kernel

Interrupt

Idle

Model

Serial ID

Start time

Uptime

Last reboot reason

Backup

Backup (default)

50 degrees C / 122 degrees F

62 degrees C / 143 degrees F

17152 MB

11 percent

0 percent

0 percent

0 percent

0 percent

99 percent

RE-DUO-2600

P737A-002438

2011-12-07 09:53:16 PST

3 hours, 11 minutes, 23 seconds

Router rebooted after a normal shutdown.

1. Use the show chassis alarms command to display Routing Engine alarms.

Table 101: Troubleshooting Routing Engine LEDs

				RecoveryDescriptionSta
		On steadilyRed	OnRouting Engine is not functioning normally.	Replace the Routing Engine.
	-	Off	Routing Engine is not online or not functioning normally.	Bring the Routing Engine online.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Host Subsystem Description on page 31.

- PTX5000 Routing Engine Description on page 32

-PTX5000 Routing Engine LEDs on page 34

- PTX5000 Craft Interface LEDs on page 17

- Maintaining the PTX5000 Routing Engines on page 376

•Replacing a PTX5000 C2600 Routing Engine on page 255

Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Control Boards

Problem Description:

The following alarms and LEDs indicate a problem with a control board:

•Table 102 on page 405 lists the alarms.

•Table 103 on page 406 lists the control board LEDs.

Solution To troubleshoot the control boards:

1. Check the LEDs on the faceplate of each control board and the craft interface.
2. Use the CLI to check for alarms. Issue the show chassis alarms command to view the alarms.

In Table 102 on page 405, the text in the column labeled "LCD Message" appears in the display of the craft interface. The text in the column labeled "CLI Message" appears in the output from the show chassis alarms command.

Table 102: Troubleshooting Control Board Alarms

Alarm Type	LCD Message	CLI Message	Alarm Condition	Recovery
Red	CB cb-number Failure	CB cb-number Failure	A control board failed.	Replace the control board
	CB cb-number Removed	CB cb-number Removed	A control board has Reinstall the control board been removed.

Table 102: Troubleshooting Control Board Alarms (continued)

				RecoveryAlarm ConditionCLI Mes
Yellow	CB cb-numberEthernet SwitchFailure	CB cb-numberEthernet SwitchFailure	the control board hasfailed.	Replace the control board.The Ethernet switch on

Table 103: Troubleshooting Control Board LEDs

				RecoveryDescriptionStateColorLabel
FAIL	Yellow	On steadily	Control board has failed.	Replace the control board.
OK	-	Off	Control board is offline.	Bring the control board online.

Related Documentation

• PTX5000 Control Board Description on page 49
• PTX5000 Control Board LEDs on page 52
• PTX5000 Host Subsystem Description on page 31
• PTX5000 Craft Interface Description on page 15
• PTX5000 Craft Interface LEDs on page 17
- Maintaining the PTX5000 Control Boards on page 376
• Replacing a PTX5000 Control Board on page 264

Troubleshooting the PTX5000 FPCs

Problem Description:

Alarms listed in Table 104 on page 408 and Table 105 on page 409 indicate a problem with an FPC.

Solution To troubleshoot an FPC:

1. Look at the display on the craft interface to check the status of the FPC and the PICs that are plugged into it.
2. Issue the show chassis alarms command.
   user@host> show chassis alarms
   2 alarms currently active
   Alarm time Class Description
   2012-11-02 17:46:53 PDT Major FPC 3 PIC 1 Failure
3. Verify that the FPC is properly seated in the midplane. Check that each ejector handle has been turned clockwise and is tight. Use a screwdriver to check that the screws inside the ejector handles are tight.
4. Check the status of an FPC using the following CLI command:
   user@host> show chassis fpc

Slot	State	Temp (C)	CPU Utilization (%)		Memory DRAM (MB)	Utilization (%)
			Total	Interrupt		Heap	Buffer
0	Online	50	5	0	2816	7	28
1	Empty
2	Online	51	5	0	2816	9	27
3	Online	53	5	0	2816	7	27
4	Offline	---Configured power off---
5	Online	50	9	0	2816	9	27
6	Online	50	5	0	2816	7	28
7	Offline	---No power---

1. To determine the cause of link errors between the FPCs and SIBs, use the show chassis fabric summary command to check the status of the FPCs and SIBs.

user@host> show chassis fabric summary

FRU	State	Errors
SIB0	Online	None
SIB1	Online	None
SIB2	Online	None
SIB3	Empty
SIB4	Online	None
SIB5	Online	None
SIB6	Online	None
SIB7	Online	None
SIB8	Online	None
FPC0	Online	None
FPC1	Online	None
FPC2	Online	None
FPC3	Online	None
FPC4	Offline
FPC5	Online	None
FPC6	Online	None
FPC7	Offline

1. Use the following show chassis fpc detail command to display more detailed information. The following examples specify a slot number, which is optional:

user@host> show chassis fpc detail 7

Slot 7 information:

State

Offline

Reason

No power

user@host> show chassis fpc detail 4

Slot 4 information:

State

Offline

Reason

Configured power off

The output states indicate the following:

•Diagnostics—The FPC failed to initialize.

- No power—The FPC is not receiving enough power. Check the chassisd messages for power allocation information.

Chassis Power

Input(V)

Used(W)

Total Power		3043
PDU 0		3043
PSM 0
Input 1	54	348
PSM 1
Input 1	54	630
PSM 2
Input 1	0	0
PSM 3
Input 1	54	2065

• Offlined due to config—Check if the FPC is configuration to be off. See Configuring the Junos OS to Make a Flexible PIC Concentrator Stay Offlinepower.
• Unresponsive—There might be a hardware failure on the FPC. Reseat the FPC and reboot.

In Table 104 on page 408, the text in the LCD Message column appears in the display of the craft interface. The text in the CLI Message column appears in the output of the show chassis alarms command.
Table 104: Troubleshooting FPC Alarms

Alarm Type				RecoveryAlarm ConditionCLI
Red	FPC fpc-number unreachable PFEs detected	FPC fpc-number unreachable PFEs detected	FPC is not able to forward traffic because of a fabric failure.	Contact JTAC. JTAC needs to analyze the logs to see the reason for the fabric failure.
	FPC fpc-number unreachable PFEs offlined	FPC fpc-number unreachable PFEs offlined	FPC is not able to forward traffic due to a fabric failure.	Contact JTAC. JTAC needs to analyze the logs to see the reason for the fabric failure.
Yellow	Power Budget: Minor alarm	Power Budget: No redundant power	Redundant power is not available for one or more FPCs. If the nonredundant PSM providing power to an FPC fails, the FPC will lose service.	·If any PSM is missing, add the PSM.·If any PSM fails, replace the PSM.
	FPC fpc-number SIB Link Error	FPC fpc-number detects link error	An FPC detected link errors on the high speeds links between an FPC and SIB. This alarm might be caused by an error either on an FPC or on a SIB. The Packet Forwarding Engine's forwarding capacity might be affected.	1. Restart the SIB, and then the FPC. This might affect the traffic.2. If the problem persists, replace the FPC.3. If the problem still persists, replace the particular SIB that was associated with the link error.4. If you are unable to isolate the problem, contact JTAC. JTAC needs to analyze the logs to determine further action.

Table 105: Troubleshooting FPC LEDs

				Label	Code DescriptionState
OK	-	Off	FPC is offline or not seated properly.		Reinstall the FPC and verify the FPC.
FAULT	Red	On steadily	FPC has failed.		Replace the FPC.

Related PTX5000 FPC Description on page 55 Documentation •PTX5000 FPC LEDs on page 58 •Maintaining the PTX5000 FPCs on page 377 •Replacing a PTX5000 FPC on page 273 •Configuring the Junos OS to Make a Flexible PIC Concentrator Stay Offline

Troubleshooting PTX5000 PICs and PIC Cables

• Troubleshooting PTX5000 PICs on page 409
• Troubleshooting PTX5000 PIC Transceivers on page 411

Troubleshooting PTX5000 PICs

Problem Description: A PIC LED lit red indicates a problem with the PIC.

Solution To troubleshoot a PIC:

1. Check the STATUS LED of the PIC. Look at the LEDs located on the PIC faceplate. For information about the meaning of LED states on different PICs, see the PTX Series Interface Module Reference.
2. Issue the show chassis alarms command to check for alarms. For information about the alarms on different PICs, see the PTX Series Interface Module Reference

user@host> show chassis alarms

1 alarm currently active

Alarm time

2012-11-02 17:46:53 PDT

Class Description

Major FPC 3 PIC 1 Failure

1. Check the status of the PICs, issue the show chassis fpc plc-status command. The PIC slots in each FPC are numbered from 0 through 1, top to bottom:

user@host> show chassis fpc plc-status

Slot 0	Online	FPC E
PIC 0	Online	24x 10GE(LAN) SFP+
PIC 1	Online	24x 10GE(LAN) SFP+
Slot 2	Online	FPC E
PIC 0	Online	24x 10GE(LWO) SFP+
PIC 1	Online	4x100GE CFP2
Slot 3	Online	FPC E
PIC 0	Online	4x100GE CFP2
PIC 1	Online	4x100GE CFP2
Slot 4	Online	FPC
PIC 0	Online	2x 100GE CFP
PIC 1	Online	2x 100GE CFP
Slot 7	Online	FPC E
PIC 0	Online	48x10G/12x40G(LWO)QSFP+
PIC 1	Offline	4x100GE OTN CFP2

1. Issue the show chassis pic fpc-slot fpc-slot pic-slot pic-slot command for more information about a specific PIC.

user@host>show chassis plc fpc-slot 3 pic-slot 0

FPC slot 3, PIC slot 0 information:

Type	4x100GE CFP2
State	Online
PIC version	1.1
Uptime	13 minutes, 35 seconds

user@host>show chassis pic fpc-slot 2 pic-slot 1

FPC slot 2, PIC slot 0 information:

Type	24x 10GE(LAN) SFP+
State	Online
PIC version	1.14
Uptime	3 hours, 6 minutes,

PIC port information:

Port	Cable type	Fiber type	Xcvr vendor	Xcvr vendor part number	Wavelength
0	10GBASE SR	MM	SumitomoElectric	SPP5200SR-J6-M	850 nm
1	10GBASE LR	SM	FINISAR CORP.	FTLX1471D3BNL-J1	1310 nm
3	10GBASE LR	SM	FINISAR CORP.	FTLX1471D3BNL-J1	1310 nm
6	10GBASE SR	MM	OPNEXT, INC.	TRS2001EM-0014	850 nm
7	10GBASE SR	MM	OPNEXT, INC.	TRS2001EM-0014	850 nm
10	10GBASE SR	MM	SumitomoElectric	SPP5200SR-J6-M	850 nm
11	10GBASE SR	MM	FINISAR CORP.	FTLX8571D3BNL-J1	850 nm
12	10GBASE SR	MM	SumitomoElectric	SPP5200SR-J6-M	850 nm
14	10GBASE SR	MM	SumitomoElectric	SPP5200SR-J6-M	850 nm
15	10GBASE SR	MM	FINISAR CORP.	FTLX8571D3BNL-J1	850 nm
16	10GBASE SR	MM	FINISAR CORP.	FTLX8571D3BNL-J1	850 nm
19	10GBASE LR	SM	OPNEXT, INC	TRS5020EN-S201	1310 nm
21	10GBASE SR	MM	FINISAR CORP.	FTLX8571D3BNL-J1	850 nm
22	10GBASE LR	SM	FINISAR CORP.	FTLX1471D3BNL-J1	1310 nm
23	10GBASE SR	MM	FINISAR CORP.	FTLX8571D3BNL-J1	850 nm

user@host>show chassis pic fpc-slot 3 pic-slot 0

FPC slot 3, PIC slot 0 information:

Type 4x100GE CFP2

State Online

PIC version 1.1

Uptime 13 minutes, 35 seconds

PIC port information:

		Fiber		Xcvr vendor	Wave-
Xcvr Port Cable type		type	Xcvr vendor	part number	length
Firmware
0	100GBASE LR4	SM	Oclaro Inc.	TRB5E20ENF-LF150	1309 nm
0.0
1	100GBASE LR4	SM	Oclaro Inc.	TRB5E20ENF-LF150	1309 nm
0.0
2	100GBASE LR4	SM	Oclaro Inc.	TRB5E20ENF-LF150	1309 nm
0.0
3	100GBASE LR4	SM	Oclaro Inc.	TRB5E20ENF-LF150	1309 nm
0.0

To troubleshoot the PIC cables:

1. Check if the optical cables are plugged into the optics properly and ensure that they are intact.

Troubleshooting PTX5000 PIC Transceivers

Problem Description: A problem has occurred with a PIC transceiver.

Solution To troubleshoot a PIC transceiver:

1. Check the status of the optical transceivers. Issue the show interfaces diagnostics optics command. Alarms and warnings should be Off.

user@host> show interfaces diagnostics optics

Physical interface: et-0/0/0

Module temperature : 39 degrees C / 102 degrees F

Module voltage : 1.1470 V

Module temperature high alarm : Off

Module temperature low alarm : Off

Module temperature high warning : Off

Module temperature low warning : Off

Module voltage high alarm : Off

Module voltage low alarm : Off

Module voltage high warning : Off

Module voltage low warning : Off

Module not ready alarm : Off

Module low power alarm : Off

Module initialization incomplete alarm : Off

Power supply fault alarm : Off

Checksum fault alarm : Off

Tx laser disabled alarm : Off

Tx loss of signal functionality alarm : Off

Tx CDR loss of lock alarm : Off

Rx loss of signal alarm : Off

Rx CDR loss of lock alarm : Off

Module temperature high alarm threshold : 80 degrees C / 176 degrees F

Module temperature low alarm threshold : -5 degrees C / 23 degrees F

Module temperature high warning threshold : 75 degrees C / 167 degrees F

Module temperature low warning threshold : 0 degrees C / 32 degrees F

Module voltage high alarm threshold : 6.3000 V

Module voltage low alarm threshold : 5.5000 V

Module voltage high warning threshold : 6.1500 V

Module voltage low warning threshold : 5.8490 V

Laser bias current high alarm threshold : 100.000 mA

Laser bias current low alarm threshold : 4.000 mA

Laser bias current high warning threshold : 96.000 mA

Laser bias current low warning threshold : 12.000 mA

Laser output power high alarm threshold : 0.2000 mW / -6.99 dBm

Laser output power low alarm threshold : 0.0000 mw / - Inf dBm

Laser output power high warning threshold : 0.1700 mW / -7.70 dBm

Laser output power low warning threshold : 0.0290 mW / -15.38 dBm

Laser rx power high alarm threshold : 1.5849 mW / 2.00 dBm

Laser rx power low alarm threshold : 0.0158 mw / -18.01 dBm

Laser rx power high warning threshold : 1.0000 mW / 0.00 dBm

Laser rx power low warning threshold : 0.0251 mW / -16.00 dBm

Laser temperature high alarm threshold : 80 degrees C / 176 degrees F

Laser temperature low alarm threshold : -5 degrees C / 23 degrees F

Laser temperature high warning threshold : 70 degrees C / 158 degrees F

Laser temperature low warning threshold : -1 degrees C / 30 degrees F

Lane 0

Laser bias current	: 101.660 mA
Laser output power	: 0.126 mW / -9.00 dBm
Laser temperature	: 31 degrees C / 89 degrees F
Laser receiver power	: 0.055 mW / -12.60 dBm
Laser bias current high alarm	: Off
Laser bias current low alarm	: Off
Laser bias current high warning	: Off
Laser bias current low warning	: Off
Laser output power high alarm	: Off
Laser output power low alarm	: Off
Laser output power high warning	: Off
Laser output power low warning	: Off
Laser temperature high alarm	: Off
Laser temperature low alarm	: Off
Laser temperature high warning	: Off
Laser temperature low warning	: Off
Laser receiver power high alarm	: Off
Laser receiver power low alarm	: Off
Laser receiver power high warning	: Off
Laser receiver power low warning	: Off
Tx loss of signal functionality alarm	: Off
Tx CDR loss of lock alarm	: Off
Rx loss of signal alarm	: Off
Rx CDR loss of lock alarm	: Off
APD supply fault alarm	: Off
TEC fault alarm	: Off
Wavelength unlocked alarm	: Off

Physical interface: et-6/0/0

Module temperature	: 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
Module voltage	: 3.2560 V
Module temperature high alarm	: Off
Module temperature low alarm	: Off
Module temperature high warning	: Off
Module temperature low warning	: Off
Module voltage high alarm	: Off
Module voltage low alarm	: Off
Module voltage high warning	: Off
Module voltage low warning	: Off
Module not ready alarm	: Off
Module low power alarm	: Off
Module initialization incomplete alarm	: Off
Module fault alarm	: Off
PLD Flash initialization fault alarm	: Off
Power supply fault alarm	: Off
Checksum fault alarm	: Off
Tx laser disabled alarm	: Off
Tx loss of signal functionality alarm	: Off
Tx CDR loss of lock alarm	: Off
Rx loss of signal alarm	: Off
Rx CDR loss of lock alarm	: Off
Module temperature high alarm threshold	: 70 degrees C / 158 degrees F
Module temperature low alarm threshold	: 0 degrees C / 32 degrees F
Module temperature high warning threshold	: 68 degrees C / 154 degrees F
Module temperature low warning threshold	: 2 degrees C / 36 degrees F
Module voltage high alarm threshold	: 3.4640 V
Module voltage low alarm threshold	: 3.1340 V
Module voltage high warning threshold	: 3.4310 V
Module voltage low warning threshold	: 3.1670 V
Laser bias current high alarm threshold	: 175.000 mA
Laser bias current low alarm threshold	: 75.000 mA
Laser bias current high warning threshold	: 162.500 mA
Laser bias current low warning threshold	: 87.500 mA
Laser output power high alarm threshold	: 2.8180 mW / 4.50 dBm
Laser output power low alarm threshold	: 0.3710 mW / -4.31 dBm
Laser output power high warning threshold	: 2.5110 mW / 4.00 dBm
Laser output power low warning threshold	: 0.4160 mW / -3.81 dBm
Laser rx power high alarm threshold	: 2.8184 mW / 4.50 dBm
Laser rx power low alarm threshold	: 0.0251 mW / -16.00 dBm
Laser rx power high warning threshold	: 2.5119 mW / 4.00 dBm
Laser rx power low warning threshold	: 0.0501 mW / -13.00 dBm
Laser temperature high alarm threshold	: 57 degrees C / 135 degrees F
Laser temperature low alarm threshold	: 25 degrees C / 77 degrees F
Laser temperature high warning threshold	: 55 degrees C / 131 degrees F
Laser temperature low warning threshold	: 27 degrees C / 81 degrees F
SOA bias current high alarm threshold	: 0.000 mA
SOA bias current low alarm threshold	: 0.000 mA
SOA bias current high warning threshold	: 0.000 mA
SOA bias current low warning threshold	: 0.000 mA
Laser bias current	: 132.255 mA
Laser output power	: 1.002 mW / 0.01 dBm
Laser temperature	: 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F

Laser receiver power	: 1.140 mW / 0.57 dBm
Laser bias current high alarm	: Off
Laser bias current low alarm	: Off
Laser bias current high warning	: Off
Laser bias current low warning	: Off
Laser output power high alarm	: Off
Laser output power low alarm	: Off
Laser output power high warning	: Off
Laser output power low warning	: Off
Laser temperature high alarm	: Off
Laser temperature low alarm	: Off
Laser temperature high warning	: Off
Laser temperature low warning	: Off
Laser receiver power high alarm	: Off
Laser receiver power low alarm	: Off
Laser receiver power high warning	: Off
Laser receiver power low warning	: Off
Tx loss of signal functionality alarm	: Off
Tx CDR loss of lock alarm	: Off
Rx loss of signal alarm	: Off
Rx CDR loss of lock alarm	: Off
APD supply fault alarm	: Off
TEC fault alarm	: Off
Wavelength unlocked alarm	: Off

Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Power System

• Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Power Distribution Units on page 415
• Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Power Supply Modules on page 421

Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Power Distribution Units

Problem Description:

The following alarms and LEDs indicate a problem with the power system during normal operations:

•Table 106 on page 419 lists alarms for the PDUs.
• Table 107 on page 419 lists abnormal LED states for the PDUs.

Solution 1. Verify that the source customer site circuit breaker has the proper current rating. See "PTX5000 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines" on page 489 or "PTX5000 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines" on page 488.

1. Verify that the power feeds are properly distributed.

- All inputs on a DC PDU in slot PDU0 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and all inputs on a DC PDU in slot PDU1 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.

•The AC power cord on an AC power supply in slot PDU0 must be powered by a dedicated power feed derived from feed A, and The AC power cord on an AC power supply in slot PDU1 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed

B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.

1. Issue the show chassis alarms command to check for PDU alarms. See

Table 106 on page 419.

show chassis alarms

10 alarms currently active

Alarm time			Class	Description
2012-11-02	15:27:32	PDT	Major	CCG 1 Failure
2012-11-02	15:13:58	PDT	Minor	No Redundant Power for FPC 0-7
2012-11-02	15:13:57	PDT	Minor	No Redundant Power for Rear Chassis
2012-11-02	15:13:56	PDT	Major	PDU 0 PSM 2 Not OK
2012-11-02	15:13:56	PDT	Minor	No Redundant Power for Fan 0-2
2012-11-02	15:13:51	PDT	Minor	PDU 1 PSM 3 Absent
2012-11-02	15:13:51	PDT	Minor	PDU 1 PSM 2 Absent
2012-11-02	15:13:51	PDT	Minor	PDU 1 PSM 1 Absent
2012-11-02	15:13:51	PDT	Minor	PDU 1 PSM 0 Absent
2012-11-02	15:13:50	PDT	Minor	PDU 1 Absent

1. Check the display on the craft interface to determine the source of a yellow or red alarm). Junos OS constantly updates the screen with status information for each component.

NOTE: From the rear of the chassis, the PDUs are labeled PDU1 and PDU0, from left to right.

1. Check the LEDs on each PDU faceplate. See Table 107 on page 419.

2. Verify that the DC power cables or AC power cord from the power source to the PDU are not damaged. If the insulation is cracked or broken, immediately replace the DC power cable or AC power cord.

3. Check the status of the PDUs by issuing the show chassis environment pdu command. The State of the PDU should be Online. If the output indicates that a PSM in the PDU is Present, see "Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Power Supply Modules" on page 421.

user@host> show chassis environment pdu

The following example shows output for a DC PDU.

user@host> show chassis environment pdu 0

PDU 0 status:

State	Online
Hours Used	2161
Firmware Version (MCU1)	02.03
Firmware Version (MCU2)	02.01
Firmware Version (MCU3)	02.01
Firmware Version (MCU4)	02.01

PDU 0 PSM 0 status:

State	Online
Temperature	OK 35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
Fans	OK
DC Input	OK
DC Output	OK
Hours Used	1379
Firmware Version	02.03
PDU 0 PSM 1 status:
State	Online
Temperature	OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
Fans	OK
DC Input	OK
DC Output	OK
Hours Used	1411
Firmware Version	02.03
PDU 0 PSM 2 status:
State	Present
Fans	Fans 1 and 2 failed
DC Input	Check
DC Output	Failed
Hours Used	9918
Firmware Version	02.03

...

The following example shows output for an AC PDU.

PDU 0 status:
State	Online
Hours Used	1702
Firmware Version (MCU1)	00.02
Firmware Version (MCU2)	00.01
Firmware Version (MCU3)	00.01
Firmware Version (MCU4)	00.01
PDU 0 PSM 0 status:
State	Online
Temperature	OK 35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
Fans	OK
AC Input	OK
DC Output	OK
Hours Used	1071
Firmware Version	00.00
PDU 0 PSM 1 status:
State	Online
Temperature	OK 35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
Fans	OK
AC Input	OK
DC Output	OK
Hours Used	1070
Firmware Version	00.00
PDU 0 PSM 2 status:
State	Online
Temperature	OK 34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
Fans	OK
AC Input	OK
DC Output	OK
Hours Used	1065
Firmware Version	00.00

1. Check the input voltage to the PDUs by issuing the show chassis power command.

In the following example for a 120-A DC PDU, Input 1 on PSM 2 is not receiving input voltage.

user@host> show chassis power
Chassis Power	Input(V)	Used(W)
Total Power		3533
PDU 0		3533

PSM 0
Input 1	54	859
PSM 1
Input 1	54	636
PSM 2
Input 1	0	0
PSM 3
Input 1	54	2038
OU 1		0
PSM 0
PSM 1
PSM 2
PSM 3

In the following example for a delta AC PDU, the input voltage is within range for all PSM.

Chassis Power	Input(V)	Used(W)
Total Power		5773
PDU 0		2919
PSM 0
Input 1	207	131
Input 2	208	123
Input 3	208	127
PSM 1
Input 1	207	164
Input 2	207	162
Input 3	207	193
PSM 2
Input 1	206	376
Input 2	208	304
Input 3	208	308
PSM 3
Input 1	208	379
Input 2	208	371
Input 3	208	281
PDU 1		2854
PSM 0
Input 1	207	123
Input 2	207	112
Input 3	208	123
PSM 1
Input 1	208	191
Input 2	206	194
Input 3	208	86
PSM 2
Input 1	207	387
Input 2	206	306
Input 3	208	353
PSM 3
Input 1	207	384
Input 2	207	303
Input 3	208	292

1. If you cannot determine the cause of the problem or need additional assistance, see "Contacting Customer Support" on page 433.

Table 106: Troubleshooting Power Distribution Unit Alarms

				SolutionAlarm ConditionCLI Me
	PDU pdu-number Not OK	pdu pdu-number Not OK	An electronic fuse has tripped.	1. Remove and reinstall the component that caused the electronic fuse to trip.2. Remove and reinstall the PDU to reset the electronic fuses.
	PDU pdu-number Not Recognized	PDU pdu-number Not Recognized	Not supported.	Install a supported PDU.The PDU is not
	PDU pdu-number Absent	PDU pdu-number Absent	The PDU is not installed.	Two PDU are required at all times.Install the PDU in the empty slot.
	Mix of PDUs	Mix of PDUs	Different types of PDUs are present in the chassis.NOTE: Both AC and DC PDUs may be present.Zoning and Non-zoning PDUs may be present.	Install same type of PDUs in each slot.
	PDU %d Conv Failed	PDU %d Converter Failed	One or more 36v booster converter fails, fan trays fail and the falls in Gen 2 PDU router may get over heated.Therefore, when this alarm is raised, check the PDU and replace the PDU if required.

Table 107: Troubleshooting PDU LEDs

LED	State	Condition	Solution
-48 V 120 A on Off the 120-A DC PDU		The input is not receiving voltage under -40 V.	•Verify that the customer site circuit breakers are switched on. If the customer site circuit breakers are off, switch them on.•Verify that the circuit breakers on the 120-A DC PDU are switched to the ON position (I) .•Verify that the input power tray is receiving power within the supported voltage range.If the customer circuit breakers are switched on but the input power tray is not receiving power, switch off the customer site circuit breakers, and reinstall the DC power source cables.SolutionConditionStateLED
60-A DC PDU	OffDC IN on the input voltage is not present or under -40 V.		Verify that the customer site circuit breakers are switched on and that the input power tray is receiving power within the supported voltage range.If the customer site circuit breakers are off, switch them on.If the customer circuit breakers are switched on but the input power tray is not receiving power, switch off the customer site circuit breakers, and reinstall the DC power source cables.
60-A DC PDU	OffDC IN on the input voltage is not present or under -40 V.		Verify that the customer site circuit breakers are switched on and that the input power tray is receiving power within the supported voltage range.If the customer site circuit breakers are off, switch them on.If the customer circuit breakers are switched on but the input power tray is not receiving power, switch off the customer site circuit breakers, and reinstall the DC Power source cables.
PSM_7 on the High Capacity DC PDU	OffPSM_0 throughput voltage is not present, or is -20 V.		Verify that the customer site circuit breakers are switched on and that the input terminals are receiving power within the supported voltage range.If the customer site circuit breakers are off, switch them on.If the customer circuit breakers are switched on but the input terminals are not receiving power, switch off the customer site circuit breakers, and reinstall the DC Power source cables.
60-A DC PDU	OffSW ON on the LED might be off for one of the following reasons:The input power switches are off.The host subsystem detected a problem and turned off the input power switches.The input is not receiving any voltage.		Verify that the input power switches on the 60-A DC PDU are switched to the ON position (I).If the input power switches on the 60-A DC PDU are switched to the ON position (I), verify that the voltage is above -40 V.
120-A DC PDU, delta AC PDU, or wye AC PDU	OffCB ON on the LED might be off for one of the following reasons:The circuit breakers on the 120-A DC PDU are off.The circuit breaker on a delta AC PDU or wye AC PDU is off.The input is not receiving any voltage.The host subsystem detected a problem and turned off one or more circuit breakers.		Verify that the circuit breaker on the PDU are switched to the ON position (I).Verify that the PDU is receiving input voltage within the supported range.For the 120-A DC PDU, verify that the input voltage is above -40 V.For the three-phase delta AC PDU or three-phase wye AC PDU, input voltage is not present, or is under -100 V.
60-a DC PDU, 120-a DC PDU, High Capacity DC PDU, delta AC PDU, and wye AC PDU	RedPDU OK on The PDU has failed.An electronic fuse might have tripped or failed.		Verify that the fan trays in the power supply modules are operating and that no red alarm condition exits.Check all air filters to be sure they are functioning and providing sufficient airflow through the chassis.Issue the show chassis environment pdu command to determine the cause of the problem.
	Off	The LED might be off for one of the following reasons:The PDU is starting.The PDU is not receiving input voltage.The circuit breakers on the 120-A DC PDU might be off.The circuit breaker on the three-phase delta AC PDU or three-phase wye AC PDU might be off.The input power switches on the 60-A DC PDU might be off.	Connect the PDU to a different power source with a new DC power cable or AC power cord.If the PDU OK LED still does not light, the PDU might be the source of the problem. Replace the PDU with a spare.If the PDU OK LED on the installed spare is lit green, the PDU that was replaced might be faulty. To return it for replacement, see “Contacting Customer Support” on page 433.

Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Power Supply Modules

Problem Description:

The following alarms, LEDs, and other conditions indicate a problem with the power supply modules during normal operations:

•Table 108 on page 423 lists alarms.

Solution 1. Check the status of the PSMs by issuing the show chassis environment pdu command. The State of the PSM should be Online for all installed PSMs.

user@host> show chassis environment pdu user@host> show chassis environment pdu 0 PDU 0 status:

State	Online
Hours Used	2161
Firmware Version (MCU1)	02.03
Firmware Version (MCU2)	02.01
Firmware Version (MCU3)	02.01
Firmware Version (MCU4)	02.01

PDU 0 PSM 0 status:
State	Online
Temperature	OK 35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
Fans	OK
DC Input	OK
DC Output	OK
Hours Used	1379
Firmware Version	02.03

PDU 0 PSM 1 status:
State	OnLine
Temperature	OK 37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
Fans	OK
DC Input	OK
DC Output	OK
Hours Used	1411
Firmware Version	02.03

PDU 0 PSM 2 status:
State	Present
Fans	Fans 1 and 2 failed
DC Input	Check
DC Output	Failed
Hours Used	9918
Firmware Version	02.03
PDU 0 PSM 3 status:
State	Online
Temperature	OK 36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
Fans	OK
DC Input	OK
DC Output	OK
Hours Used	1323
Firmware Version	02.03

1. Issue the show chassis alarms command to check for alarms. See Table108 on page 423.
2. Check the display on the craft interface to determine the source of a yellow or red alarm). Junos OS constantly updates the screen with status information for each component.
3. If you cannot determine the cause of the problem or need additional assistance, see "Contacting Customer Support" on page 433.

Table 108: Troubleshooting PSM Chassis Alarms

				SolutionAlarm ConditionCLI
Red	PSM psm-number Not OK	OKPSMpsm-number Not OK	The specified PSM has failed. This Use the show chassis could be due to bad input, over temperature, fan failure, and so on.	environment pdu for more information about the failure.2. Check that the input for the PSM on the PDU is correctly connected.3. Reinstall the PSM to clear alarms.4. If the input is correctly connected, replace the PSM.
	PSM psm-number Not Recognized	PSMpsm-number Not Recognized	The packet transport router does not support the power supply module.	Replace the PSM with a supported PSM.
	No Redundant Power for FPC 0-7	No Redundant Power for FPC 0-7	One or more FPCs do not have redundant power supply modules. If the PSM that provides power to the FPCs fail, the FPCs will lose service.	If any PSM is missing, install the missing PSM.If a PSM fails, reinstall or replace the PSM.
	No Power for FPC 0-No Power for FPC 0-7			1. Verify that the minimum number of PSMs are installed. See“PTX5000 Power System Description” on page 65. For a PSM that is required but Absent, install the missing PSMs.2. For a required PSM that is present but Not OK or failed, reinstall or replace the PSM.
	No Redundant Power for Rear Chassis	No Rdnt Pwr Rear Rear Chassis	Redundant power is not available for the components in the rear of the chassis.	If any PSM is missing, install the missing PSM.2. If a PSM fails, reinstall or replace the PSM.
	No Redundant Power for Fan 0-2	No Redundant Power for Fan 0-2	Redundant power is not available for the fan trays.	If PSMO in either PDU is missing, install the missing PSM.2. If a PSM fails, reinstall or replace the PSM.
	No Power for Fan 0-No Power for Fan 0-7			1. PSMO is required in both PDUs. For an Absent PSM, Install the missing PSM.2. For a PSM that is present but Not OK or failed, reinstall or replace the PSM.
	PSM psm-number	Absent PSM psm-number Absent	isThis is not installed. NOTE: This alarm is generated by the following Junos OS Releases: 12.1x48 12.3, and 13.2R Junos OS Release 13.2R2 and later does not generate this alarm.	Install the PSM. If PSMs are not missing and you continue to get the alarm, you can install Junos OS Release 13.2R2 or later.
	Pwr Mgmt Non Op	Power Manager Non Operational	Different types of PSMs are present in the chassis. NOTE: Zoning and non-zoning PSMs may be present.	Install same type of PSMs in each slot.

Related PTX5000 Power System Description on page 65.

Documentation

• PTX5000 Power Distribution Unit LEDs on page 87

• PTX5000 Power Supply Module LEDs on page 97

- Maintaining the PTX5000 Power System on page 379

- Replacing a PTX5000 60-A DC PDU on page 307

• Replacing a PTX5000 120-A DC PDU on page 315

- Replacing a PTX5000 High Capacity DC PDU on page 323

- Replacing a PTX5000 60-A or 120-A DC PSM on page 325

Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Switch Fabric

Problem Description: The switching plane in the PTX5000 packet transport router consist of the SIBs and the FPCs. A link that is in a down or error state indicates a problem with the switching planes.

Solution To troubleshoot the switching planes:

1. Verify that all nine SIBs and all installed FPCs are online. Use the show chassis fabric summary command to check for errors.

user@host>	show chassis fabric summary
FRU	State	Errors
SIB0	Online	None
SIB1	Online	None
SIB2	Online	None
SIB3	Online	None
SIB4	Online	None
SIB5	Online	None
SIB6	Online	None
SIB7	Online	None
SIB8	Online	None
FPC0	Empty
FPC1	Empty
FPC2	Online	None
FPC3	Empty
FPC4	Empty
FPC5	Online	None
FPC6	Empty
FPC7	Online	None

If a SIB or FPC is Offline, see "Troubleshooting the PTX5000 FPCs" on page 406 and "Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Switch Interface Boards" on page 427 to correct the problem before proceeding.

1. Use the show chassis fabric topology command to query the state of the links between the SIBs and FPCs.

2. For an FPC and a SIB that are online, the Down state indicates that the link between an FPC and a SIB is powered down. The Down state for the links can also indicate that an FPC or a SIB is offline.

3. The Error state indicates that the link between an FPC and a SIB is not operational. The partner link may be in the Down or OK state. If the state of the link is Error, replace the FPC and SIB with a spare to determine if the fault follows the FPC or SIB. After removing an FPC or a SIB, inspect the FPC or SIB connectors for bent pins. If the FPC or SIB is faulty, return it. Before installing a spare FPC or SIB, use a flashlight to inspect the midplane for bent pins. If any pins on the midplane appear to be bent, contact JTAC immediately.

user@host> show chassis fabric topology

In-link : FPC# FE# TQ# (TQ-TX sub-chnl #) --> SIB# TF#_FCORE# (TF-RX port#, TF-RX sub-chn#, TF-RX inst#)

Out-link : SIB# TF#_FCORE# (TF-TX port#, TF-TX sub-chn#, TF-TX inst#) --> FPC# FE# TQ# (TQ-RX sub-chn1 #)

SIB 6 FCHIP 0 FCORE 1 :

In-links	State	Out-links	State
FPC00FE0TQ0(13)-->S06F0_1(3,4,11)	Down	S06F0_1(7,6,07)-->FPC00FE0TQ0(13)	Down
FPC00FE1TQ1(13)-->S06F0_1(3,5,11)	Down	S06F0_1(7,4,07)-->FPC00FE1TQ1(13)	Down
FPC00FE2TQ2(13)-->S06F0_1(3,6,11)	Down	S06F0_1(7,7,07)-->FPC00FE2TQ2(13)	Down

FPC00FE3TQ3(13)-->S06F0_1(3,7,11)	Down
FPC01FE0TQ0(13)-->S06F0_1(3,0,11)	Down
FPC01FE1TQ1(13)-->S06F0_1(3,1,11)	Down
FPC01FE2TQ2(13)-->S06F0_1(3,2,11)	Down
FPC01FE3TQ3(13)-->S06F0_1(3,3,11)	Down
FPC02FE0TQ0(13)-->S06F0_1(2,4,10)	OK
FPC02FE1TQ1(13)-->S06F0_1(2,5,10)	OK
FPC02FE2TQ2(13)-->S06F0_1(2,6,10)	OK
FPC02FE3TQ3(13)-->S06F0_1(2,7,10)	OK
FPC03FE0TQ0(13)-->S06F0_1(2,0,10)	Down
FPC03FE1TQ1(13)-->S06F0_1(2,1,10)	Down
FPC03FE2TQ2(13)-->S06F0_1(2,2,10)	Down
FPC03FE3TQ3(13)-->S06F0_1(2,3,10)	Down
FPC04FE0TQ0(13)-->S06F0_1(1,4,09)	Down
FPC04FE1TQ1(13)-->S06F0_1(1,5,09)	Down
FPC04FE2TQ2(13)-->S06F0_1(1,6,09)	Down
FPC04FE3TQ3(13)-->S06F0_1(1,7,09)	Down
FPC05FE0TQ0(13)-->S06F0_1(1,0,09)	OK
FPC05FE1TQ1(13)-->S06F0_1(1,1,09)	OK
FPC05FE2TQ2(13)-->S06F0_1(1,2,09)	OK
FPC05FE3TQ3(13)-->S06F0_1(1,3,09)	OK
FPC06FE0TQ0(13)-->S06F0_1(0,4,08)	Down
FPC06FE1TQ1(13)-->S06F0_1(0,5,08)	Down
FPC06FE2TQ2(13)-->S06F0_1(0,6,08)	Down
FPC06FE3TQ3(13)-->S06F0_1(0,7,08)	Down
FPC07FE0TQ0(13)-->S06F0_1(0,0,08)	OK
FPC07FE1TQ1(13)-->S06F0_1(0,1,08)	OK
FPC07FE2TQ2(13)-->S06F0_1(0,2,08)	OK
FPC07FE3TQ3(13)-->S06F0_1(0,3,08)	OK

S06F0_1(7,5,07)-->FPC00FE3TQ3(13)	Down
S06F0_1(7,2,07)-->FPC01FE0TQ0(13)	Down
S06F0_1(7,0,07)-->FPC01FE1TQ1(13)	Down
S06F0_1(7,3,07)-->FPC01FE2TQ2(13)	Down
S06F0_1(7,1,07)-->FPC01FE3TQ3(13)	Down
S06F0_1(6,5,06)-->FPC02FE0TQ0(13)	OK
S06F0_1(6,4,06)-->FPC02FE1TQ1(13)	OK
S06F0_1(6,7,06)-->FPC02FE2TQ2(13)	OK
S06F0_1(6,6,06)-->FPC02FE3TQ3(13)	OK
S06F0_1(6,1,06)-->FPC03FE0TQ0(13)	Down
S06F0_1(6,0,06)-->FPC03FE1TQ1(13)	Down
S06F0_1(6,3,06)-->FPC03FE2TQ2(13)	Down
S06F0_1(6,2,06)-->FPC03FE3TQ3(13)	Down
S06F0_1(5,5,05)-->FPC04FE0TQ0(13)	Down
S06F0_1(5,4,05)-->FPC04FE1TQ1(13)	Down
S06F0_1(5,7,05)-->FPC04FE2TQ2(13)	Down
S06F0_1(5,6,05)-->FPC04FE3TQ3(13)	Down
S06F0_1(5,1,05)-->FPC05FE0TQ0(13)	OK
S06F0_1(5,0,05)-->FPC05FE1TQ1(13)	OK
S06F0_1(5,3,05)-->FPC05FE2TQ2(13)	OK
S06F0_1(5,2,05)-->FPC05FE3TQ3(13)	OK
S06F0_1(4,7,04)-->FPC06FE0TQ0(13)	Down
S06F0_1(4,0,04)-->FPC06FE1TQ1(13)	Down
S06F0_1(4,6,04)-->FPC06FE2TQ2(13)	Down
S06F0_1(4,1,04)-->FPC06FE3TQ3(13)	Down
S06F0_1(4,3,04)-->FPC07FE0TQ0(13)	OK
S06F0_1(4,4,04)-->FPC07FE1TQ1(13)	OK
S06F0_1(4,2,04)-->FPC07FE2TQ2(13)	OK
S06F0_1(4,5,04)-->FPC07FE3TQ3(13)	OK

1. Display the system log messages to obtain information about link failures. The /var/log/messages file is a commonly configured destination for system log messages. To display it, issue the show log messages command. For example:

user@host> show log messages

For more information about system log messages, see the Junos OS System Log Messages Reference.

Your customer support representative can assist you with using the information in the system log to determine if you have a faulty SIB or FPC.

1. Use the show chassis fabric fpcs command to check that the fabric planes are enabled.

FPC #2

PFE #0

SIB0_Fcore0 (plane 0)	Plane Enabled, Links OK
SIB0_Fcore1 (plane 1)	Plane Enabled, Links OK
SIB1_Fcore0 (plane 2)	Plane Enabled, Links OK
SIB1_Fcore1 (plane 3)	Plane Enabled, Links OK
SIB2_Fcore0 (plane 4)	Plane Enabled, Links OK
SIB2_Fcore1 (plane 5)	Plane Enabled, Links OK
SIB3_Fcore0 (plane 6)	Plane Enabled, Links OK
SIB3_Fcore1 (plane 7)	Plane Enabled, Links OK
SIB4_Fcore0 (plane 8)	Plane Enabled, Links OK
SIB4_Fcore1 (plane 9)	Plane Enabled, Links OK
SIB5_Fcore0 (plane 10)	Plane Enabled, Links OK
SIB5_Fcore1 (plane 11)	Plane Enabled, Links OK
SIB6_Fcore0 (plane 12)	Plane Enabled, Links OK
SIB6_Fcore1 (plane 13)	Plane Enabled, Links OK
SIB7_Fcore0 (plane 14)	Plane Enabled, Links OK
SIB7_Fcore1 (plane 15)	Plane Enabled, Links OK

SIB8_Fcore0 (plane 16) Plane Enabled, Links OK

SIB8_Fcore1 (plane 17) Plane Enabled, Links OK

1. Use the show chassis fabric plane-location command to display which SIBs correspond to the planes.

user@host>show chassis fabric plane-location

Fabric Plane Locations-SIB	Planes
0	0	1
1	2	3
2	4	5
3	6	7
4	8	9
5	10	11
6	12	13
7	14	15
8	16	17

1. Use the show chassis fabric match error command.

Related Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Switch Interface Boards on page 427. Documentation •Replacing a PTX5000 Switch Interface Board on page 365

Troubleshooting the PTX5000 Switch Interface Boards

Problem Description:

The following alarms and LEDs indicate a problem with a SIB:

•Table 109 on page 428 list alarms.

•Table 110 on page 429 lists the LEDs.

Solution To troubleshoot the SIBs:

1. Check the SIB LEDs on the SIB faceplate and on the craft interface.
2. Use the CLI to check for alarms. Issue the show chassis alarms command to view the alarms.

show chassis alarms

1 alarms currently active

Alarm time Class Description

2012-11-02 15:17:41 PDT Major SIB 3 Absent

1. Check the status of the sibs. Issue the show chassis sib command.

show chassis sib

Slot	State	Fabric links	Errors
0	Online	Active	None
1	Online	Active	None
2	Online	Active	None
3	Empty	Unused	None
4	Online	Active	None
5	Online	Active	None
6	Online	Active	None

7 Online	Active	None
8 Online	Active	None
user@host> show chassis environment sib
user@host> show chassis environment sib
SIB 0 status:
State	Online
Intake Temperature	37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
Exhaust Temperature	36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
Junction Temperature	41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
Power
1.0 V	1000 mV
1.5 V	1500 mV
1.2 V	1199 mV
3.3 V	3300 mV
0.9 V	900 mV
2.5 V	2500 mV
3.3 V bias	3299 mV
SIB 1 status:
State	Online
Intake Temperature	37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
Exhaust Temperature	35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
Junction Temperature	43 degrees C / 109 degrees F
Power
1.0 V	1000 mV
1.5 V	1500 mV
1.2 V	1199 mV
3.3 V	3300 mV
0.9 V	900 mV
2.5 V	2500 mV

In Table 109 on page 428, the text in the column labeled "LCD Message" appears in the display of the craft interface. The text in the column labeled "CLI Message" appears in the output from the show chassis alarms command.

Table 109: Troubleshooting SIB Alarms

Alarm Type				RecoveryAlarm Condition
	SIB sib-number	Failure SIB sib-number Fault	A SIB has failed. This might affect traffic-forwarding capacity.	Replace the failed SIB.Restart the SIB. If this do not fix the issue, contact JTAC.

Table 109: Troubleshooting SIB Alarms (continued)

Alarm Type					RecoveryAlarm Conditio
Yellow	SIB sib-number FPC Links	SIB sib-number Link Error	FPC The SIB has detected link errors between the SIB and FPCs. This error may affect FPC traffic forwarding.		To isolate the problem:1. Replace the SIB and then the FPC. This may affect the traffic.2. If the problem persists, replace the SIB.3. If the problem still persists, replace the particular FPC that was associated with the link error.4. If you are unable to isolate the problem, contact JTAC. JTAC has to analyze the logs to determine further action.
	SIB sib-number Cell drops	SIB sib-number Drop error	Cell The SIB has detected fabric cell drops. This might affect traffic-forwarding capacity		Restart the SIB. If this does not fix the issue, contact JTAC.
	SIB sib-number Not Online	SIB sib-number Online	Not The SIB is not in an active state might affect the traffic-forwarding capacity.		This the SIB online. Issue the request chassis sib online slot slot-number command.If this does not fix the issue, contact JTAC.
	SIB sib-number Absent Absent		A SIB has been removed.SIB sib-number		Do not all the SIB in the chassis.

Table 110: Troubleshooting SIB LEDs

		Label	DescriptionState
OK	-	Off	SIB is offline or not seated properly.
FAIL	Yellow	On steadily	SIB has failed.

Related Documentation

- PTX5000 Switch Interface Board Description on page 103

- PTX5000 Switch Interface Board LEDs on page 104

- PTX5000 Craft Interface Description on page 15

- PTX5000 Craft Interface LEDs on page 17

- Maintaining the PTX5000 Switch Interface Boards on page 381

•Replacing a PTX5000 Switch Interface Board on page 365

PART 7

Contacting Customer Support and Returning the Chassis or Components

• Contacting Customer Support on page 433
• Locating Component Serial Numbers on page 435
• Packing and Returning Components on page 449

CHAPTER 34

Contacting Customer Support

- Contacting Customer Support on page 433

Contacting Customer Support

You can contact Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) 24 hours a day, 7 days a week in one of the following ways:

- On the Web, using the Case Manager link at: http://www.juniper.net/support/

- By telephone: From the US and Canada: 1-888-314-JTAC

From all other locations: 1-408-745-9500

If contacting JTAC by phone, enter your ll-digit case number followed by the # key if this is an existing case, or press the * key to be routed to the next available support engineer.

When requesting support from JTAC by telephone, be prepared to provide the following information:

• Your existing case number, if you have one
  • Details of the failure or problem
• Type of activity being performed on the platform when the problem occurred
• Configuration data using one or more of the show commands

Related Documentation

- Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 449

CHAPTER 35

Locating Component Serial Numbers

• Displaying PTX5000 Component Serial Numbers on page 435
• PTX5000 Component Serial Number Locations on page 437

Displaying PTX5000 Component Serial Numbers

Before contacting Juniper Networks, Inc. to request a Return Materials Authorization (RMA), you must find the serial number on the packet transport router or component. To list all of the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router components and their serial numbers, enter the following command-line interface (CLI) command:

user@host> show chassis hardware user@host> show chassis hardware Hardware inventory:

Item	Version	Part number	Serial number	Description
Chassis			JN11D1FD7AJA	PTX5000
Midplane	REV 03	711-031896	ABAC5589	Midplane-8S
FPM	REV 08	760-030647	EG1679	Front Panel Display
PDU 0	Rev 05	740-032019	ZE00006	DC Power Dist Unit
PSM 0	Rev 05	740-032022	ZJ00018	DC 12V Power Supply
PSM 1	Rev 04	740-032022	ZC00052	DC 12V Power Supply
PSM 2	Rev 04	740-032022	ZD00051	DC 12V Power Supply
PSM 3	Rev 05	740-032022	ZJ00060	DC 12V Power Supply
CCG 0	REV 04	750-030653	EG3703	Clock Generator
Routing Engine 0	REV 05	740-026942	P737A-002231	RE-DUO-2600
Routing Engine 1	REV 06	740-026942	P737A-002438	RE-DUO-2600
CB 0	REV 08	750-030625	EG5519	Control Board
CB 1	REV 08	750-030625	EG5516	Control Board
FPC 0	REV 18	750-036844	EJ3080	FPC
CPU	REV 12	711-030686	EJ3260	SNG PMB
FPC 2	REV 13	750-036844	EG5065	FPC
CPU	REV 09	711-030686	EG4082	SNG PMB
PIC 0	REV 14	750-031913	EG5127	24x 10GE(LAN) SFP+
Xcvr 0	REV 01	740-031980	143363A00240	SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 1	REV 01	740-031981	UK90PZ1	SFP+-10G-LR
Xcvr 3	REV 01	740-031981	UK90Q46	SFP+-10G-LR
Xcvr 6	REV 01	740-031980	B11H02560	SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 7	REV 01	740-031980	B11C01589	SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 10	REV 01	740-031980	123363A01094	SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 11	REV 01	740-031980	AK80LKF	SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 12	REV 01	740-031980	183363A01528	SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 14	REV 01	740-031980	193363A01079	SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 15	REV 01	740-031980	AK80MC8	SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 16	REV 01	740-031980	AJC0BHC	SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 19	REV 01	740-021309	J08D26856	SFP+-10G-LR
Xcvr 21	REV 01	740-031980	AK80KCT	SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 22	REV 01	740-031981	UK90PZL	SFP+-10G-LR
Xcvr 23	REV 01	740-031980	AK80N1V	SFP+-10G-SR
FPC 3	REV 13	750-036844	EG5074	FPC
CPU	REV 09	711-030686	EG4064	SNG PMB
PIC 1	REV 10	750-031903	EG0325	SNG Load
FPC 5	REV 06	750-036844	EH3198	FPC
CPU
PIC 0	REV 14	750-031913	EG5134	24x 10GE(LAN) SFP+
Xcvr 0	REV 01	740-031980	AK80LBH	SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 1	REV 01	740-031980	B11B03724	SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 5	REV 01	740-031980	B11J00818	SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 7	REV 01	740-031980	B11B06125	SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 10	REV 01	740-031980	B11H02529	SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 11	REV 01	740-031980	AK80LFB	SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 15	REV 01	740-031980	B11J00687	SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 18	REV 01	740-031980	AK80MQX	SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 19	REV 01	740-021309	J08C17257	SFP+-10G-LR
Xcvr 22	REV 01	740-031980	B11J00730	SFP+-10G-SR
Xcvr 23	REV 01	740-031980	AK80KEE	SFP+-10G-SR
PIC 1	REV 08	750-036710	EG3105	2x 40GE CFP
Xcvr 0	REV 01	740-034554	B260HLT	CFP-40G-LR4
Xcvr 1	REV 01	740-034554	B11C02847	CFP-40G-LR4
FPC 6	REV 18	750-036844	EJ4391	FPC
CPU	REV 12	711-030686	EJ3257	SNG PMB
FPC 7	REV 18	750-036844	EJ4382	FPC
CPU	REV 12	711-030686	EJ3238	SNG PMB
SPMB 0	REV 10	711-030686	EG5418	SNG PMB
SPMB 1	REV 09	711-030686	EG5373	SNG PMB
SIB 0	REV 07	750-030631	EG4858	SIB-I-8S
SIB 1	REV 07	750-030631	EG4872	SIB-I-8S
SIB 2	REV 07	750-030631	EG4866	SIB-I-8S
SIB 3	REV 07	750-030631	EG6011	SIB-I-8S
SIB 4	REV 07	750-030631	EG4907	SIB-I-8S
SIB 5	REV 07	750-030631	EG4879	SIB-I-8S
SIB 6	REV 07	750-030631	EG4864	SIB-I-8S
SIB 7	REV 07	750-030631	EG4899	SIB-I-8S
SIB 8	REV 07	750-030631	EG4880	SIB-I-8S
Fan Tray 0	REV 04	760-032784	EG1496	Vertical Fan Tray
Fan Tray 1	REV 04	760-030642	EG1335	Horizontal Fan Tray
Fan Tray 2	REV 02	760-030642	ED4952	Horizontal Fan Tray

Most components also have a small rectangular serial number ID label (see

Figure 204 on page 436) attached to the component body.

Figure 204: Serial Number ID Label

1600

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Component Serial Number Locations on page 437.

- Contacting Customer Support on page 433

•Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 449

PTX5000 Component Serial Number Locations

• Horizontal Air Filter Serial Number Label on page 437
• Chassis Serial Number Label on page 437
• CCG Serial Number Label on page 438
• Control Board Serial Number Label on page 438
• Craft Interface Serial Number Label on page 439
• Horizontal Fan Tray Serial Number Label on page 439
• Vertical Fan Tray Serial Number Label on page 439
• FPC Serial Number Label on page 441
• PIC Serial Number Label on page 441
• PDU Serial Number Label on page 444
• PSM Serial Number Label on page 446
- Routing Engine Serial Number Label on page 447
• SIB Serial Number Label on page 448

Horizontal Air Filter Serial Number Label

The serial number label is located on the horizontal air filter as shown in Figure 205 on page 437.

Figure 205: Horizontal Air Filter Serial Number Label

Chassis Serial Number Label

The serial number label is located on the chassis as shown in Figure 206 on page 438.

Figure 206: Chassis Serial Number Label

CCG Serial Number Label

The serial number label is located a shown in Figure 207 on page 438.

Figure 207: CCG Serial Number Label

Control Board Serial Number Label

The serial number label is located as shown in Figure 207 on page 438.

Figure 208: Control Board Serial Number Label

Craft Interface Serial Number Label

The serial number label is located as shown in Figure 209 on page 439.

Figure 209: Craft Interface Serial Number Label

Horizontal Fan Tray Serial Number Label

The serial number label is located as shown in Figure 210 on page 439.

Figure 210: Horizontal Fan Tray Serial Number Label

Vertical Fan Tray Serial Number Label

The serial number label is located as shown in Figure 211 on page 440.

Figure 211: Vertical Fan Tray Serial Number Label

FPC Serial Number Label

The serial number label is located as shown in Figure 212 on page 441 and Figure 213 on page 441.

Figure 212: FPC Serial Number Label

Figure 213: FPC2 Serial Number Label

PIC Serial Number Label

The serial number label for the 10-Gigabit Ethernet PIC is located on the PIC as shown in Figure 214 on page 442.

Figure 214: 10-Gigabit Ethernet PIC Serial Number Label

The serial number label for the 40-Gigabit Ethernet PIC is located on the PIC as shown in Figure 215 on page 442.

Figure 215: 40-Gigabit Ethernet PIC Serial Number Label

The serial number label for the 100-Gigabit Ethernet PIC is located on the PIC as shown in Figure 216 on page 443.

Figure 216: 100-Gigabit Ethernet PIC Serial Number Label

The serial number label for the 100-Gigabit Ethernet CFP2 PIC is located on the PIC as shown in Figure 217 on page 444.

Figure 217: 100-Gigabit Ethernet CFP2 PIC Serial Number Label

PDU Serial Number Label

The serial number label is located as shown in Figure 218 on page 445 and Figure 219 on page 446).

Figure 218: DC PDU Serial Number Label

Figure 219: AC PDU Serial Number Label

PSM Serial Number Label

The serial number label is located as shown in Figure 220 on page 447 and

Figure 221 on page 447.

Figure 220: DC PSM Serial Number Label

Figure 221: AC PSM Serial Number Label

Routing Engine Serial Number Label
The serial number label is located as shown in Figure 222 on page 448.

Figure 222: Routing Engine Serial Number Label

SIB Serial Number Label

The serial number label is located as shown in Figure 223 on page 448 and Figure 224 on page 448.
Figure 224: SIB2 Serial Number LabelFigure 223: SIB

Related Documentation

•Displaying PTX5000 Component Serial Numbers on page 435

- Contacting Customer Support on page 433

•Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 449

CHAPTER 36

Packing and Returning Components

• Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 449
• Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 450
• Packing the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router for Shipment on page 450
• Packing PTX5000 Components for Shipment on page 451

Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc.

If a problem cannot be resolved by the JTAC technician, a Return Materials Authorization M01i (RMA) is issued. This number is used to track the returned material at the factory and to return repaired or new components to the customer as needed.

NOTE: Do not return any component to Juniper Networks, Inc. unless you have first obtained an RMA number. Juniper Networks, Inc. reserves the right to refuse shipments that do not have an RMA. Refused shipments will be returned to the customer by collect freight.

For more information about return and repair policies, see the customer support Web page at http://www.juniper.net/support/guidelines.html.

For product problems or technical support issues, contact the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC) using the Case Manager link at http://www.juniper.net/support/ or at 1-888-314-JTAC (within the United States) or 1-408-745-9500 (from outside the United States).

To return a hardware component:

1. Determine the part number and serial number of the component.
2. Obtain an RMA number from the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC). You can send e-mail or telephone as described above.
3. Provide the following information in your e-mail message or during the telephone call:
4. Part number and serial number of component
5. Your name, organization name, telephone number, and fax number

• Description of the failure
4. The support representative validates your request and issues an RMA number for return of the component.
5. Pack the component for shipment.

Related Documentation

Contacting Customer Support on page 433.

•Guidelines for Packing Router Components for Shipment

Tools and Parts Required to Remove Components from a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router

To remove components from the packet transport router or the packet transport router from a rack, you need the following tools and parts:

• 2.5-mm flat-blade (−) screwdriver, for detaching alarm relay terminal block
  • 7/16-in. (11 mm) nut driver
• Blank panels to cover empty slots
• Electrostatic bag or antistatic mat, for each component
  • Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap
• Flat-blade (−) screwdriver
• Mechanical lift (for the chassis)
  • Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2
• Rubber safety cap for fiber-optic interfaces and cable
• Wire cutters

Related Documentation

Packing the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router for Shipment on page 450.

•Packing PTX5000 Components for Shipment on page 451

Packing the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router for Shipment

To pack the packet transport router for shipment:

1. Retrieve the shipping crate and packing materials in which the packet transport router was originally shipped. If you do not have these materials, contact your Juniper Networks representative about approved packaging materials.
2. Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.

3. On the console or other management device connected to the master Routing Engine, enter CLI operational mode. To power off the packet transport router, see "Powering Off the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router" on page 220.

4. Disconnect power from the packet transport router. For instructions, see the procedure to disconnect power in "Replacing a PTX5000 120-A DC PDU" on page 315.

5. Remove the cables that connect to all external devices..
6. Remove all Field Replaceable Units (FRUs) from the packet transport router.
7. Remove the packet transport router from the rack. Place the mechanical lift platform under the packet transport router, unscrew and remove the mounting screws from the rack, and move the packet transport router to the shipping crate.
8. Place the packet transport router in the shipping crate or onto the pallet. If on a pallet, bolt the packet transport router to the pallet.
9. Cover the packet transport router with an ESD bag and place the packing foam on top of and around the packet transport router.
10. Replace the accessory box on top of the packing foam.
11. Securely tape the box closed or place the crate cover over the packet transport router.
12. Write the RMA number on the exterior of the box to ensure proper tracking.

Related Documentation

Contacting Customer Support on page 433.

•Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 460

Packing PTX5000 Components for Shipment

To pack and ship individual components:

• When you return components, make sure they are adequately protected with packing materials and packed so that the pieces are prevented from moving around inside the carton.
• Use the original shipping materials if they are available.
• Place individual boards in electrostatic bags.
• Write the RMA number on the exterior of the box to ensure proper tracking.

CAUTION: Do not stack any of the packet transport router components.

Related Documentation

- Contacting Customer Support on page 433

•Displaying PTX5000 Component Serial Numbers on page 435

- PTX5000 Component Serial Number Locations on page 437

•Returning a Hardware Component to Juniper Networks, Inc. on page 449

PART 8

Safety and Compliance Information

• General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 455
  • Fire Safety Requirements on page 463
  • Installation Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 465
• Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 473
• Maintenance and Operational Safety Warnings on page 477
  • Electrical Guidelines and Warnings on page 483
  • Agency Approvals and Compliance Statements on page 495

CHAPTER 37

General Safety Guidelines and Warnings

• Definition of Safety Warning Levels on page 455
- General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 457
- General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 457
- Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 460

Definition of Safety Warning Levels

The documentation uses the following levels of safety warnings:

NOTE: You might find this information helpful in a particular situation, or might otherwise overlook it.

CAUTION: You must observe the specified guidelines to avoid minor injury or discomfort to you, or severe damage to the hardware device.

WARNING: This symbol alerts you to the risk of personal injury from a laser.

WARNING: Thissymbolmeans danger. You are in a situationthatcould cause bodily injury. Before you work on any equipment, be aware of the hazards involved with electrical circuitry and be familiar with standard practices for preventing accidents.

Related Documentation

General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 457.

•Installation Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 466

- Maintenance and Operational Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 477

•General Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 484

•DC Power Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 490

General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices

The following guidelines help ensure your safety and protect the hardware equipment from damage. The list of guidelines might not address all potentially hazardous situations in your working environment, so be alert and exercise good judgment at all times.

• Perform only the procedures explicitly described in this documentation. Make sure that only authorized service personnel perform other system services.
• Keep the area around the chassis clear and free from dust before, during, and after installation.
• Keep tools away from areas where people could trip over them while walking.
• Do not wear loose clothing or jewelry, such as rings, bracelets, or chains, which could become caught in the chassis.
• Wear safety glasses if you are working under any conditions that could be hazardous to your eyes.
• Do not perform any actions that create a potential hazard to people or make the equipment unsafe.
• Never attempt to lift an object that is too heavy for one person to handle.
• Never install or manipulate wiring during electrical storms.
• Never install electrical jacks in wet locations unless the jacks are specifically designed for wet environments.
• Operate the hardware equipment only when the chassis is properly grounded.
• Do not open or remove chassis covers or sheet metal parts unless instructions are provided in this documentation. Such an action could cause severe electrical shock.
• Do not push or force any objects through any opening in the chassis frame. Such an action could result in electrical shock or fire.
• Avoid spilling liquid onto the chassis or onto any hardware component. Such an action could cause electrical shock or damage the hardware equipment.
• Avoid touching uninsulated electrical wires or terminals that have not been disconnected from their power source. Such an action could cause electrical shock.

Related

Documentation

General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 457.

General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices

• Qualified Personnel Warning on page 458
- Restricted Access Area Warning on page 458

Qualified Personnel Warning

WARNING: Only trained and qualified personnel should install or replace the hardware equipment.

Restricted Access Area Warning

WARNING: The hardware equipment is intended for installation in restricted access areas. A restricted access area is an area to which access can be gained only by service personnel through the use of a special tool, lock and key, or other means of security, and which is controlled by the authority responsible for the location.

Related Documentation

Installation Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 466.

- Maintenance and Operational Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 477

•General Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 484

•DC Power Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 490

Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to a PTX5000 Packet Transport Router

Many packet transport router hardware components are sensitive to damage from static electricity. Some components can be impaired by voltages as low as 30 V. You can easily generate potentially damaging static voltages whenever you handle plastic or foam packing material or if you move components across plastic or carpets. Observe the following guidelines to minimize the potential for electrostatic discharge (ESD) damage, which can cause intermittent or complete component failures:

- Always use an ESD wrist strap or ankle strap, and make sure that it is in direct contact with your skin.

CAUTION: For safety, periodically check the resistance value of the ESD strap. The measurement should be in the range of 1 to 10 Mohms.

• When handling any component that has been removed from the chassis, verify that the equipment end of your ESD strap is attached to one of the ESD points on the chassis, which are shown in Figure 225 on page 461.
• Avoid contact between the component and your clothing. ESD voltages emitted from clothing can still damage components.
• When removing or installing a component, always place it component-side up on an antistatic surface, in an antistatic card rack, or in an electrostatic bag (see Figure 226 on page 461). If you are returning a component, place it in an electrostatic bag before packing it.

Figure 225: ESD Points on the Packet Transport Router

Figure 226: Placing a Component into an Electrostatic Bag

Related Documentation
-PTX5000 Chassis Description on page 11

CHAPTER 38

Fire Safety Requirements

- Fire Safety Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices on page 463

Fire Safety Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices

• General Fire Safety Requirements on page 463
  • Fire Suppression on page 463
  • Fire Suppression Equipment on page 463

General Fire Safety Requirements

In the event of a fire emergency involving network devices, the safety of people is the primary concern. Establish procedures for protecting people in a fire emergency, provide safety training, and properly provision fire-control equipment and fire extinguishers.

In addition, establish procedures to protect your equipment in a fire emergency. Juniper Networks products should be installed in an environment suitable for electronic equipment. We recommend that fire suppression equipment be available in the event of a fire in the vicinity of the equipment, and that you observe all local fire, safety, and electrical codes and ordinances when installing and operating your equipment.

Fire Suppression

In the event of an electrical hazard or an electrical fire, first turn power off to the equipment at the source. Then use a Type C fire extinguisher, which uses noncorrosive fire retardants, to extinguish the fire.

Fire Suppression Equipment

Type C fire extinguishers, which use noncorrosive fire retardants such as carbon dioxide (CO_2) and Halotron, are most effective for suppressing electrical fires. Type C fire extinguishers displace the oxygen from the point of combustion to eliminate the fire. For extinguishing fire on or around equipment that draws air from the environment for cooling, use this type of inert oxygen displacement extinguisher instead of an extinguisher that leave residues on equipment.

Do not use multipurpose Type ABC chemical fire extinguishers (dry chemical fire extinguishers) near Juniper Networks devices. The primary ingredient in these fire extinguishers is monoammonium phosphate, which is very sticky and difficult to clean.

In addition, in minute amounts of moisture, monoammonium phosphate can become highly corrosive and corrodes most metals.

Any equipment in a room in which a chemical fire extinguisher has been discharged is subject to premature failure and unreliable operation. The equipment is considered to be irreparably damaged.

NOTE: To keep warranties effective, donotuseadrychemical fire extinguisher to control a fire at or near a Juniper Networks device. If a dry chemical fire extinguisher is used, the unit is no longer eligible for coverage under a service agreement.

We recommend that you dispose of any irreparably damaged equipment in an environmentally responsible manner.

Related Documentation

•General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 457

•General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 457

•General Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 484

•DC Power Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 490

CHAPTER 39

Installation Safety Guidelines and Warnings

• PTX5000 Installation Safety Guidelines on page 465
  • Installation Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 466

PTX5000 Installation Safety Guidelines

Observe the following guidelines before and during packet transport router installation:

• General Installation Safety Guidelines on page 465
  • Chassis Lifting Guidelines on page 465

General Installation Safety Guidelines

Before installing or moving the packet transport router, verify that the intended site meets the specified power, environmental, and clearance requirements. See the following documentation:

• Overview of Preparing the Site for the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 109
- PTX5000 Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance on page 115
- Rack Requirements for the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 113
- PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Environmental Specifications on page 116
• PTX5000 DC Power Requirements on page 127

Chassis Lifting Guidelines

The weight of a fully configured PTX5000 Packet Transport Router is 934 lb (423.7 kg). Observe the following guidelines for lifting and moving the packet transport router:

- A mechanical lift is required to maneuver the packet transport router into a rack.

WARNING: Do not attempt to manually lift a packet transport router.

- Before lifting or moving the packet transport router, disconnect all external cables.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Chassis Description on page 11.

•Installing the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Using a Mechanical Lift on page 164
- PTX5000 Physical Specifications on page 111
• Installation Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 466

Installation Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices

Observe the following warnings before and during hardware equipment installation:

• Intra-Building Ports Warning on page 466
• Installation Instructions Warning on page 466
- Rack-Mounting Requirements and Warnings on page 467
• Ramp Warning on page 470

Intra-Building Ports Warning

WARNING: The intra-building ports of the equipment or subassembly are suitable for connection to intra-building or unexposed wiring or cabling only. The intra-building ports of the equipment or subassembly MUST NOT be metallically connected to interfaces that connect to the OSP or its wiring. These interfaces are designed for use as intra-building interfaces only (Type 2 or Type 4 ports as described in GR-1089) and require isolation from the exposed OSP cabling. The addition of Primary Protectors is not sufficient protection in order to connect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring.

Installation Instructions Warning

WARNING: Read the installation instructions before you connect the hardware equipment to a power source.

Rack-Mounting Requirements and Warnings

Ensure that the equipment rack into which the chassis is installed is evenly and securely supported, to avoid the hazardous condition that could result from uneven mechanical loading.

WARNING: To prevent bodily injury when mounting or servicing the chassis in a rack, take the following precautions to ensure that the system remains stable. The following directives help maintain your safety:

• The chassis must be installed into a rack that is secured to the building structure.
• When mounting the chassis in a partially filled rack, load the rack from the bottom to the top, with the heaviest component at the bottom of the rack.
• If the rack is provided with stabilizing devices, install the stabilizers before mounting the chassis in the rack or servicing the hardware equipment.

WARNING: When installing the hardware equipment, do not use a ramp inclined at more than 10 degrees.

Related Documentation

•General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 457

•General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 457

- Maintenance and Operational Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 477

CHAPTER 40

Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings

• PTX5000 General Laser Safety Guidelines on page 473
- Laser Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 474

PTX5000 General Laser Safety Guidelines

Devices with single-mode optical interfaces are equipped with laser transmitters, which are considered a Class 1 Laser Product by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, and are evaluated as a Class 1 Laser Product per EN 60825-1 +A11 +A2 requirements.

When working around devices with optical interfaces, observe the following safety guidelines to prevent eye injury:

• Do not look into unterminated ports or at fibers that connect to unknown sources.
• Do not examine unterminated optical ports with optical instruments.
• Avoid direct exposure to the beam.

WARNING: Unterminated optical connectors can emit invisible laser radiation. The lens in the human eye focuses all the laser power on the retina, so focusing the eye directly on a laser source—even a low-power laser—could permanently damage the eye.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 PIC Description on page 59.

•Connecting PIC Cables to the PTX5000 Packet Transport Router on page 183

- Maintaining the PTX5000 PIC Cables on page 378

•Replacing a PTX5000 PIC on page 278

•Replacing a PTX5000 PIC Cable on page 281

• Laser Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 474

Laser Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices

• Class 1 Laser Product Warning on page 474
• Class 1 LED Product Warning on page 474
• Laser Beam Warning on page 475
- Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning on page 475

Class 1 Laser Product Warning

WARNING: Class 1 laser product.

Waarschuwing Klasse-1 laser produkt.

Class 1 LED Product Warning

WARNING: Class 1 LED product.

WARNING: Do not stare into the laser beam or view it directly with optical instruments.

Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning

WARNING: Because invisible radiation might be emitted from the aperture of the port when no fiber cable is connected, avoid exposure to radiation and do not stare into open apertures.

Related Documentation

•General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 457

•General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 457

•Installation Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 466

CHAPTER 41

Maintenance and Operational Safety Warnings

- Maintenance and Operational Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 477

Maintenance and Operational Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices

As you maintain the hardware equipment, observe the following warnings:

• Battery Handling Warning on page 477
• Jewelry Removal Warning on page 478
• Lightning Activity Warning on page 479
- Operating Temperature Warning on page 480
• Product Disposal Warning on page 481

Battery Handling Warning

WARNING: Replacing the battery incorrectly might result in an explosion. Replace the battery only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturer's instructions.

Jewelry Removal Warning

WARNING: Before working on equipment that is connected to power lines, remove jewelry, including rings, necklaces, and watches. Metal objects heat up when connected to power and ground and can cause serious burns or weld the metal object to the terminals.

WARNING: Do not work on the system or connector disconnect cables during periods of lightning activity.

Operating Temperature Warning

WARNING: To prevent the hardware equipment from overheating, do not operate it in an area that exceeds the maximum recommended ambient temperature of 104^ F ( 40^ C). To prevent airflow restriction, allow at least 6 inches (15.2 cm) of clearance around the ventilation openings.

Product Disposal Warning

WARNING: Disposal of this product must be handled according to all national laws and regulations.

Related •General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 457 Documentation •General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 457

CHAPTER 42

Electrical Guidelines and Warnings

• PTX5000 General Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 483
- General Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 484
- PTX5000 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 488
- PTX5000 AC Power Electrical Safety Warnings on page 489
- PTX5000 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 489
• DC Power Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 490
- Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 493

PTX5000 General Electrical Safety Guidelines

• In Case of Electrical Accident on page 483
- General Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 483

In Case of Electrical Accident

If an electrical accident results in an injury, take the following actions in this order:

1. Use caution. Be aware of potentially hazardous conditions that could cause further injury.
2. Disconnect power from the packet transport router.
3. If possible, send another person to get medical aid. Otherwise, assess the condition of the victim, then call for help.

General Electrical Safety Guidelines

• Install the packet transport router in compliance with the following local, national, or international electrical codes:

• United States—National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 70), United States National Electrical Code.
  • Canada—Canadian Electrical Code, Part 1, CSA C22.1.

• Other countries—International Electromechanical Commission (IEC) 60364, Part 1 through Part 7.

• Locate the emergency power-off switch for the room in which you are working so that if an electrical accident occurs, you can quickly turn off the power.
• Do not work alone if potentially hazardous conditions exist anywhere in your workspace.
• Never assume that power is disconnected from a circuit. Always check the circuit before starting to work.
• Carefully look for possible hazards in your work area, such as moist floors, ungrounded power extension cords, and missing safety grounds.
• Operate the packet transport router within marked electrical ratings and product usage instructions.
• For the packet transport router and peripheral equipment to function safely and correctly, use the cables and connectors specified for the attached peripheral equipment, and make certain they are in good condition.
• Many components can be removed and replaced without powering off or disconnecting power to the packet transport router. Never install equipment if it appears damaged.

Related Documentation

General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 457.

•General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 457

General Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices

• Grounded Equipment Warning on page 484
- Grounding Requirements and Warning on page 485
• Midplane Energy Hazard Warning on page 486
- Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning on page 486
• Power Disconnection Warning on page 487

Grounded Equipment Warning

WARNING: The network device is intended to be grounded. Ensure that the network device is connected to earth ground during normal use.

Grounding Requirements and Warning

An insulated grounding conductor that is identical in size to the grounded and ungrounded branch circuit supply conductors, but is identifiable by green and yellow stripes, is installed as part of the branch circuit that supplies the unit. The grounding conductor is a separately derived system at the supply transformer or motor generator set.

WARNING: When installing the network device, you must always make the ground connection first and disconnect it last.

Midplane Energy Hazard Warning

WARNING: High levels of electrical energy are distributed across the midplane. Be careful not to contact the midplane connectors, or any component connected to the midplane, with any metallic object while servicing components.

Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning

WARNING: The network device has more than one power supply connection. All connections must be removed completely to remove power from the unit completely.

Power Disconnection Warning

WARNING: Before working on the chassis or near power supplies, switch off the power at the DC circuit breaker.

Related Documentation

DC Power Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 490.

PTX5000 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines

The following electrical safety guidelines apply to an AC-powered PTX5000 Packet Transport Router with three-phase AC power supplies:

• AC-powered packet transport routers are shipped with three-phase electrical cords with grounding. Do not circumvent this safety feature. Equipment grounding must comply with local and national electrical codes.
• For each three-phase delta AC power distribution unit (PDU), you must provide an external listed customer site circuit breaker rated minimum 60 A (240 VAC) in the building installation, or as required by local code.
• For each three-phase wye AC PDU, you must provide an external listed customer site circuit breaker. See PTX5000 AC and DC PDU Electrical and External Circuit Breaker Specifications for details, or as required by local code.

• The delta cores in the mains lead are labeled as follows:

• Wire labeled GND—Earth

• Wire labeled L1
• Wire labeled L2
• Wire labeled L3

- The wye cores in the mains lead are labeled as follows:

• Wire labeled GND—Earth
• Wire labeled L1
• Wire labeled L2
• Wire labeled L3
• Wire labeled N

Related Documentation

PTX5000 General Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 483.

• PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC Power Distribution Unit Specifications on page 120
• PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC Power Distribution Unit Specifications on page 120
• PTX5000 AC Power Electrical Safety Warnings on page 489
  •Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 493

PTX5000 AC Power Electrical Safety Warnings

• AC Power Warning on page 489

AC Power Warning

WARNING: High touchcurrent. Earthconnectionisessentialbeforeconnecting supply.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 General Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 483.

- PTX5000 AC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 488

•Connecting Power to the PTX5000 Three-Phase Delta AC PDUs on page 208

- Connecting Power to the PTX5000 Three-Phase Wye AC PDUs on page 213

PTX5000 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines

The following electrical safety guidelines apply to a DC-powered packet transport router:

- A DC-powered packet transport router that is equipped with a DC terminal block is intended for installation only in a restricted access location. In the United States, a restricted access area is one in accordance with Articles 110-16, 110-17, and 110-18 of the National Electrical Code ANSI/NFPA 70.

NOTE: Primary overcurrent protection is provided by the building circuit breaker. This breaker should protect against excess currents, short circuits, and earth faults in accordance with NEC ANSI/NFPA70.

- Incorporate an easily accessible disconnect device into the facility wiring. In the United States and Canada, the -48 VDC facility should be equipped with a circuit breaker (see PTX5000 AC and DC PDU Electrical and External Circuit Breaker Specifications for details) in accordance with the National Electrical Code in the US and the Canadian Electrical Code in Canada. Be sure to connect the ground wire or conduit to a solid office (earth) ground. A closed loop ring is recommended for terminating the ground conductor at the ground stud.

Each -48-VDC facility DC source input power cable connected to a 60-A DC PDU must be equipped with a current-limiting fuse or circuit breaker (see, PTX5000 AC and DC

PDU Electrical and External Circuit Breaker Specifications or as required by local code). The voltage rating of the facility DC source circuit breaker must be 80 V minimum. We recommend an 80 A-rated circuit breaker or current-limiting fuse for each 60-A DC power cable.

• A DC-powered packet transport router is equipped with a DC terminal block that is rated for the power requirements of a maximally configured packet transport router. To supply sufficient power, terminate the DC input wiring on a facility DC source ((see PTX5000 AC and DC PDU Electrical and External Circuit Breaker Specifications for details) for the 60-A DC PDU.
• Run two wires from the circuit breaker box to a source of 48 VDC. Use appropriate gauge wire (see PTX5000 AC and DC PDU Electrical and External Circuit Breaker Specifications for details).

Related Documentation

Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 493.

- PTX5000 DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 125

•PTX5000 General Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 483

DC Power Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices

When working with DC-powered equipment, observe the following warnings:

• DC Power Copper Conductors Warning on page 490
• DC Power Disconnection Warning on page 491
• DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning on page 492

DC Power Copper Conductors Warning

WARNING: Use copper conductors only.

DC Power Disconnection Warning

WARNING: Before performing any procedures on powersupplies, ensure that power is removed from the DC circuit. To ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the off position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the off position.

DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning

WARNING: When stranded wiring is required, use approved wiring terminations, such as closed-loop or spade-type with upturned lugs. These terminations should be the appropriate size for the wires and should clamp both the insulation and conductor.

Related Documentation General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 457. •General Electrical Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 484

Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices

• Distance Limitations for Signaling on page 493
• Radio Frequency Interference on page 494
• Electromagnetic Compatibility on page 494

Distance Limitations for Signaling

Improperly installed wires can emit radio interference. In addition, the potential for damage from lightning strikes increases if wires exceed recommended distances or if wires pass between buildings. The electromagnetic pulse (EMP) caused by lightning can damage unshielded conductors and destroy electronic devices. If your site has previously experienced such problems, you might want to consult experts in electrical surge suppression and shielding.

Radio Frequency Interference

You can reduce or eliminate the emission of radio frequency interference (RFI) from your site wiring by using twisted-pair cable with a good distribution of grounding conductors. If you must exceed the recommended distances, use a high-quality twisted-pair cable with one ground conductor for each data signal when applicable.

Electromagnetic Compatibility

If your site is susceptible to problems with electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), particularly from lightning or radio transmitters, you might want to seek expert advice. Strong sources of electromagnetic interference (EMI) can destroy the signal drivers and receivers in the network device and conduct power surges over the lines into the equipment, resulting in an electrical hazard. It is particularly important to provide a properly grounded and shielded environment and to use electrical surge-suppression devices.

CAUTION: To comply with intrabuilding lightning and surge requirements, intrabuilding wiring must be shielded, and the shield for the wiring must be grounded at both ends.

WARNING: The intrabuilding port(s) of the equipment or subassembly is suitable for connection to intrabuilding or unexposed wiring or cabling only. The intrabuilding port(s) of the equipment or subassembly MUST NOT be metallically connected to interfaces that connect to the OSP or its wiring. These interfaces are designed for use as intrabuilding interfaces only (Type 2 or Type4portsas described in GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4) and require isolation from the exposed OSP cabling. The addition of primary protectors is not sufficient protection in order to connect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring.

Related •General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Electrical Codes for Juniper Networks Devices Documentation

CHAPTER 43

Agency Approvals and Compliance Statements

• PTX5000 Agency Approvals on page 495
- Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (Canada) on page 496
- PTX5000 Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements (European Community) on page 497
- Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (Israel) on page 497
- Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (Japan) on page 497
- Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (United States) on page 498
- Compliance Statements for Environmental Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices on page 498
- PTX5000 Compliance Statements for NEBS on page 498
- PTX5000 Compliance Statements for Acoustic Noise on page 499

PTX5000 Agency Approvals

The packet transport router complies with the following standards:

• Safety
  • CAN/CSA-22.2 No. 60950-1-07/UL 60950-1, 2nd Ed., Safety of Information Technology Equipment
  • EN 60825-1 Safety of Laser Products - Part 1: Equipment Classification, Requirements and User's Guide
  • EMC
  • AS/NZS 3548 Class A (Australia/New Zealand)
  • EN55022 Class A (Europe)

• FCC Part 15 Class A (USA)
• VCCI Class A (Japan)
- Immunity
• EN-61000-3-2 Power Line Harmonics
• EN-61000-3-3 Voltage Fluctuations and Flicker
• EN-61000-4-2 ESD
• EN-61000-4-3 Radiated Immunity
• EN-61000-4-4 EFT
• EN-61000-4-5 Surge
• EN-61000-4-6 Low Frequency Common Immunity
• EN-61000-4-11 Voltage Dips and Sags

- ETSI EN-300386-2 Telecommunication Network Equipment. Electromagnetic Compatibility Requirements

The packet transport router is designed to comply with the following standard:

- NEBS

• GR-1089-Core: EMC and Electrical Safety for Network Telecommunications Equipment
• SR-3580 NEBS Criteria Levels (Level 3 Compliance)
• GR-63-Core: NEBS, Physical Protection

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Packet Transport Router Description on page 3.

• PTX5000 Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements (European Community) on page 497
  •PTX5000 Compliance Statements for NEBS on page 498
• PTX5000 Compliance Statements for Acoustic Noise on page 499

Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (Canada)

This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.

Related Documentation

• Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (Israel) on page 497
•Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (Japan) on page 497

•Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (United States) on page 498

PTX5000 Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements (European Community)

This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.

Related Documentation

PTX5000 Agency Approvals on page 495.

Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (Israel)

הַרְשָׁה

. Class A n_1 n_2 n_3 n_4 n_5 n_6 n_7 n_8 n_9 n_10 n_11 n_12 n_13 n_14 n_15 n_16 n_17 n_18 n_19 n_20 n_21 n_22 n_23 n_24 n_25 n_26 n_27 n_28 n_29 n_30 n_31 n_32 n_33 n_34 n_35 n_36 n_37 n_38 n_39 n_40 n_41 n_42 n_43 n_44 n_45 n_46 n_47 n_48 n_49 n_50

Related Documentation

Translation from Hebrew—Warning: This product is Class A. In residential environments, the product may cause radio interference, and in such a situation, the user may be required to take adequate measures.

• Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (Canada) on page 496
•Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (Japan) on page 497
•Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (United States) on page 498

Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (Japan)

Translation from Japanese—This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures. VCCI-A

Related Documentation

• Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (Canada) on page 496
•Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (Israel) on page 497

•Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (United States) on page 498

Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices (United States)

The hardware equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense.

Related Documentation

•Site Electrical Wiring Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 493

•General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 457

•General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 457

Compliance Statements for Environmental Requirements for Juniper Networks Devices

Batteries in this product are not based on mercury, lead, or cadmium substances. The batteries used in this product are in compliance with EU Directives 91/157/EEC, 93/86/EEC, and 98/101/EEC. The product documentation includes instructional information about the proper method of reclamation and recycling.

Related Documentation

General Safety Guidelines for Juniper Networks Devices on page 457.

•General Safety Warnings for Juniper Networks Devices on page 457

PTX5000 Compliance Statements for NEBS

• The equipment is suitable for installation as part of the Common Bonding Network (CBN).
• The equipment is suitable for installation in locations where the National Electrical Code (NEC) applies.
• The battery return connection is to be treated as an isolated DC return (DC-I), as defined in GR-1089-CORE.
• For Juniper systems with AC power, an external surge protective device (SPD) must be used at the AC power source.
• During power supply and air filter maintenance, the cover is intended to be removed from the chassis.

Related

PTX5000 Agency Approvals on page 495.

Documentation

PTX5000 Compliance Statements for Acoustic Noise

The emitted sound pressure is below 70dB(A) per EN ISO 7779.

Related Documentation

•PTX5000 Compliance Statements for NEBS on page 498

PART 9

Index

- Index on page 503

Index

Symbols

, comments in configuration statements.....xxxi

( ), in syntax descriptions......xxxi

< >, in syntax descriptions.....xxxi

[ ], in configuration statements.....xxxi

{ }, in configuration statements.....xxxi

| (pipe), in syntax descriptions.....xxxi

A

AC PDU cord See AC power cords specifications....122

AC plug types....122

AC power warning....489

AC power cords specifications....122

agency approvals....495

alarms handling by Routing Engine....32 LEDs (red and yellow) on craft interface.... messages....387 mode for LCD display....16

altitude, acceptable range....116

analyzer, use of....378

antistatic mat, using....460

approvals, agency....495

architecture Packet Forwarding Engines....9

ASICs Lookup ASIC....9

Queuing and Memory Interface ASIC....9

attenuation in fiber-optic cable....138

auxiliary port (for Routing Engine management) cable

connection during initial installation......180

cable connector pinouts (RJ-45)....142

control board....50

B

battery environmental compliance....498 handling warning....477 lithium....498

braces, in configuration statements.....xxxi

brackets angle, in syntax descriptions......xxxi square, in configuration statements......xxxi

C

cable management system fiber-optic cable, use with....378

cables auxiliary or console port (for Routing Engine management) connecting during initial installation.....180

fiber-optic attenuation....138 dispersion....138 multimode and single-mode....137 transmission distance, maximum....137 wavelength ranges....137

PIC maintaining....378

case number, for JTAC....433

chassis....11 alarm messages See alarm, messages ESD points....11 grounding points....1 weight....111

chromatic dispersion in fiber-optic cable....138

Class 1 laser warning....474

Class 1 LED warning....474 CLI

as troubleshooting tool....385

command to display chassis alarm messages....387 to display FPC status....377 to display PIC status....378 to display serial number....435

commands ping....385 show chassis alarms....387

show chassis fpc for FPC status....377

show chassis fpc pic-status....378

show chassis hardware....435 traceroute....385

comments, in configuration statements.....xxxi

compatibility, electromagnetic....493

compliance

EMC (electromagnetic compatibility)

requirements

Europe....497

EMC (electromagnetic compatibility)

requirements (Canada)......496

EMC requirements (Israel)......497

EMC requirements (Japan)......497

EMC requirements (United States)....498

general standards....495

components

chassis....11

cooling system....25

field replacement....229

FPCs....55

midplane....13

packing for shipment....451

power distribution units....65, 68, 76

power supply modules....65, 68, 76

redundancy....8

weight....111

configuration

files, storage by Routing Engine....32

console port (for Routing Engine management)

cable

connection during initial installation......180

cable connector pinouts (RJ-45)....142

Control board

Routing Engine ports....50

conventions

text and syntax....xxx

cooling system

description....25

copper conductors warning (DC power)....490

cord

power See AC power cord

craft interface

LCD display....16

LEDs

alarm(red and yellow)....18

curly braces, in configuration statements.....xxxi

customer support.....xxxii

contacting....433

contacting JTAC......xxxii

D

DC power

copper conductors warning....490

disconnection warning......487

grounding equipment warning....484

grounding requirements warning......485

power supplies disconnection warning......486

removal warning....491

requirements for hardware components......127

specifications....131

wiring terminations warning....492

DC power cables

lugs....131

specifications....131

DC power supplies

multiple disconnection warning....486

dispersion in fiber-optic cable....138

documentation

comments on.....xxxi

E

earthquakes

site preparation for....114

tested toleration for seismic....116

EIA rack standards....113

electricity

safety warnings....484

site wiring guidelines....493

electromagnetic

compatibility See EMC (electromagnetic compatibility)

pulse....493

electrostatic bag

using to store components....460

em0....38

EMC (electromagnetic compatibility)

compliance with European requirements......497

compliance with requirements (Canada)......496

compliance with requirements (Israel)......497

compliance with requirements (Japan)......497

compliance with requirements (United

States)....498

standards....495

suppression....493

EMP (electromagnetic pulse)....493

environmental specifications....116

ESD

preventing damage to components by....460

Ethernet

PIC alarm conditions....388

Ethernet port (for Routing Engine management) description....50

ETSI rack standards....113

F

fan trays

description....25

maintaining....375

fiber-optic

power budget calculation....139

field-replaceable units....229

fire safety requirements....463

Flexible PIC Concentrators See FPCs

font conventions......XXX

FPCs....55

components....55

maintenance....377

status, checking....377

types....58

fxp0....38

G

grounding

(electrical) specifications....116

cable....116

equipment warning....484

lug....116

requirements warning....485

guidelines

electrical cable and wiring....493

safety 457

H

hardware components

power requirements....127

higher-order mode loss (HOL)....137

hot-pluggable components, description....229

humidity (relative), acceptable....116

|

immunity standards....495

installation instructions

cable, auxiliary or console port (for Routing Engine management)

during initial installation....180

installation warning....466

instructions

maintenance PIC....378

packing packet transport router for shipment....450

interface

network....137

interference

electromagnetic....493

radio frequency....493

J

jewelry removal warning......478

Junos OS

modularity and scalability....32

L

laser

beam warning....475

Class 1 laser warning....474

LCD display on craft interface

alarm mode....16

description....16

idle mode....16

LEDs

alarm (red and yellow on craft interface) description....18

Class 1 LED warning....474

safety warnings....474

lightning activity warning....479

link loss, calculating....139

lithium battery compliance....498

lug

DC power cables....131

grounding cable....116

M

maintenance

fan trays....375

FPC....377

PIC....378

PIC cable....378

maintenance guidelines

warnings....477

management Ethernet interface

PIC alarm conditions....388

management interface....38

em0....38

fxp0....38

manuals

comments on.....xxxi

midplane....13

description....13

functions....13

midplane energy hazard warning....486

modal dispersion in fiber-optic cable....138

mode loss, higher-order....137

multimode fiber-optic cable See cables, fiber-optic

N

NEBS standards....495

O

operating temperature warning....480

P

Packet Forwarding Engines

architecture and data flow....9

parentheses, in syntax descriptions.....xxxi

PDUs See see power distribution units

PIC

alarm messages....387

analyzer, use of....378

maintenance....378

status, checking....378

ping command....385

pinouts

RJ-45 cable connector ports

(auxiliary/console)....142

plug types

AC....122

power

budget calculation....139

cords See AC power cord;

DC

requirements for hardware

components....127

disconnection warning (DC power)......487

margin calculation....139

surges....493

power distribution units....65, 68, 76

cables....131

power supply modules....65, 68, 76

power system

description....65, 68, 76

product disposal warning....481

PSMs see power supply modules....65, 68, 76

Q

qualified personnel warning....458

R

rack

front-mount flange hole spacing....114

mounting bracket hole spacing....114

securing to building....114

size and strength required....113

standards, EIA and ETSI....113

rack mounting warning....467

radiation warning....475

radio frequency interference, preventing......493

ramp warning....470

redundancy....8

relative humidity, acceptable....116

requirements

fire safety....463

restricted access warning....458

RFI (radio frequency interference)......493

RJ-45 cable connector pinouts (auxiliary and

console ports)....142

Routing Engine

alarm handling by....32

configuration files, storage....32

packet counting....32

ports on control board

console port....50

routing

table maintenance....32

S

safety

standards....495

safety guidelines

general......457

safety warnings....457

See also warnings

seismic earthquake....116

serial number

in output from show chassis hardware

command....435

shipping crate

repacking....450

show chassis alarms command....387

show chassis fpc command

for FPC status....377

show chassis fpc pic-status command....378

show chassis hardware command....435

signal dispersion....137

signaling, distance limitations....493

single-mode fiber-optic cable See cables, fiber-optic

site

electrical wiring guidelines....493

environmental specifications....116

specifications

AC power cord....122

cable....137

power....131

electrical....122

environmental....116

power drawn by hardware components.....127

power system....127

rack

front-mount flange hole spacing....114

mounting bracket hole spacing....114

size and strength....113

thermal output....116

standards compliance....495

support, technical See technical support

surge protection....493

Switch Fabric ASIC....9

syntax conventions......XXX

T

technical support

contacting JTAC....xxxii

temperature, acceptable range....116

thermal output....116

tolerances....116

tools required

chassis

returning for repair or replacement......450

hardware components

returning for repair or replacement.....450

traceroute command....385

transmission distances, fiber-optic cable....137

troubleshooting

CLI commands....385

U

U (rack unit)....113

W

warnings

(AC power)....489

battery handling....477

Class 1 laser....474

Class 1 LED....474

copper conductors (DC power)....490

electrical....484

grounding....485

grounding equipment 484

installation....466

jewelry removal....478

laser and LED....474

laser beam....475

levels defined....455

lightning activity....479

maintenance and operational....477

midplane energy hazard 486

multiple power supplies disconnection....486

operating temperature....480

power disconnection....487

power removal....491

product disposal....481

qualified personnel....458

rack mounting....467

radiation....475

ramp....470

restricted access....458

wiring terminations (DC power)......492

wavelength ranges supported by fiber-optic

able....137

weight

chassis....111

components....111

wiring

electrical See electricity

terminations warning (DC power)....492